Fisheries and Oceans Pêches et Océans Canada Canada
Corrected to Monthly Edition No. 06/2020 CEN 300 FIRST EDITION
General Information Great Lakes Sailing Directions Pictograph legend
Anchorage
Wharf
Marina
Current
Caution
Light
Radio calling-in point
Lifesaving station
Pilotage
Department of Fisheries and Oceans information line 1-613-993-0999
Canadian Coast Guard Search and Rescue
Rescue Co-ordination Centre Trenton (Great Lakes area)
1-800-267-7270
Cover photograph CCGS Limnos alongside in Burlington Canadian Hydrographic Service b o o k l e t c e n 3 0 0
Corrected to Monthly Edition No. 06/2020
Sailing Directions
General Information Great Lakes
First Edition 1996
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Users of this publication are requested to forward information regarding newly discovered dangers, changes in aids to navigation, the existence of new shoals or channels, printing errors, or other information that would be useful for the correction of nautical charts and hydrographic publications affecting Canadian waters to:
Director General Canadian Hydrographic Service Fisheries and Oceans Canada Ottawa, Ontario Canada K1A 0E6
The Canadian Hydrographic Service produces and distributes Nautical Charts, Sailing Directions, Small Craft Guides and the Canadian Tide and Current Tables of the navigable waters of Canada. These publications are available from authorized Canadian Hydrographic Service Chart Dealers. For information about these publications, please contact:
Canadian Hydrographic Service Fisheries and Oceans Canada 200 Kent Street Ottawa, Ontario Canada K1A 0E6
Phone: 613-998-4931 Toll free: 1-866-546-3613 Fax: 613-998-1217
E-mail: [email protected]
or visit the CHS web site for dealer location and related information at:
www.charts.gc.ca
© Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Canada 1996 Catalogue No. Fs 72-3/1996E ISBN 0-660-16393-4 Ottawa, 1996 (Aussi disponible en français) II his is a corrected reprint of the 1996 edition of this booklet. As such, all Notices to Mariners up to and including the Monthly Edition shown in the table below have been incorporated Tin this reprint. This booklet should be kept up-to-date by applying corrections published in Section 4 of the monthly Canadian Notices to Mariners at: http://www.notmar.gc.ca.
This booklet should not be used without reference to corrections in Notices to Mariners.
Record of corrections to this Sailing Directions booklet from monthly Notices to Mariners. CORRECTIONS N/M No. N/M No. N/M No. N/M No. N/M No.
06/2020
III Preface______VI Explanatory notes______VII Abbreviations______IX
CHAPTER 1 General Navigational Information Routes and navigational hazards______1-1 • Ship routing systems______1-1 • Fishing vessels______1-2 • Winter navigation______1-2 Nautical publications______1-3 • Canadian Hydrographic Service (CHS) publications______1-3 • Canadian Coast Guard (CCG) publications______1-3 Nautical charts______1-4 Magnetic variation______1-6 Cables______1-7 Water level information______1-7 Aids to navigation______1-8 Electronic positioning systems______1-10 Pilotage______1-10 Canadian Coast Guard (CCG)______1-11 Use of radio______1-11 Search and rescue______1-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE Cold water survival______1-14
CHAPTER 2 Regulations List of Statutes, Regulations, Guidelines and Conventions______2-1 Regulations______2-2
CHAPTER 3 General Geographic information and Broad Description of Port Facilities Geographical and physical features______3-1 The provinces______3-3 St. Lawrence River and Great Lakes system______3-5 Port facilities______3-7
CHAPTER 4 Natural Conditions Seabed ______4-1 Ice______4-3 • Types of ice______4-3 • Ages of ice______4-3 • Concentration______4-3 • Forms of floating ice______4-4 • Surface features______4-4 • Other terms common to shipping______4-4 • Ice coverage______4-5 Water levels______4-11 Seiches______4-14 Currents______4-15 Meteorological information______4-16
APPENDICES Sail Plan______A-1 Distances between points on the Great Lakes______A-3 IV DIAGRAMS Datum, height and clearance diagram______1-6 Cold water survival chart______1-14 Effect of wind on exposed persons______1-15 Median ice cover______4-6 Great Lakes water levels______4-13 Ship icing______4-19
Index______I-1 Geographical Index______GI-1
V he First Edition of Sailing Directions, CEN 300 — General Information, Great Lakes, 1996, has been compiled from Canadian Government and other information sources. In general, Tall hydrographic terms used in this booklet are in accordance with the meanings given in the Hydrographic Dictionary (Special Publication No. 32), published by the International Hydrographic Bureau.
This edition introduces a new presentation and layout of the geographical areas.
General information for the Great Lakes is grouped in this booklet. It contains navigational information and a brief description of the main port facilities as well as geographic, oceanographic and atmospheric PREFACE characteristics. A geographical index at the end of this booklet should also be consulted.
The detailed descriptions of the geographical areas is given in a series of volumes and booklets. Their limits are printed on the back cover of the booklets. The appropriate descriptive booklet(s) should be consulted in conjunction with this CEN 300 — General Information booklet.
Tidal, water level and current information has been revised by the Tides, Currents and Water Level Section of the Canadian Hydrographic Service.
Meteorological and ice information has been revised by the Atmospheric Environment Service, Department of the Environment.
The photographs are by the Canadian Hydrographic Service, Department of Fisheries and Oceans.
Users’ comments concerning the format, content or any other matter relating to Sailing Directions would be appreciated and should be forwarded to the Director General, Canadian Hydrographic Service, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0E6.
VI anadian Sailing Directions amplify latitude of the position. The international nautical charted details and provide important mile, which has now been adopted by most maritime Cinformation of interest to navigation nations, is equal to 1,852 m (6,076 ft). which may not be found on charts or other marine are expressed in knots, which means publications. Sailing Directions are intended to be Speeds read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text. nautical miles per hour. Depths, unless otherwise stated, are referred Remarks to chart datum. As depths are liable to change, par- ticularly those in dredged channels and alongside Buoys are generally described in detail only wharves, it is strongly recommended that these where they have special navigational significance, be confirmed by enquiry to the appropriate local or where the scale of the chart is too small to clearly authority. show all the details. Where sections are quoted verbatim from Chart references, in italic in the text, normally U.S. Coast Pilot 6, the figures in square -brac refer to the largest scale Canadian chart but occa- kets [thus] after units of measurement are the sionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where International System of Units (SI) equivalent in its use is more appropriate. nautical miles, metres or tonnes. Tidal information relating to the vertical mo- Elevations and vertical clearances are given vements of the water is not given and the Canadian above chart datum. Tide and Current Tables should be consulted. Howe- ver, abnormal changes in water level are mentioned. Heights of objects, distinct from elevations, refer to the heights of the structures above the ground. Names have been taken from the most authori- A statement, “a hill … m (… ft) high”, is occasion- tative source. Where an obsolete name still appears
ally used when there could be no confusion and in NOTES EXPLANATORY on the chart or is of local usage, it is given in brackets this case the reference will signify an elevation. following the official name. Deadweight tonnage and mass are expressed in Wreck information is included where drying metric tonnes of 1,000 kilograms (2,204.6 pounds). or submerged wrecks are relatively permanent fea- The kilogram is used for expressing relatively small tures having significance for navigation or anchoring. masses. Units and terminology used in Figures in brackets following the population this booklet identify the census year. The List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals number is shown in brackets after Latitude and longitude given in brackets are the navigational aid (light, leading lights, buoy). The approximate and are intended to facilitate reference expression “(seasonal)” indicates that it is operatio- to the chart quoted. nal for a certain period during the year; mariners should consult the List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Bearings and directions are referred to True Signals to determine the period of operation. The North (geographic) and are given in degrees from expression “(private)” means that the navigational 000° clockwise to 359°. The bearings of conspicu- aid is privately maintained; it will not necessarily ous objects, ranges and light sectors are given from be mentioned in the List of Lights, Buoys and Fog seaward. Courses always refer to the course to be Signals and its characteristics may change without made good. issuance of a Notice to Shipping. Tidal streams and currents are described by Time, unless otherwise stated, is expressed the direction towards which they flow. The ebb in local standard or daylight time. Details of local stream is caused by a falling tide and the flood stream time kept will be found in Chapter 3 of this booklet. is caused by a rising tide. Winds are described by the direction from which they blow. Public wharf is a Government wharf that is available for general use; it is still shown on older Distances, unless otherwise stated, are ex- charts as “Government Wharf” or “Govt Whf”. pressed in nautical miles. For practical purposes, a nautical mile is considered to be the length of one Conspicuous objects, natural or artificial, are minute of arc, measured along the meridian, in the those which stand out clearly from the background VII and are easily identifiable from a few miles offshore information or to emphasize details. The Pictograph in normal visibility. Legend is shown on the inside front and back covers of this booklet. The expression “small craft” is used to des- ignate pleasure craft and, in general, small vessels with shallow draught. Pictographs are symbols shown at the begin- ning of certain paragraphs to allow quick reference to
References to other publications: Canadian Coast Guard • List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals • Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes) • Ice Navigation in Canadian Waters • Annual Edition of Notices to Mariners • The Canadian Aids to Navigation System • Merchant Ship Search and Rescue Manual (CANMERSAR) • The International Code of Signals Environment Canada • Great Lakes Marine Weather Guide • Great Lakes Climatological Atlas Canadian Hydrographic Service • Canadian Tidal Manual • Chart No. 1 — Symbols, Abbreviations and Terms • Tides in Canadian Waters • Notes on the Use of Loran-C Charts • Canadian Tide and Current Tables • Catalogue of Canadian Nautical Charts and Related Publications (Great Lakes) St. Lawrence Seaway Management Corporation • The Seaway Handbook VIII Units °C degree Celsius cm centimetre h hour ha hectare kHz kilohertz km kilometre kn knot kPa kilopascal m metre min minute MHz megahertz mm millimetre ft foot t metric tonne ° degree (plane angle) ' minute (plane angle) Directions N north NNE north northeast NE northeast ENE east northeast ABBREVIATIONS E east ESE east southeast SE southeast SSE south southeast S south SSW south southwest SW southwest WSW west southwest W west WNW west northwest NW northwest NNW north northwest Various CCG Canadian Coast Guard CHS Canadian Hydrographic Service HF high frequency HW high water LW low water M million, mega MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services NAD North American Datum SAR Search and Rescue VHF very high frequency VTS Vessel Traffic Services
IX
CHAPTER 1
General Navigational Information
1 Limits of booklet. — This booklet of Sailing Directions offers general navigational, geographic and emer- gency information, as well as information on natural condi- tions (meteorology, ice, currents, etc.) for the St. Lawrence River from Montréal to Lake Ontario and for the Great Lakes. This area includes the waters of the Great Lakes and the connecting waterways including the Welland Canal, Detroit River and the St. Clair River. For a detailed description of any of these regions see the appropriate booklet or volume of Sailing Directions (see the geographical index after the last chapter of this booklet and the index printed on the back cover). 2 For the convenience of the user and to provide some necessary continuity, certain United States waters and shoreline are also described in Canadian Sailing Directions, quoting verbatim from U.S. Coast Pilot 6, corrected from U.S. Notices to Mariners to the date of publication. 3 Reporting dangers. — All mariners are encouraged to report any dangers to navigation or discrepancies in charted or published information. Members of Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons should report by MAREP. Others should forward a Hydrographic Note or the Marine Information Report and Suggestion Sheet, a copy of which is attached to each monthly edition of Canadian Notices to Mariners.
Routes and navigational hazards
Ship routing systems
4 The Great Lakes routing system consists of “Separate Steamer Lanes for Vessels” adopted by the Lake Carriers Association and the Canadian Shipowners Association. Upbound and downbound sailing courses and limits are shown on both Canadian and United States general charts. 5 In the interest of safe navigation and environmental protection it is recommended that mariners use such routes in all weather conditions, by day and by night, as far as circum- stances permit. Mariners may, however, exercise discretion in departing from the recommended routes whenever weather or ice conditions make it advisable. 5.1 Effective October 11th, 2001, 0000 UTC, all vessels that are: 1-2 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
a. of 500 tons gross tonnage or more; Fishing vessels b. engaged in towing or pushing a vessel, where the 12 Fishing vessels engaged in trawling may be encoun- combined tonnage of the ship and the vessel being tered on the Great Lakes. These vessels are restricted in their towed or pushed is 500 tons gross tonnage or more; manoeuvrability; sudden changes in course or speed may or cause their gear to foul the bottom, causing damage or loss c. carrying a pollutant or dangerous goods, or engaged of expensive gear and endangering the vessel. in towing or pushing a vessel carrying a pollutant or 13 Mariners are advised to observe safe navigational dangerous goods; practices when meeting these vessels by giving them a wide must request clearance 96 hours prior to entering berth in plenty of time. The effective use of bridge-to-bridge Canadian waters from seaward, or as soon as practical VHF radiotelephone is encouraged. where the estimated time of arrival of the ship in Canadian waters is less than 96 hours after the time the ship departed its 14 Aquaculture. — There are aquaculture facilities at last port of call. This will remain in effect until further notice. various locations on the Great Lakes; mariners should make every effort to avoid these areas. A list of these facilities with 6 St. Lawrence Seaway traffic control system, oper- ated in the St. Lawrence Seaway between Montréal and the their locations is published twice a year in Canadian Notices Lake Erie approaches to the Welland Canal, is a marine traffic to Mariners. Aquaculture sites are generally shown on charts. control system for all vessels other than pleasure craft of less Winter navigation than 19.8 m (65 ft) in length. For the VHF radiotelephone frequencies in use see the table in Chapter 2 quoted from 15 The Canadian Coast Guard operates a winter ser- the Seaway Regulations. For full details of the St. Lawrence vice to support vessels navigating in Canadian waters of the Seaway traffic control system, consult theSeaway Handbook. Great Lakes. This service includes promulgation of the latest 7 Marine Communications and Traffic Services. — information on ice conditions, aids to navigation and rout- In the interest of safe navigation in Canadian waters from ing advice; the provision of icebreakers when available and Long Point light on Lake Erie to De Tour Passage on Lake considered necessary; and the formation of convoys when Huron, the Canadian Coast Guard has established a Marine conditions dictate. Communications and Traffic Services (MCTS) Centre at 16 This service is known as Ice Sarnia and commences Sarnia, Ontario (42°58'N, 82°24'W). The Centre is equipped about December 1 and terminates when ice conditions per- with VHF transmitting and receiving facilities, both locally mit unrestricted navigation. The address of Ice Sarnia is Ice and at remote sites. The Centre is staffed 24 hours a day. Operations Officer, Canadian Coast Guard, Department of 8 Full details of the MCTS Centre and the Vessel Fisheries and Oceans, Operations Centre, 105 Christina Street Traffic Services (VTS) system, including zone coverage, South, P.O. Box 2778, Sarnia, Ontario N7T 7W1, telephone application, responsibility, listening watch, operating pro- (519) 383‑1824, fax (519) 337‑2498, telex 064 76299. cedures, and traffic and other reports, are given in the annual 17 Aids to navigation in winter. — Many shore lights edition of Canadian Notices to Mariners. are discontinued in winter; some of these are replaced by 9 St. Clair and Detroit River Navigation Safety lower intensity lights. Many buoys are removed; some of Regulations, quoted in Chapter 2, prescribe speed limits, these are replaced by spar buoys. Details of seasonal changes requirements for traffic calls and reports, and navigation and in navigational aids are broadcast as Notices to Shipping, or anchorage rules for vessels operating in the Canadian section can be obtained from Ice Sarnia. of the waters connecting Lake Erie and Lake Huron. The 18 Canadian ice advisory service. — In support of United States government has enacted similar regulations the Canadian Coast Guard ice information service and ice- for the waters of the United States section of the waterway. breaking operations, there are regular ice reconnaissance air 10 Copies of the St. Clair and Detroit River Navigation patrols over the Canadian Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence Safety Regulations, and other Canadian regulations are avail- Seaway in winter and early spring. Aerial reconnaissance is able from Canada Communication Group — Publishing conducted by trained ice observers from the Atmospheric Division, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0S9. Environment Service of the Department of the Environment. 11 St. Marys River Vessel Traffic Service, operated The ice information is broadcast directly from the aircraft to by the United States Coast Guard, covers the St. Marys ships equipped with radio facsimile as well as being relayed River and lower Whitefish Bay from De Tour Reef light to to Ice Forecasting Central in Ottawa. Île Parisienne light, except for the waters of St. Marys Falls 19 Ice Forecasting Central prepares ice charts and Canal. The service, participation in which is mandatory ice forecasts as required during the freeze-up and break-up for certain vessels, is designed to prevent collisions and periods when shipping is active, and sends the information groundings. by telex to Ice Sarnia and on request by radio facsimile. Ice CHAPTER 1 1-3 General Navigational Information
charts of the Great Lakes are also available weekly by sub- for safe navigation in Canadian waters. The catalogues offer scription. There is a coordinated exchange of ice data between useful information and list CHS dealers in Canada and for- Ice Forecasting Central and Ice Sarnia and the United States eign countries. There are five catalogues; four show the chart Coast Guard. coverage of CHS and the fifth lists geoscientific publications. 20 The Canadian Coast Guard icebreakers available 26 Nautical Charts are charts designed specifically for the support of shipping are heavily committed and can- to meet the needs of navigation. They show depths of water, not always be provided at short notice. In order to make the emphasize dangers to navigation, indicate maritime cultural most efficient use of available resources it is important that features, and show topographic detail useful to navigation. Ice Sarnia be kept informed on the position and planned Charts also show various aids to navigation and information movements of vessels in the Great Lakes. Masters or agents on tides and currents as well as diagrams and notes. should notify Ice Sarnia as soon as their sailing time is 27 Chart l is a booklet listing the symbols and abbrevia- known, giving estimated time of departure and destination, tions used on charts. in order to receive the latest information. 28 Sailing Directions are volumes or booklets which 21 The United States Coast Guard operates a similar cover various specific areas. They offer general information Great Lakes vessel reporting system to deploy icebreakers in important for navigation as well as coastal descriptions, winter and spring to assist marine commerce. Vessels in the geographic information, and detailed descriptions of port system report to the nearest Coast Guard unit on departure facilities. and arrival and at designated reporting points. When a vessel 29 Small Craft Guides are publications designed for makes a report, the Coast Guard will, on request, transmit use by the recreational boater. They give details of certain the latest available information on weather and ice condi- areas not covered in other Sailing Directions publications. tions along the vessel’s proposed track. Vessels transiting ice 30 Tide and Current Tables are published annually areas are requested to include with their vessel report a brief and offer tide predictions for various ports as well as times description of ice conditions encountered, showing the loca- of slack water and times and velocities of maximum current tion of the ice and its type, thickness, and average coverage at specified locations. in tenths. A vessel requiring icebreaking assistance should 31 Atlases of Tidal Currents are illustrated works contact the nearest Coast Guard unit on VHF Channel 16 which cover a region. There are main tidal currents (direc- (156.8 MHz). tion and rate) for different tidal cycle periods. There are five 22 A joint United States and Canadian Coast Guard atlases, covering the main shipping lanes in Canadian waters. publication Guide to Great Lakes Ice Navigation gives de- tails of ice advisory services, shipping support services and Canadian Coast Guard (CCG) publications vessel reporting systems. This publication, which should be carried by every vessel sailing in the Great Lakes during the 32 List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals is in four ice season, is available from Ice Sarnia. volumes published every two or three years; it gives the names 23 For details of ice conditions in the Great Lakes area and details of the characteristic of lights, lighted buoys, and see Chapter 4. fog signals in Canadian waters. 33 Radio Aids to Marine Navigation is in two volumes published annually; it gives information on CCG MCTS and Nautical publications Vessel Traffic Services centres. Also given is information on marine weather services provided by the Department of the 24 The official guides to navigation in Canadian Environment and delivered by CCG. waters of the Great Lakes are published by the Canadian 34 Canadian Aids to Navigation System is a brochure Government. The appropriate charts and publications must which describes the Canadian system and the aids in use be carried, as specified by the Charts and Publications (fixed, floating, lighted, radio). Regulations, 1995 (see Chapter 2). The United States National 35 Annual Edition of Notices to Mariners carries Ocean Service publishes charts and publications for United Notices to Mariners 1 to 46 of each year. These Notices in- States waters. clude information of a general nature on aids to navigation and marine safety such as radiotelephone communications, Canadian Hydrographic pollution, military exercise areas, search and rescue, pilotage, Service (CHS) publications and Vessel Traffic Services. 25 Catalogues of Nautical Charts and Related 36 Monthly Edition of Notices to Mariners gives im- Publications are published annually; they inform mariners portant up to date navigational information affecting nautical of the charts and related publications available and required charts and publications. The release of new charts and new 1-4 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
editions of existing charts is also announced through this chart user to apply subsequent corrections promulgated in publication. the monthly editions of Canadian Notices to Mariners before 37 Notices to Shipping are radio navigational warn- using the chart for navigation. ings broadcast by CCG MCTS Centres. Printed versions are 44 Most chart dealers do not hand correct charts and available by contacting any CCG office. thus charts obtained from dealers will generally be corrected 38 Ice Navigation in Canadian Waters gives informa- only to the date stamped on the chart before it is shipped to tion on ice conditions in Canadian waters, navigation in ice, the dealer. and ice advisory and shipping support services. 45 Small craft charts and certain other charts published 39 Caution. — The above-mentioned publications are by the CHS are not hand corrected after publication. Such all affected by continual changes to navigational information charts must be corrected by reference to Notices to Mariners and aids to navigation; mariners are cautioned to use only issued since the publication date of the charts. A list of such the latest and corrected editions. corrections for any particular chart can be obtained from: Nautical Information, Canadian Hydrographic Service, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Ottawa, Ontario Nautical charts K1A 0E6. 46 Chart users are reminded that charts are not cor- 40 Charts. — Under the Charts and Publications rected from Temporary (T) and Preliminary (P) Notices to Regulations, 1995, of the Canada Shipping Act, the mar- Mariners. Such notices affecting a chart should be noted on iner must have the appropriate Canadian Hydrographic the chart in pencil. The Canadian Coast Guard publishes an Service (CHS) charts and publications on board and in use annual summary of all (T) and (P) notices in effect at the when navigating in Canadian waters. beginning of each year, and a list of all (T) and (P) notices 41 The use of symbols and abbreviations on charts is in effect is also published every three months in the regular necessary in order to show as much information as possible. monthly editions of Notices to Mariners Chart 1, Symbols and Abbreviations, a booklet published by 47 The release of new charts and publications, and of the CHS, gives examples and explanations to help with chart new editions and reprints of existing editions, is announced interpretation. in Notices to Mariners. Only the latest edition of a chart or 42 Natural Scale means the relationship between publication may legally be used for navigation. the size of the chart and the size of the earth. For example, 48 Reliance on a chart. — The value of a chart depends 1:15,000 means that one unit on the chart equals 15,000 units largely on the accuracy and detail of the surveys on which it on the earth. Here are the differenttypes of charts issued by is based. The date of survey, or a statement of the authorities the CHS and their uses; the scales shown are approximate: on which a chart is based, is given under the title of the chart. • Harbour Charts are large scale, 1:5,000 to 1:15,000, Mariners are cautioned, however, that when a chart is com- and are used for navigation in harbours or intricate, piled from several sources the dates and areas of the surveys hazardous, shoal-infested waters. may be difficult to define. For this reason new charts and • Approach Charts, 1:15,000 to 1:50,000 are used for some new editions will have a source classification diagram approaching coasts where a lot of detail is required. to show the type of survey data used in the construction of • Coastal Charts, 1:50,000 to 1:150,000 give continu- the chart. ous extensive coverage with sufficient inshore detail 49 The appearance of a chart may show the thorough- to make landfall sightings easy. ness of the surveys on which it is based but it should be borne • General Charts, 1:150,000 to 1:500,000 give exten- in mind that a chart drawn from an old survey with few sive offshore coverage with enough inshore detail to soundings may have had further soundings added to it later make landfall. from ships’ tracks on passage, thus masking the inadequacy • Sailing Charts, 1:500,000 and smaller, are used for of the original survey. On the other hand, the quality of a chart offshore navigation out of sight of land. is not shown only by the number of soundings; new metric • Small Craft Charts describe some areas not covered charts based on recent surveys show more depth contours and by other charts. They are specially designed for rec- fewer soundings, and some metric charts show information reational boaters and are generally published in strip from old charts converted to metres. It is important to use the format (accordion folded). source classification diagram to assess a chart’s reliability. 43 Standard navigational charts published by the CHS 50 A chart represents general conditions at the time of are up-to-date at the time of publication, and they are then the original survey and also includes any changes reported to hand corrected from Notices to Mariners to the date stamped the Canadian Hydrographic Service before the edition date on each chart before it is sold. It is the responsibility of the shown on the chart. Areas with sand or mud, especially in CHAPTER 1 1-5 General Navigational Information
the entrances and approaches to rivers and bays, are subject 58 On new metric charts based on recent surveys, more to change; extra caution is necessary in such areas. depth contours will be shown but fewer soundings. With 51 In areas with reefs and rocks it is always possible metric charts using information from old charts converted to that surveys may have failed to find every obstruction. When metres, it is important that the date of the survey should be navigating in such waters, customary routes and channels considered before the appearance of the chart. In such cases should be followed; avoid waters where irregular and sudden an assessment of reliability can best be made from the source changes in depth indicate conditions associated with reefs classification diagram and from the completeness and detail and pinnacle rocks. of depth contours. 52 The maximum draught of commercial vessels at 59 The Canadian Hydrographic Service has also the time of the survey should also be considered. Draughts embarked on a program to convert its charts from North of 15 m (49 ft) were considered to be the maximum until American Datum 1927 (NAD 27) to North American about 1958. For today’s ships of normal draught in much- Datum 1983 (NAD 83). NAD 83 is considered equivalent to frequented waters, the reliability of most charts based on the World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS 84), which has been early surveys has been confirmed by the safe passage of adopted as the horizontal datum for world-wide use. The ships over the years. Vessels with draughts approaching 30 m difference in position of the same point between NAD 27 (98 ft) should exercise care inside the 200 m (656 ft) line in and NAD 83 is up to 110 m (361 ft) on the Pacific coast, less adequately surveyed areas, even in recognized shipping 60 m (197 ft) on the Atlantic coast, and near zero at Windsor, lanes. In many instances, ships with draughts approaching Ontario. The advantage of the new datum is its compatibility 30 m (98 ft) may be testing the chart despite the fact that many with satellite positioning systems. shallower-draught ships may have passed previously. A ship 60 Horizontal positions given by satellite receivers are venturing into unfrequented waters may also be testing the based on WGS 84 (NAD 83). When the horizontal datum of a chart for the first time and should exercise due caution. chart differs from that used by the positioning equipment, the 53 In certain parts of the Great Lakes the 20 m (65.6 ft) position must be converted before being plotted on the chart. line can be considered to be the danger line for interlake ships. New charts and new editions of charts have notes indicating 54 The largest-scale chart of an area should always be whether the chart is based on NAD 27 or NAD 83 and offer used for navigation because dangers cannot be shown with information to allow conversion from the other datum. the same amount of detail on small-scale charts. In addition, 61 Chart datum. — The water level of a lake or river it sometimes happens that because of production priorities is always changing due to variations in supply and discharge only the largest-scale charts incorporate information from a or to meteorological disturbances. For reasons of safety, the new survey. depths on a chart refer to a water level which is low enough 55 Charting. — In general, Canadian waters are chart- that the water will seldom be lower. This low water level is ed from surveys conducted by the Canadian Hydrographic called chart datum and is agreed jointly by Canada and the Service of the Department of Fisheries and Oceans; United United States for each of the Great Lakes. States waters are charted by the U.S. Coast and Geodetic 62 In the Great Lakes area and on the St. Lawrence Survey (C&GS) of the National Ocean Service. The CHS River downstream of the Port of Montréal as far as Lac Saint- does not produce charts of the Detroit River, Lake St. Clair, Pierre, elevations of land features and overhead clearances St. Clair River or St. Marys River; these are charted by of bridges and cables also refer to chart datum. C&GS. For full details of Canadian chart coverage in the 63 Unless otherwise stated, all chart datum values in the Great Lakes area, consult the Catalogue of Nautical Charts Great Lakes refer to International Great Lakes Datum 1985 and Related Publications (Great Lakes) published by the (IGLD 1985). This is a reference system used to define water Canadian Hydrographic Service. level elevations in the Great Lakes, with the reference zero 56 Charts, Coast Pilots, Tide Tables, and Tidal Current being the mean water level at Rimouski, Quebec, for the Tables covering the United States and its territories are years 1970 to 1988. The water levels on each of the Great published by the National Ocean Service, and are for sale Lakes for the years 1982 to 1988 were then used to define by Distribution Branch (N/CG 33), National Ocean Service, the elevation of chart datum for each lake; 1985 (the central Riverdale, Maryland, USA 20737-1199 and by authorized year of this period) gives the datum its name. NOS sales agents. 64 IGLD 1985 was brought into use in January 1992; 57 Metric charts. — The Canadian Hydrographic it replaced the previous reference system, which was Service has embarked on a program to convert all charts to the IGLD 1955, and gives a slightly different value to the chart international metric system. Mariners should pay particular datum for each lake. This is a result of changes to the value attention to whether the soundings on a chart are shown in of elevations due to using a different zero reference point fathoms, feet or metres. and to minor adjustments for the earth’s crustal movement, 1-6 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
Chart Datum Elevations on the Great Lakes depths and should be adjusted where necessary to refer them to the presently adopted chart datum. Above IGLD (1985) m ft 74 The diagram below shows the relationship between Lake Superior 183.2 601.1 chart datum and other levels and clearances: Lake Huron 176.0 577.5 75 Awash refers to a feature with the same elevation as Lake St. Clair 174.4 572.3 chart datum. Lake Erie 173.5 569.2 76 High water line is a level above which the water Lake Ontario 74.2 243.3 will seldom rise; it is used to define the shoreline on a chart. Conversions for chart datums have been arithmetically rounded. Height refers to a feature projecting above the high water line, and drying height refers to a feature which rises to between more accurate measurement of elevations, and an expanded chart datum and the high water line. geodetic network. 77 In non-tidal waters such as the Great Lakes area 65 Chart datums in the Rideau Waterway and the heights of islands, drying heights and clearances are given Ottawa River refer to Geodetic Datum (GD), which is the above chart datum, as also are elevations of lights. mean of sea levels at Pointe-au-Père, Yarmouth, Halifax, 78 On Lake Ontario and Lake Erie the high water line is Vancouver, and Prince Rupert prior to 1910. defined as 1.3 m or 4 feet above chart datum. On Lake Huron 66 The elevation of chart datum varies through the and Georgian Bay the high water line is defined as 1.0 m or Trent-Severn and Rideau Waterways and is defined as the 3 feet above chart datum. On Lake Superior the high water minimum controlled water level for the upper reach of each line is defined as 0.5 m or 2 feet above chart datum. lock. Chart datums on the Ottawa River depend on the slop- 79 In the Trent-Severn and Rideau Waterways the high ing water surface. These levels are indicated on the profile water line is defined as the maximum controlled water level on the cover of the relevant charts. for the upper reach of each lock. 67 Datums for depths and elevations for other parts of 80 Fluctuations of water levels may result in the Great Lakes area are defined as follows. available depths being less than charted due to ex- 68 On the St. Lawrence River, depths are given below tremely low levels, and in overhead clearances of bridges and a sloping datum which is defined at gauging stations along cables being less than charted due to high levels. At times the river. of exceptionally high water levels the water rises above the 69 For the Detroit River, depths refer to the sloping high water line; low-lying islands, wharves and other charted surface of the river corresponding to a Lake Erie elevation features may be covered. For a detailed description of water of 173.5 m (569.2 ft) above IGLD 1985 and a Lake St. Clair levels see Chapter 4. elevation of 174.4 m (572.3 ft) above IGLD 1985. 70 For the St. Clair River, depths refer to the sloping surface of the river corresponding to a Lake St. Clair eleva- Magnetic variation tion of 174.4 m (572.3 ft) above IGLD 1985 and a Lake Huron elevation of 176.0 m (577.5 ft) above IGLD 1985. 81 CHS nautical charts have compass roses which 71 Chart datum for Lake Huron, Georgian Bay and show True and Magnetic North as well as the local magnetic St. Joseph Channel is 176.0 m (577.5 ft) above IGLD 1985. 72 For the lower St. Marys River, depths refer to a sloping datum corresponding to a Lake Huron elevation of 176.0 m (577.5 ft) IGLD 1985 and a lower lock gauge eleva- tion of 176.3 m (578.4 ft) IGLD 1985. For the upper St. Marys River, depths are given below a sloping datum corresponding to a Lake Superior elevation of 183.2 m (601.1 ft) IGLD 1985 and an upper lock elevation of 183.1 m (600.7 ft) IGLD 1985. 73 Depths on certain older charts of Lake Ontario, Lake Huron, Georgian Bay and Lake Superior refer to older chart datums. It is necessary to be aware of this difference and to adjust the soundings shown on these charts to the presently adopted chart datum. The required correction is usually found near the title of the chart. All depths quoted in Sailing Directions agree with charted CHAPTER 1 1-7 General Navigational Information
variation and its annual change. Isogonic lines (lines of equal 89 Overhead cables are subject to frequent change as magnetic variation) are printed on certain charts. new cables are installed and existing cables are removed 82 When using a magnetic compass, allowance must or modified. Current editions of charts may not indicate all be made for the gradual changes in variation. Over a period overhead cables in an area. of years the magnetic compass rose on a chart will become 90 Submarine cables. — Submerged power slightly in error, and on small scale charts the variation may and telephone cables are laid across the channel and also change from one side of the chart to the other side. From between islands in many areas. Where known, cable areas the east end of Lake Ontario to the west end of Lake Erie, for and the individual tracks of submerged cables are shown instance, the variation changes by 9°; from the east end of on the charts but submarine cables are subject to frequent Georgian Bay to the west end of Lake Superior the variation change as new cables are laid and existing cables recovered changes by 12°. or modified. For this reason charts may not show all cables. 83 The change in variation is very rapid in some parts 91 Mariners are cautioned to avoid anchoring or fishing of the world and should always be taken into consideration. near a submerged cable in order to avoid any possibility of 84 The Geological Survey of Canada publishes a entanglement or damage. Magnetic Declination Chart (Sheet No. 10 of the Geophysical 92 If an anchor or fishing gear has picked up or becomes Atlas Series) showing lines of equal magnetic declination and attached to a cable and does not easily come loose no further annual change. This is available from Geological Survey of attempt should be made to free it; it is better to cut the lines Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0E8. and abandon the anchor or fishing gear than to risk damage to the cable and death by electrocution. 93 See the section on Protection of submarine cables Cables in Chapter 2 for more information.
85 Canadian charts no longer differentiate be- tween high voltage power lines and other less lethal Water level information types of overhead or submerged cables; all overhead lines 94 There are water level gauges on the St. Lawrence and submarine cables must be treated with the same degree River at Montréal, Saint-Lambert, La Prairie, Côte Sainte- of caution. Catherine, Lachine, Pointe-Claire, Beauharnois, Pointe-des- 86 Overhead cables. — Overhead clearances Cascades, Coteau-du-Lac, Coteau-Landing, Summerstown, of bridges and cables in the Great Lakes area, being Cornwall, Iroquois and Brockville; in Lake Ontario at in non-tidal waters, are given above chart datum. This means Kingston, Cobourg, Toronto, Burlington and Port Weller that the height of the water level above chart datum must Harbour; in Lake Erie at Port Colborne, Port Dover, Port be subtracted from the charted clearance to give the actual Stanley, Erieau, Kingsville and Bar Point; in the Detroit River clearance at a particular time. Certain other conditions may at Amherstburg and La Salle; in Lake St. Clair at Tecumseh also reduce the overhead clearance. Some, such as heavy and Belle River; and in the St. Clair River at Port Lambton branches hanging on the overhead cable or a heavy load of and Point Edward. wet snow or ice, may be obvious but others, such as damage 95 There are water level gauges in Lake Huron and to a bridge or to a supporting pole, may not be so noticeable. Georgian Bay at Point Edward, Goderich, Tobermory, 87 The actual clearance of a power transmission line Collingwood, Parry Sound, Little Current and Thessalon. also depends on the temperature. When the temperature of There are also gauges at the upper and lower ends of the the cable rises, it expands and its clearance decreases; when Canadian lock at Sault Ste. Marie, and in Lake Superior at the temperature of the cable falls, it contracts and its clear- Gros Cap, Michipicoten Harbour, Rossport and Thunder Bay. ance increases. Under certain exceptional conditions, the 96 The Canadian Hydrographic Service also operates decrease of clearance of the cable caused by extremely high a network of voice-announcing water level gauging stations operating temperatures is greater than that due to a load of on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River. These can be snow or ice. accessed by telephone: 88 Mariners are further cautioned to allow extra 97 When one of these gauging stations is called, the clearance when passing under transmission lines carrying caller will be asked to press 1 on the touch-tone telephone high voltages; a safe clearance depends on the line voltage for English or 2 for French. If a touch-tone phone is not used, and possible overvoltages. To avoid the dangers of possible the message in English will start after a few seconds and the electrical discharge when passing under such cables, it is French message will follow. The message gives the present necessary to allow a safe margin of at least 7 m (23 ft). water level in metres above chart datum at that station, 1-8 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
Voice-Announcing Water Level Gauging Stations sources, the hydrograph on the chart may be used to estimate the water level and the possible range of levels. Location Telephone No. St. Lawrence River at Cornwall (613) 930-9373 St. Lawrence River below the lock at Iroquois (613) 652-4839 Aids to navigation St. Lawrence River at Brockville (613) 345-0095 Lake Ontario at Cobourg (905) 372-6214 102 This section refers to the following Canadian Cost Lake Erie at Port Dover (519) 583-2259 Guard publication: The Canadian Aids to Navigation System, Detroit River at Amherstburg (519) 736-4357 the Lists of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals, and Radio Aids St. Clair River at Port Lambton (519) 677-4092 to Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes). (These St. Clair River at Point Edward (519) 344-0263 publications were described earlier in this chapter.) Lake Huron at Thessalon (705) 842-2215 103 Range daymarks. — Unless otherwise stated, Lake Superior at Michipicoten (705) 856-0077 daymarks for leading lights described in Sailing Directions Lake Superior at Rossport (807) 824-2250 are of the shape for typical range daymarks as shown in the These telephone numbers were correct as of February 11, 2004. coloured diagram from The Canadian Aids to Navigation System. followed by the high and low water levels recorded during 104 List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals, Inland Waters covers the Great Lakes area. Corrections to this publication the previous 12 hours. The height of the presently adopted are published in the monthly editions of Notices to Mariners. chart datum for that station is then given in metres above These corrections should be inserted in the parent publication International Great Lakes Datum 1985. Pressing 1 or 2 at any to keep it up to date. Consult List of Lights, Buoys and Fog time during the message will start it again from the begin- Signals for full details of the characteristics of lights, light ning, and 0 will end the call. Please call the Burlington office buoys and fog signals. at (905) 336‑4844 during office hours (08:00 to 16:00) or fax 105 Buoys. — Mariners should not rely on buoys to (905) 336‑8916 or by Internet at [email protected] being in their charted positions at all times. Buoys to report any problems or to obtain additional information. should be regarded as aids to navigation and not as infallible 98 Daily water levels for the Port of Montréal can be navigation marks. The position of any buoy may not be obtained through the MCTS Centre at Montréal. Daily water as charted due to the effects of weather or circumstance. levels for Summerstown and Iroquois lock (above the lock) Mariners should always navigate their vessels by bearings can be obtained through Seaway Beauharnois and Seaway or angles on fixed shore objects and by soundings whenever Iroquois Traffic Control Stations. Weekly mean water levels possible, rather than by complete reliance on buoys. for Lake Ontario, Lake Erie, Lake Huron, Georgian Bay and 106 Large areas of Canadian navigable waters freeze Lake Superior are broadcast four times daily by Canadian over in winter and many buoys are lifted for the ice season. Coast Guard MCTS Centres. Water level information for Some of these are replaced by spar buoys or other types of the Detroit River, Lake St. Clair and St. Clair River can be buoys. Details of winter aids to navigation are promulgated in obtained from the United States Coast Guard, Group Detroit, Canadian Notices to Shipping. The movement of ice and the either by marine radio or by telephone at (313) 226‑6930. operation of icebreakers can move buoys from their charted positions. 99 In the Trent-Severn and Rideau Waterways, the 107 In cases where it is necessary to establish a buoy water level can be obtained from the lock-master or observed near an existing aid to navigation or a navigational hazard at water level staffs installed at most locks. such as a shoal, sounding, reef or ledge, the buoy symbol may 100 Monthly mean levels and a six month forecast for be offset slightly on the chart so that the existing symbol or each of the Great Lakes are published in the form of a Monthly hazard is not overprinted. Water Level Bulletin. The bulletin is available at http:// 108 Light buoys, buoys using sound signals (bell or chswww.bur.dfo.ca/danp. Information on present or historical whistle), and fog signals may not give their true character- levels can also be obtained by calling the Burlington office istics due to mechanical failure, icing or storm effect, or (in at (905) 336‑4844. the case of bell and whistle buoys) calm weather. 101 In order to determine the depth of water likely to be 109 Buoyage. — The Canadian system of buoyage encountered during calm weather, the observed or forecast is based on Region B of the Maritime Buoyage System water level, adjusted to the datum of the chart if necessary, developed by the International Association of Lighthouse may be applied to the charted depth. If water level informa- Authorities and adopted by all major maritime nations. In tion cannot be obtained from any of the above-mentioned Region B, which includes all of North and South America, CHAPTER 1 1-9 General Navigational Information
Japan, the Republic of Korea, and the Philippines, a vessel 117 Hazard buoys differ from isolated danger buoys, navigating in the upstream direction keeps green buoys to which mark isolated dangers such as rocks and shipwrecks port and red buoys to starboard. The shape and/or colour of along specific routes and have navigable water around them. the buoy and the flash characteristic of the light on the buoy Hazard buoys mark random rocks and shoals and may or indicate the function of the buoy. It is essential that marin- may not have navigable water around them, and would not ers use up-to-date charts with this system. Chart 1, Symbols normally be on routes marked by Coast Guard buoys. and Abbreviations explains the buoyage symbols used on 118 It is anticipated that the most common use of a Canadian charts. The Canadian system includes Lateral, Hazard buoy will be that of a Private Buoy, placed by indi- Cardinal and Special buoys. viduals and organizations in areas where Coast Guard policy 110 The Lateral System of buoyage indicates the does not provide for Aids to Navigation service at public course of a navigable waterway; the sides of the navigable expense. waterway are indicated by buoys of a defined shape, colour 119 Buoy numbering. — Only starboard and port hand or light characteristic in relation to the upstream direction. buoys are numbered; starboard hand buoys have even num- This upstream direction is the direction from seaward, to- bers and port hand buoys have odd numbers. Buoy numbers ward the head waters, into a harbour, up a river, or with the increase in the upstream direction and are kept in sequence on flood tidal stream. In general, the upstream direction is in a both sides of a channel by omitting numbers where required. southerly direction along the Atlantic coast, in a northerly Buoy numbers are usually preceded by one or two letters to direction along the Pacific coast, and in an easterly direction help with channel identification. Other types of buoys do along the Arctic coast. In some waters the upstream direction not have numbers but are identified only by letters, though is indicated on charts by lines and arrows. all buoys may have a name as well as a number or letter. All 111 Lateral buoys indicate the side on which they may buoy numbers and letters are white or reflective silver. be safely passed. There are five types of lateral buoys:port- 120 Sound signals. — Any of the buoys in the Canadian hand, starboard-hand, port bifurcation, starboard bifurca- buoyage system may be fitted with a bell or a whistle activated tion and fairway. by the motion of the buoy in the water. Such buoys are gener- 111.1 mark hazards that have Isolated danger buoys ally used only in coastal waters where there is enough buoy navigable water all around them, such as a rock or a wreck, movement to activate the sound device, and where a sound and should be kept to port when passing. Consult the chart signal is needed to help locate the buoy in poor visibility. for details of the obstruction. 121 Daybeacons are sometimes used to mark channel 112 Cardinal buoys indicate the location of the safest entrances, approaches and bridges. The hand of daybeacons, or deepest water by reference to the cardinal points of the starboard or port hand, is determined in the same way as compass. There are four cardinal buoys: north, east, south that of buoys, and they indicate the channel or the preferred and west. channel. 113 Special purpose buoys convey information which, while important, is not primarily intended to assist in navi- 122 Emergency lights. — In the interest of safety, cer- gation. They may include a variety of shapes of lighted and tain light stations have emergency lights; these are noted in unlighted buoys, and they may have yellow reflective ma- List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals. The emergency light terial. Except for the Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS) is of lesser intensity than the main light and is normally vis- buoy, which is an anchored oceanographic data buoy, special ible for 5 miles on a dark night with clear atmosphere. An purpose buoys may have a flashing yellow light; an ODAS emergency light is automatically activated by failure of the buoy may have a group flashing yellow light. main light and may be operating without a covering Notice 114 Many special buoys are privately owned. As re- to Shipping. quired by the Private Buoy Regulations, such buoys must 123 The standard characteristic of an emergency light is be marked with the letters “PRIV” and the owner’s name, group flashing (6) 15 seconds, i.e. 6 flashes, each of ½ second address and telephone number. They will not display num- duration, followed by a period of darkness of 7 seconds. bers or letters conforming to the Coast Guard identification 124 Note. — More information on aids to navigation is system. given in the booklet The Canadian Aids to Navigation System, 115 Control buoys mark areas where boating is re- published by the Canadian Coast Guard and available from stricted. Explanations of the various symbols used to indicate most chart dealers and from all Canadian Coast Guard offices. the nature of the restriction are given in the Vessel Operation 125 Radar reflectors. — Many buoys and shore struc- Restriction Regulations of the Canada Shipping Act, 2001. tures have special reflectors to help them reflect radar signals. 116 Hazard buoys, introduced in January 1992, mark Radar reflectors may also be established as independent aids random hazards such as rocks and shoals. to navigation. 1-10 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
126 Operators of small craft are encouraged to have a the immediate discontinuation of a particular satellite cor- radar reflector as high as possible in their craft, particularly rection. Reports indicate that some user equipment does not in low visibility, as this will greatly increase the likelihood of properly recognize this “do not use” correction flag and as a being detected by a ship’s radar. Radar reflectors are available result erroneously processes it as a correction. This can result from most ship chandlers. in position errors as large as 15 kilometres while the receiver 127 Radar beacons (Racons). — When an aid to navi- is in DGPS mode. DGPS users are advised to contact the gation gives a poor radar return, equipment may be fitted to manufacturer of their equipment to determine if an upgrade enhance the echo. Often this is done with a radar reflector but is required. sometimes a radar transponder beacon is used. Such a beacon 146.2 Caution. — Vessels with modern naviga- is known as a Racon. Most Racons used by the Canadian tional equipment such as GPS or DGPS can navigate Coast Guard on the Great Lakes are of the frequency-agile with a degree of accuracy and precision that was not available type and consist of a transmitter that responds to any radar to hydrographic surveyors until very recently. Chart users transmission in the X or S band radar frequencies. The are cautioned that the charted positions of islands and other Racon signal appears on the radar display as a line from the features shown on older nautical charts may not agree with approximate position of the Racon towards the outer edge of latitude and longitude positions given by modern navigational the display, along the line of its bearing from the ship. The equipment. Such older charts are generally on an unknown display may be a solid line or it may be broken into a code or assumed datum, as noted in the Horizontal Datum note consisting of a series of dots and dashes, as published in Radio printed on each chart. Positions on such charts should be con- Aids to Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes). The firmed by reference to range and bearing of known objects. positions of Racons are shown on Canadian charts. 128 Should a Racon fail to give a response on a ship’s radar, report this fact immediately to the nearest Coast Guard Pilotage MCTS Centre so that the information can be broadcast as a Notice to Shipping. 147 Pilotage is compulsory on the Great Lakes for all vessels of Foreign Registry and any other vessel which does not qualify for exemption as prescribed in the Electronic positioning systems Great Lakes Pilotage Regulations. 153 Exemptions from compulsory pilotage may be grant- 145 GPS (NAVSTAR Global Positioning System) is a ed to vessels meeting certain conditions under Section 4 of the worldwide, continuous-coverage satellite navigation system Great Lakes Pilotage Regulations. Full details are available developed by the U.S. military. Declared operational by the from Great Lakes Pilotage Authority Ltd., Cornwall, Ontario. U.S. Department of Defense in July 1995, navigation signals 154 Masters of vessels requiring pilotage service in the are available to everyone. waters of the Great Lakes must give at least 12 hours notice 146 GPS uses 24 satellites arranged in six orbits so that a to the Pilot Offices to avoid a delay in obtaining a pilot. This receiver at any location will always be able to receive 4 satel- message, giving ship’s name, draught, estimated time of ar- lites and will thus be able to compute fixes continuously. Fix rival or departure, and destination, must be confirmed at least accuracy is controlled by U.S. authorities through “selective 4 hours prior to arrival at a pilot station or departure from a availability” and is about 100 m. port, and can be relayed via any Coast Guard radio station. 146.01 Caution. — The Canadian Coast Guard’s 155 Pilot control areas and message addresses are shown Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) below. broadcast contains built in health information designed to 156 For details of pilotage services available and pro- alert a DGPS user receiver of an out of tolerance or fault cedures to be followed, consult: condition. During testing, it was found that some user DGPS • Annual Edition of Notices to Mariners; receivers did not process the health information properly. Im- • Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great proper processing by a user equipment can result in incorrect Lakes); positions. • Atlantic Pilotage Authority Regulations; 146.02 Please contact your DGPS manufacturer or supplier • Laurentian Pilotage Authority Regulations; to ensure that your receiver is capable of processing the DGPS • Great Lakes Pilotage Regulations. Reference Station Health information correctly. 157 Vessels requesting a pilot at Sault Ste. Marie must do 146.1 Caution. — The Canadian Coast Guard has so 4 hours before their estimated time of arrival at De Tour received reports of differential GPS (DGPS) receivers (for westbound vessels) or Gros Cap light (for eastbound ves- apparently ignoring the broadcast alarm which should signal sels). Westbound vessels must order by a message addressed CHAPTER 1 1-11 General Navigational Information
Pilot Control Areas and Message Addresses
Control Areas Message Addresses Saint-Lambert lock to Lake Ontario Pilots Cornwall Lake Ontario – ships east of Cobourg Pilots Cornwall Lake Ontario – ships west of Cobourg Pilots Port Weller Welland Canal Pilots Port Weller Lake Erie – ships east of Cleveland Pilots Port Weller Lake Erie – ships west of Cleveland Pilots Port Huron Lake St. Clair, Detroit and St. Clair Rivers Pilots Port Huron Lakes Huron, Michigan and Superior, and St. Marys River Pilots Superior to Pilots De Tour through Rogers City Radio or any Coast 164 The CCG also carries out duties as the marine ele- Guard MCTS Centre. Eastbound vessels must order by a ment of the search and rescue organization, for which the message addressed to Pilots De Tour through Sault Ste. Marie Canadian Armed Forces have the overall responsibility. (This Coast Guard Radio or any Coast Guard MCTS Centre. is discussed later in this chapter.) 165 Principal bases for CCG ships are the district offices at St. John’s, Newfoundland; Dartmouth, Nova Scotia; Saint Canadian Coast Guard (CCG) John, New Brunswick; Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island; Québec and Montréal, Quebec; Prescott and Parry Sound, 158 The CCG includes the fleet of ships and aircraft and Ontario; Selkirk, Manitoba; Victoria and Prince Rupert, the associated shore services with which the Department of British Columbia; and at Hay River, on Great Slave Lake in Fisheries and Oceans carries out its responsibilities to mar- the Northwest Territories. ine navigation. The CCG operates in Canadian waters from 166 The CCG also has responsibility for various marine the Great Lakes to the northernmost channel of the Arctic activities such as: Islands, and from the Pacific coast to Sable Island off the • Services to marine navigation: maintenance of aids coast of Nova Scotia. to navigation; Vessel Traffic Services; sounding and 159 The fleet consists of about 83 vessels, 29 helicopters dredging of waterways; editing of Notices to Mariners. and 3 hovercraft. It includes heavy icebreakers and icebreak- • Ship safety: ship inspections; issuance of certificates; ing buoy tenders. It also includes lighthouse supply vessels, certification of masters and officers; investigation of buoy vessels, survey craft, and vessels for specialized duties pollution; port authority. such as search and rescue, marine research, and shallow- • Marine emergencies: response to shipping casualties draught operations on the Mackenzie River system and in or to marine spills. the Arctic. • Communications and telecommunications services: 160 The ships of the CCG maintain and supply floating maintenance and operation of a network of radio sta- and fixed aids to navigation in Canadian waters, without tions and radio aids; broadcast of messages, Notices which commercial shipping could not operate. to Shipping and Weather Warnings. 161 In winter they assist shipping in the Gulf of • Harbours and Ports: administration and maintenance St. Lawrence and in east coast waters, as well as providing of certain ports, harbours and government wharves. flood control icebreaking service on the St. Lawrence River. At the same time, they provide icebreaker assistance when needed for commercial shipping using the summer sea route Use of radio from the Atlantic Ocean through Hudson Bay to Churchill, Manitoba, and shipping to mining developments in the Arctic. 166.1 Caution. — Reception or transmission of 162 In summer, while the greater part of the fleet is VHF DSC radio frequencies is markedly degraded concentrating on its task of keeping shipping channels safe over land areas. The Trent-Severn Waterway and the Rideau for marine traffic, the icebreakers escort commercial ships Canal may have areas of poor or no contact with a Marine carrying supplies to civilian communities and defence estab- Communications and Traffic Services (MCTS) centre; in lishments throughout the Arctic. particular, the Ottawa River from about MacLaren’s Landing 163 These duties fulfilled, many of the ships then serve to Lake Timiskaming is an area of no MCTS coverage. Con- as floating bases for scientific parties engaged in oceano- sult Section 4 of Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Atlantic, graphic, hydrographic and related studies. St. Lawrence, Great Lakes, Lake Winnipeg and Eastern 1-12 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
Arctic) for maps of VHF-DSC coverage (this publicaiton is urgency communications are given in Radio Aids to Marine available at: http://www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca). Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes). 167 Radio. — All maritime mobile radios must be 173 Canadian Coast Guard MCTS Centres provide a licenced by Industry Canada. This licence specifies which Continuous Marine Broadcast service on VHF Channel 21B channels may legally be used and should be posted near the (161.65 MHz) and Channel 83B (161.775 MHz). This service radio. All persons using the radio must have an operator’s cer- provides weather forecasts, near shore weather forecasts, ship tificate, also issued byIndustry Canada. Further information and lighthouse weather observations, and other pertinent in- may be obtained from Industry Canada, 55 St. Clair Avenue formation such as reports on dangers to navigation and water East, 9th Floor, Toronto, Ontario M4T 1M2. level conditions. For more information on weather reports see 168 The Canadian Government maintains a VHF ship/ Chapter 4. shore communication system in the Great Lakes consisting of 174 Radio medical advice. — Masters of vessels Canadian Coast Guard Marine Communications and Traffic can obtain medical advice by addressing a radiotelegram Services (MCTS) Centres with remotely controlled transmit- or radiotelephone call to Radiomedical and routing it via ting and receiving facilities to extend their range. This system the nearest coastal radio station, which will relay the mes- provides: a 24 hour Marine Safety Service, information on sage to the nearest medical authority of the Department of aids and dangers to navigation, weather observations and National Health and Welfare and transmit the reply to the forecasts, ice advisory service, marine information service, ship. There is no charge for this service, except where long and facilities for handling messages or telephone conversa- distance telephone charges are involved. It is possible to get tions between ship and shore. around difficulties of communication due to poor reception 169 Radio distress communications. — All Canadian or linguistic problems by using the medical section of the Coast Guard MCTS Centres and Coast Guard vessels on International Code of Signals, which can be a very useful the Great Lakes and connecting waterways, including the tool for masters and doctors. St. Lawrence River above Montréal, keep a continuous watch 175 United States Coast Guard radio stations and United on the international distress and calling frequency, VHF States Coast Guard vessels under way maintain a continuous Channel 16 (156.8 MHz). Full details are given in Radio Aids watch on Channel 16 (156.8 MHz). This frequency may be to Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes) and Coast used to establish initial contact and is also used to transmit Guard Radio Handbook, published by the Canadian Coast and receive distress, urgency and safety information. The Guard, and also in the Radiotelephone Operator Handbook, United States Coast Guard working and broadcast frequency published by Industry Canada. is Channel 22A (157.1 MHz), and all marine information 170 Mariners should conform to international pro- broadcasts are made on this frequency. Full details are given cedures and the use of the designated frequency. Should in United States Coast Guard, Ninth District, Local Notice transmission on Channel 16 be impossible, however, any to Mariners, Special Edition. other frequency on which attention might be attracted should 176 Marine Communications and Traffic Services be used. It is recommended that the pages of Radio Aids to Centre. — A Canadian Coast Guard Marine Communications Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes) on distress and Traffic Services (MCTS) Centre operates on a continuous communications be prominently posted near the radio at all 24‑hour basis at Sarnia, Ontario. It keeps mariners informed times. of changes in conditions affecting navigation by issuing and 171 Distress Message. — If you are in distress (i.e. you controlling Notices to Shipping (NOTSHIPs). This centre is are threatened by grave and imminent danger) transmit the responsible for issuing NOTSHIPs for the navigable waters of International Distress Call Mayday Mayday Mayday on VHF the St. Lawrence River above the upper lock at Beauharnois Channel 16 or any other channel on which attention might be and the Canadian waters of the Great Lakes, Detroit River, attracted. Any Coast Guard radio station or vessel that hears Lake St. Clair, St. Clair River, the Welland Canal, St. Marys a distress message will reply and initiate Search and Rescue River, and Lake Winnipeg. action. 177 NOTSHIPs are given a reference number, beginning 172 Urgency Message. — The transmission of a distress with C1/(year) and increasing consecutively until the end of message halts all other communications at radio stations the year. They are broadcast by Canadian Coast Guard MCTS and Coast Guard vessels, and could start an extensive sea Centres on the frequencies listed in Part III of Radio Aids to and air search which may continue for several days in bad Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes). Notices to weather. If you are in urgent need of assistance but not in Shipping expected to be in effect for an extended period of distress, transmit the Urgency Signal PANPAN PANPAN time are printed in the form of a circular and distributed to PANPAN on VHF Channel 16 or any other channel on which shipping companies, mariners and other interested parties attention might be attracted. Further details on distress and on request. CHAPTER 1 1-13 General Navigational Information
178 Deficiencies in aids to navigation, changes in con- Coast Guard under contract to the Department of Fisheries ditions which may affect navigation, and all sightings of oil and Oceans. There are about 100 of these CMRA vessels in spillage should be reported to the VTS centre. Reports from the Great Lakes area, and all have been inspected and ap- ships should be made through the nearest Canadian Coast proved by the Canadian Coast Guard. CMRA units are alerted Guard MCTS Centre. Reports may also be made to: Canadian by the Rescue Co-ordination Centre. Since its inception, the Coast Guard Vessel Operations Centre, 105 Christina Street CMRA has proven to be a very capable resource. South, P.O. Box 2778, Sarnia, Ontario N7T 7W1, or by tele- 185 Airborne liferaft. — Canadian Forces Buffalo, phone: (519) 337‑6360. Hercules, and Aurora fixed-wing aircraft and Labrador and 179 Further information on services offered by the Voyageur helicopters are capable of dropping inflatable above-mentioned traffic centre is given in the annual edition liferafts and survival equipment. The complete drop consists of Canadian Notices to Mariners. of a line 305 m (1000 ft) long with a 10‑man dinghy at each end and a number of survival packages in between. This is dropped upwind of a distressed mariner, the dinghies inflating Search and rescue (SAR) on contact with the water. The helicopters are also equipped with a rescue hoist and can deploy rescue specialist personnel 180 The Canadian Armed Forces, supported by and metal stretchers for evacuation operations. the Canadian Coast Guard, are responsible for co- 186 Helicopter evacuation. — When evacuation by ordinating all SAR activities in Canadian waters, and oper- helicopter is planned, prepare a suitable hoisting area, prefer- ate a Rescue Co-ordination Centre (RCC) at the Canadian ably aft, with a minimum radius of 15 m (50 ft) if possible. Forces Base at Trenton, Ontario, telephone 1‑800‑267‑7270. Booms, flag staffs, stays, running rigging, antenna wires, etc., Canadian Forces and Canadian Coast Guard rescue officers must be cleared away; secure awnings and all loose gear. At maintain a continuous watch at this centre. The RCC is the night, light the pick-up area but shade the lights so as not to headquarters of a co-ordinated network of agencies trained blind the pilot. When the helicopter arrives, head the vessel to search for and to aid vessels in distress and is alerted by 30° to 40° to the right of the wind (wind on the port bow) and Canadian Coast Guard MCTS Centres or SAR units immedi- maintain a slow speed ahead. To avoid static shock, let the ately a distress signal is received. In United States waters, basket or stretcher from the helicopter touch the deck before SAR facilities and activities are provided and controlled by handling. Do not secure any line from a helicopter to your the United States Coast Guard. vessel. Follow instructions given by the pilot. 181 All distress situations and requests for assistance 187 Aircraft signals. — The following manoeuvres should be directed by radio to the nearest Coast Guard MCTS performed in sequence by an aircraft mean that the aircraft Centre or by telephone to the RCC. The MCTS Centre will wishes to direct a surface craft towards an aircraft or a sur- act as communications centre for RCC, the distressed vessel, face craft in distress. First, the aircraft circles the surface and all rescue craft. Any other available means should be craft at least once. Second, the aircraft crosses close ahead used, if necessary, to attract attention or to report a distress. of the surface craft at low altitude and rocks its wings, or 182 All Canadian Government ships and aircraft are opens and closes the throttle, or changes the propeller pitch. available for SAR duties when required, as are all Canadian Due to possible high noise levels on board surface craft, the registered ships in accordance with the Canada Shipping Act. rocking of wings is the usual way to attracting attention; the 183 The Canadian Coast Guard also operates a engine and propeller signals may be less effective and are number of specialized vessels whose prime mission is alternative methods. Third, the aircraft heads in the direction SAR. Such vessels include Coast Guard Cutters at Kingston, in which the surface craft is to be directed. A repetition of Cobourg, St. Catharines, Port Dover, Amherstburg, Goderich, such manoeuvres has the same meaning. Tobermory, Meaford and Thunder Bay, and Inshore Rescue 188 The following manoeuvre by an aircraft means Boats maintained during the boating season at Vaudreuil- that the assistance of the surface craft to which the signal is sur-le-Lac, Beaconsfield, Saint-Zotique, Hill Island, Long directed is no longer required: The aircraft crosses the wake Point, Thames River, Port Lambton, Port Severn and Gereaux of the surface craft close astern at a low altitude and rocks Island. These latter vessels are rigid-hulled inflatable boats. its wings, or opens and closes the throttle, or changes the Canadian Coast Guard SAR Cutters can be recognised by propeller pitch. their red hulls and yellow superstructures. 189 For further information on search and rescue, con- 184 To support the Canadian Coast Guard in its SAR sult the annual edition of Canadian Notices to Mariners and work, the Canadian Marine Rescue Auxiliary (CMRA) has Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Atlantic and Great Lakes). been formed from interested groups and individuals in as- 190 Radar reflectors. — Operators of wooden craft signed areas of the Great Lakes. These support the Canadian which are, or may consider themselves to be, the object of a 1-14 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
search should hoist on a halyard or otherwise place aloft any it ashore with a responsible adult or to advise any Coast Guard metallic object which will make them better radar targets. All MCTS Centre. A checking-in procedure by telephone or Coast Guard patrol vessels, planes and some buoy tenders radiotelephone for each point specified in the plan is highly use radar and can continue a search in darkness and fog if recommended and could prevent a needless alert that might it can be assumed that the object of the search will show on set off a comprehensive air and marine search. A Coast Guard radar. Sailing Plan is provided at the end of this booklet; additional 191 Observations have shown that wooden hulls and copies are available from any Coast Guard office. other non-metallic objects may show on radar, depending on 197 AMVER. — The Automated Mutual Assistance their size, orientation, shape, and radar-reflecting qualities. Vessel Rescue System, operated by the United States Coast They make better radar targets if there are special radar- Guard in New York, is a maritime mutual assistance pro- reflecting devices properly oriented and placed as high above gram that provides important aid to the development and the waterline as possible. The largest available metallic object co-ordination of Search and Rescue efforts in the oceans of can be used. Operators of small craft are encouraged to use the world. Merchant vessels of all nations making offsore a radar reflector at all times to help them show on a ship’s passages of more than 24 hours are encouraged to send sail radar. Collapsible radar reflectors are available from most plans and periodic position reports to the AMVER centre. ship chandlers. On the east coast of Canada, merchant vessels reporting to 192 Ship-to-air distress signal. — A ship-to-air distress AMVER may address their message “AMVER HALIFAX” signal has been designed by Canadian Search and Rescue through any Coast Guard radio station free of charge. For authorities. The signal consists of a cloth painted or impreg- further details, consult Radio Aids to Marine Navigation nated with fluorescent paint showing a disc and square to (Atlantic and Great Lakes). represent the ball and flag of the international visual distress signal. Evaluation tests by Canadian Forces aircraft indicate that the most suitable colour combination is black symbols on Cold water survival a background of fluorescent orange-red. The smallest useful size is a cloth 1.8 by 1.1 m (6 by 4 ft) showing symbols which 198 Although water temperatures may warm-up towards have dimensions of 46 cm (1.5 ft) and are the same distance the end of summer, Canadian waters are cold. Without ap- apart. Grommets or loops should be fitted at each corner to propriate protective clothing, even a short period of immer- take securing lines. sion in cold water causes hypothermia, a lowered deep-body 193 In order to attract the attention of aircraft, the signal temperature which can be fatal. Protective clothing such as should be secured across a hatch or cabin top. In the event of foundering it should be displayed by survival craft. Search COLD WATER SURVIVAL CHART and Rescue aircraft will recognize this as a distress signal and will look for it in the course of a search. Other aircraft seeing this signal should make a sighting report to the Rescue Co-ordination Centre. 6 194 The signals are commercially available but can be made from a length of unbleached calico or similar material 5 1.8 m (6 ft) long and a tin of fluorescent orange-red spray Slim chances of paint. survival-fatal s 195 4 e Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons lv (EPIRB) greatly improve the detection of and response to se em th distress situations. The beacon transmits a unique coded p Hours 3 el identification signal on a frequency of 406 MHz. Received h to le by satellite, this information is relayed to Search and Rescue ab un 2 k forces. Any EPIRB signal is a distress message; SAR agencies ea - w Strong possibility will respond, therefore EPIRBs are to be activated only in ed scu f re an emergency. More information is available in the Annual 1 ve i of survival if rescued – urvi Edition of Notice to Mariners and the Regulations Respecting to s sible Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons or from any Pos can help themselves Canadian Coast Guard office. 0°C 5° 10° 15° 196 Sailing Plan. — It is wise for small craft operators 32°F 41° 50° 59° to prepare a sailing plan before starting on a trip and to leave Water Temperature CHAPTER 1 1-15 General Navigational Information
Predicted Survial Time * 206 Rewarming after mild hypothermia. — If the cas- ualty is conscious, talking clearly and sensibly and shivering Situation Time (Hours) vigorously, then: No flotation • get the casualty out of the water to a dry sheltered Drownproofing 1.5 Treading water 2.0 area; With flotation • remove wet clothing and if possible put on layers of Swimming slowly 2.0 dry clothing; cover head and neck; Holding still 2.7 HELP 4.0 • apply hot, wet towels and water bottles to the groin, Huddle 4.0 head, neck and sides of the chest; Flotation jacket 7.0 • use electric blankets, heating pads, hot baths or * In 10°C water. Clothing worn was cotton shirt, pants and socks plus running shoes. showers; • use hot drinks but never alcohol. 207 Rewarming after severe hypothermia. — If the an immersion suit or a Personal Flotation Device (PFD) with casualty is getting stiff and is either unconscious or show- good thermal protection helps prevent hypothermia. ing sign of clouded consciousness such as slurred speech, or 199 Skin and external tissues cool very rapidly in cold any apparent signs of deterioration, immediately (if possible) water, and in 10 to 15 minutes the temperature of the heart, transport the casualty to medical assistance where aggressive brain and other internal organs begins to drop. Intense shiv- rewarming can be initiated. ering is an attempt to increase the body’s heat production and 208 Once shivering has stopped, there is no use wrap- counteract the large heat loss. ping casualties in blankets if there is no source of heat as this 200 Once cooling of the deep body begins, body tem- merely keeps them cold. A way of warming must be found perature falls steadily; unconsciousness can occur when it quickly. Some methods are: ° ° drops from the normal 37 C to about 32 C. When the body • put the casualty in a sleeping bag or blankets with one core cools to below 30°C, death from cardiac arrest usually or two warm persons, with outer clothing removed; results. • use hot, wet towels and water bottles as described 201 Persons without thermal protection become too above; weak to help themselves after about 30 minutes in water • warm the casualty’s lungs by mouth-to-mouth brea- temperature of 5°C, and after an hour the chances of survival thing. are slim even if rescued. 209 Caution. — Warm the chest, groin, head and neck 202 Predicted survival times in a water temperature of but not the extremities of the body as this can draw heat 10°C are shown in the table. 203 In almost all weather conditions the body cools much faster in water than in air, so the less body surface submerged Effect of wind on exposed persons the better. The parts of the body with the fastest heat loss are Wind speed the head and neck, the sides of the chest, and the groin. To (knots) reduce body heat loss, protect these areas. 204 Two ways of reducing heat loss are: 40 • HELP (Heat Escape Lessening Position): arms held tight against the sides, ankles crossed, thighs close 30 together and raised; 20 • Huddle: two or more persons in a huddle with chests held close together. 10 To use these methods successfully, a person must be wearing a PFD. As shown in the table, survival time is greatly increased 0 by wearing clothing that gives thermal protection, including - 45° - 35° - 23° - 12° 0° 10° a hood to prevent heat loss from the head. Temperature °C 205 Do not swim to keep warm as this causes extra heat Extreme danger of freezing of exposed flesh to be lost to the cold water due to the extra circulation to the arms, legs and skin. If you have no PFD, remain as still as Moderate danger of freezing of exposed flesh you can, moving your arms and legs just enough to keep your Slight danger for properly dressed persons head out of water. 1-16 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
from the area of the heart, sometimes with fatal results. For 210 Wind effect on persons exposed to the ele- ments. — The risk of frostbite on exposed body parts in- this reason, do not rub the surface of the body. Handle the creases considerably with wind speed; appropriate measures casualty gently to avoid damaging the heart. for protection should be taken. CHAPTER 2
Regulations
List of Statutes, Regulations, Guidelines and Conventions
Canada Shipping Act - Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships and for Dangerous Chemicals - Ballast Water Control and Management Regulations - Vessel Operation Restriction Regulations - Burlington Canal Regulations - Collision Regulations - Charts and Nautical Publications Regulations, 1995 - Shipping Casualties Reporting Regulations - Small Vessel Regulations - St. Clair and Detroit River Navigation Safety Regulations Criminal Code Canadian Environmental Protection Act - Disposal at Sea Regulations Department of Transport Act - Canal Regulations - Historic Canals Regulations Health Canada - Ship Sanitation Certificates Indian Act International Convention for the Protection of Submarine Cables Joint Industry Coast Guard Guidelines for the Control of Oil Tankers and Bulk Chemical Tankers in Ice Control Zones of Eastern Canada Long-Range Identification and Tracking of Vessels Regulations Migratory Birds Convention Act - Migratory Bird Sanctuary Regulations Ontario Ministry of the Environment - Boating Regulation Pilotage Act - Great Lakes Pilotage Regulations Canada Marine Act - Public Ports and Public Port Facilities Regulations Quarantine Act St. Lawrence Seaway Authority Act - Seaway Regulations 2-2 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
REGULATIONS 2 (A.R.)) shall be completed and forwarded. There are penal- ties for failing to report a shipping casualty. For additional 1 Note. — Under the Canada Shipping Act, the def- details contact CCG offices. inition of “ship” includes every description of vessel used in 10 Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution from navigation and not propelled by oars; the definition of vessel“ ” Ships and for Dangerous Chemicals expressly forbids the includes any ship or boat or any other description of vessel discharge of oil, oily mixtures, noxious liquids, dry chemicals used or designed to be used in navigation. listed in Schedule 1 of the regulations, sewage or sewage 2 The following regulations are mentioned or quoted sludge, organotin compounds or garbage in Canadian waters only to give a general impression. The publisher accepts no by any ship, and by Canadian ships in any waters. Smoke liability for failing to mention any particular regulation or for pollution caused by ships is also covered by the regulations. any errors or omissions. Changes or amendments may have Penalties for contravention of the regulations include fines been made to the regulations since this booklet was compiled; of up to $1,000,000.00, imprisonment for up to three years, mariners must consult the complete and latest regulations. or both. For further information, including mandatory docu- 3 Copies of Canadian Government regulations are ments, record keeping, inspections and exceptions, consult the available by mail from Canada Communication Group – “Regulations by Title” section of http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/ Publishing Division, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0S9. index.html. 4 Collision regulations. — The International 10.1 The Pollutant Discharge Reporting Regulations, Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 are modi- 1995 requires the master or owner of any ship in Canadian fied in waters under Canadian jurisdiction by special Rules. waters to immediately report discharge or probable discharge These special Rules are included in the Collision Regulations of a pollutant substance to a pollution prevention officer. A of the Canada Shipping Act. Canadian ship not in Canadian waters shall make a report 5 Territorial sea and fishing zones. — Canada claims pursuant to these regulations to an appropriate official of the a 12 mile territorial sea under the authority of the Oceans Act. nearest coastal state. In addition, Canada exercises management and control of the 10.2 To make a report pursuant to the Pollutant Discharge fisheries within a 200 mile limit. Reporting Regulations, 1995, for vessels in the Department of 6 Criminal Code. — The following is from Fisheries and Oceans Central and Arctic Region, contact the Section 258 of the Criminal Code and applies to all Canadian nearest Marine Communications and Traffic Services (MCTS) waters: “Everyone who navigates or operates a vessel or any centre by VHF or telephone 1‑800‑265‑0237. In Quebec water skis, surfboard, water sled or other towed object on any Region, contact the nearest MCTS centre by VHF or telephone of the waters or territorial waters of Canada, in a manner that 1‑866‑283‑2333. is dangerous to navigation, life or limb, having regard to all 11 Masters of laden oil and chemical tankers operat- the circumstances including the nature and condition of such ing in ice control zones of Eastern Canada should refer to waters and the use that at the time is or might reasonably be the Coast Guard publication Joint Industry Coast Guard expected to be made of such waters, is guilty of Guidelines for the Control of Oil Tankers and Bulk Chemical (a) an indictable offence and is liable to imprisonment Tankers in Ice Control Zones of Eastern Canada for guidance for two years, or in the operation of their vessels while in ice control zones. A (b) an offence punishable on summary conviction.” copy of the Guidelines should be carried on board all applic- 7 It is an offence to leave the scene of an accident in- able vessels. volving another vessel or vehicle, or to fail to offer assistance 12 Ballast Water Control and Management where any person is injured or appears to require assistance. Regulations of the Canada Shipping Act apply to most ves- 8 Under the Criminal Code it is also an offence to sels inbound for the St. Lawrence Seaway. The regulations operate or to be in care or control of a vessel while impaired protect the ecosystems in Canadian waters from unintentional by alcohol or a drug, or having consumed more than the legal transfer of harmful aquatic organisms and pathogens. limit of alcohol. 13 Certain Canadian vessels operating on international 9 Shipping Casualties Reporting Regulations of the voyages must be equipped with Long-Range Identification Canada Shipping Act require any person responsible for a ship and Tracking of Vessels (LRIT) equipment approved by IMO. in Canadian waters or a Canadian ship in any waters, to report The LRIT system, used world-wide in GMDSS Sea Area A3, without delay a shipping casualty, accident or dangerous oc- transmits the ship’s name, latitude and longitude, date and currence. The report shall be made by radio or other quickest time in a secure radio message via Inmarsat geostationary means to a Canadian radio ship-reporting station such as the satellites to intended recipients. The Canadian Coast Guard Canadian Coast Guard (CCG), a Traffic Centre (VTS) or a is responsible for receiving LRIT transmissions and notify- port. Thereafter, a written report (combined form l (W.R.), ing intended recipients in Canada. The main purpose of the CHAPTER 2 2-3 Regulations
LRIT system is to enhance security; however LRIT has been 24 Owners of ships or vessels who can prove that they incorporated in SOLAS Chapter V, Safety of Navigation, for have sacrificed an anchor, a net or other fishing gear in order to the purposes of safety and environmental protection. avoid injuring a submarine cable, may receive compensation 14 Health Canada, through its Ship Sanitation from the owner of the cable. In order to establish a claim to Certificate Program, protects public health by ensuring that such compensation, the master of the ship must, within twenty international vessels stopping in Canada are free of contam- four hours after his return to port, make a report that sets forth ination and infection, which could introduce communicable full particulars of the occurrence and make a declaration to the diseases. Under International Health Regulations (2005), ves- Chief Officer of Customs and Excise, to the local Coast Guard, sels engaged in international trade are required to obtain either or to the Fisheries Officer of the Department of Fisheries and a Ship Sanitation Control Certificate, or a Ship Sanitation Oceans. Control Exemption Certificate, every six (6) months. The Ship 25 Danger involved in cutting to clear anchors Sanitation Certificates replace the Deratification Certificate or fishing gear. — In the event of a vessel fouling required by the International Health Regulations (1969). a submarine cable, every effort should be made to clear the For more information on the issuance of Ship Sanitation anchor or gear by normal methods. If these efforts fail, the Certificates, e-mail [email protected] to request a free anchor or gear should be slipped and abandoned without copy of the Ship Sanitation Certificate Program Inspection attempting to cut the cable. High voltages are carried by Policy and Procedures Manual. To request an inspection, submarine cables as well as by power transmission cables; contact [email protected] or janice.valliere@hc- any attempt to cut a cable can result in severe burns or loss sc.gc.ca or fax request to (514) 283‑4317. of life due to electric shock. No claim in respect of injury or 16 Disposal at Sea Regulations of the Canadian damage sustained through such interference with a submarine Environmental Protection Act require that a permit be obtained cable will be entertained. before dumping any substance at sea or loading any substance 26 One of the main objectives of the ICPC is to make for dumping at sea, as well as for the disposal of substances at known the existence and locations of submarine cables. sea, on ice, by incineration at sea, and for dumping dredged The universal charting of cables has been endorsed by the material at sea or loading dredged material to dump at sea. International Hydrographic Organization and charts showing Contravention of the Act is punishable on summary convic- cable positions are available from many Hydrographic Offices. tion. Fines of up to $100,000 per day may be imposed. If there is any difficulty in obtaining cable information, -re 17 Permits are issued on receipt of the appropriate quests addressed to the ICPC Secretary at Mercury House, application form and the prescribed fee. In emergencies, the Theobalds Road, London, United Kingdom WC1X 8RX, will requirement of a permit is waived but a report must be made receive immediate attention. in the prescribed form. Emergencies are deemed to exist only 27 Hunting and Fishing Regulations. — Hunting and where there is danger to human life at sea or to a ship. fishing activities in Ontario and Quebec are strictly controlled; 19 Protection of submarine cables. — The following copies of the appropriate regulations must be obtained by text is a summary from the International Convention for the visitors. These pamphlets are widely available and include Protection of Submarine Cables (ICPC). information on the various Open Seasons and licence require- 20 It is a punishable offence to break or injure a sub- ments for both visitors and residents. marine cable in such manner as might interrupt or obstruct 28 Indian Act. — There are areas which are Reserves communications. This provision does not apply to cases established in early treaties and “set apart … for the use and where those who break or injure a cable do so with the intent benefit of a band (of Indians)”. These areas, which frequently of saving their lives or their ship. front on to the water, are generally shown on charts; an effort 21 When a ship is engaged in repairing a cable, other should be made to respect this property and avoid trespassing vessels shall keep a distance of at least one nautical mile so on it. as not to interfere with her operations. Fishing gear and nets 29 Because Reserves may not be marked with warnings shall be kept at the same distance. to the public, trespassing may occur unwittingly. Normally 22 Vessels shall keep a distance of at least one quarter a request to leave will be sufficient to terminate an act of of a nautical mile from buoys showing the position of a cable trespass. If minor damage to property has occurred and the being laid or out of order. Fishing nets and gear shall be kept trespasser is willing to pay compensation, it may be accepted; at the same distance. charges may be laid if a trespasser has caused substantial 23 Even though there may be no specific prohibition damage. against anchoring or trawling in a submarine cable area, 30 Where band members operate booths for selling mariners should avoid doing so because of the serious con- handicrafts or other items to the public, it is implied that sequences which can result from damage to such cables. visitors are invited to their premises; this is not a trespass. 2-4 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
Similarly, where it is the custom for members of the public Corporation) and the United States’ (Saint Lawrence Seaway to attend special band events such as rodeos or ceremonial Development Corporation) sections of the Seaway. dances, the consent of the band is implied unless it indicates 40.1 Automatic Identification System (AIS). — The otherwise. St. Lawrence Seaway Management Corporation has instituted 31 When making purchases on an Indian Reserve it will mandatory carriage of AIS on board most commercial vessels be useful to remember that: operating in Seaway waters. For more details, see Seaway 32 (1) No person may, without the written consent of Notice No. 1, 2003 or contact the St. Lawrence Seaway the Minister, acquire title to any of the following property, Management Corporation by telephone or facsimile, or by situated on a Reserve, namely: the Internet at http://www.greatlakes-seaway.com, under (a) an Indian grave house; Navigation. (b) a carved grave pole; 41 The Seaway Regulations include a requirement that (c) a totem pole; (d) a carved house post; or all self-propelled vessels, other than pleasure craft of less than (e) a rock embellished with paintings or carvings. 20 m in overall length, shall be equipped with VHF (very 33 (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to chattels referred high frequency) radio telephone equipment and shall use the to therein that are manufactured for sale by Indians. channels of communication in each control sector as listed 34 (3) No person shall remove, take away, mutilate, in the preceding tables. disfigure, deface or destroy any chattel referred to in subsec- 42 Note. — The following texts are extracts from tion (1) without the written consent of the Minister. regulations. The publisher accepts no liability for failing to 35 Migratory bird sanctuaries. — Mariners who pass publish complete details of any particular regulation or for through bird sanctuaries are subject to the Migratory Bird any errors or omissions. Changes or amendments may have Sanctuary Regulations of the Migratory Birds Convention been made to the regulations since this booklet was compiled; Act. These sanctuaries are generally shown on charts. In these mariners must consult the complete and latest regulations. sanctuaries it is prohibited to hunt, disturb, destroy, take nests or to possess a bird, an egg, etc. It is also prohibited to have firearms or any other hunting gear. Dogs and cats are not al- Seaway Stations lowed to run free. Access is restricted or prohibited at certain sites; consult the Canadian Wildlife Service of Environment The Seaway stations are located as follows: Canada for further information. VDX20 (Seaway Beauharnois) Upper Beauharnois Lock – 36 Great Lakes Pilotage Regulations of the Pilotage Traffic Control Sector No. 1 KEF (Seaway Eisenhower) Eisenhower Lock – Act list compulsory pilotage areas and conditions for waiving Traffic Control Sector No. 2 compulsory pilotage. (See the section on Pilotage in Chapter 1 VDX21 (Seaway Iroquois) Iroquois Lock – Traffic Control Sector No. 3 of this booklet for a summary of compulsory pilotage areas.) WAG (Seaway Clayton) Clayton, N.Y. – 37 Quarantine reporting requirements. — The Traffic Control Sector No. 4 WAG (Seaway Sodus) Sodus, N.Y. – Quarantine Act and Regulations require that, with the exemp- Traffic Control Sector No. 4 tion in normal circumstances of vessels engaged in coastal VDX72 (Seaway Newcastle) Port Hope, Ontario – Traffic Control Sector No. 5 trade with the United States, the Master of every vessel shall VDX70 (Seaway Newcastle) Port Weller, Ontario – complete and furnish promptly at the first port of arrival in Traffic Control Sector No. 5 VDX22 (Seaway Welland) St. Catherines, Ontario – Canada, a Declaration of Health in the prescribed form. Traffic Control Sector No. 6 38 The quarantine station for vessels bound for a port VDX68 (Seaway Long Point) Port Colborne, Ontario – Traffic Control Sector No. 7 in the Province of Quebec or any Canadian port via the St. Lawrence River is Quarantine Station, Montréal, Quebec. 39 Seaway Regulations of the St. Lawrence Seaway Assigned Frequencies Authority Act and other information pertinent to the use of the Seaway are contained in the Seaway Handbook. A copy of the The Seaway stations operate on Seaway Handbook must be carried by every vessel in transit the following assigned VHF frequencies: 156.8 MHz (channel 16) Distress and Calling through the St. Lawrence Seaway; copies may be obtained 156.7 MHz (channel 14) Working (Canadian stations in from The Information Officer, The St. Lawrence Seaway Sector 1 and the Welland Canal) 156.65 MHz (channel 13) Working (U.S. stations in Lake Management Corporation, 202 Pitt Street, Cornwall, Ontario, Ontario and Sector 4 of the River) K6J 3P7, telephone (613) 932‑5170, fax (613) 932‑5037 156.6 MHz (channel 12) Working (U.S. stations in Sector 2 of the River) 40 The Seaway Regulations are joint regulations applic- 156.55 MHz (channel 11) Working (Canadian stations in able to both the Canadian (St. Lawrence Seaway Management Sector 3, Lakes Ontario and Erie) CHAPTER 2 2-5 Regulations
Channels of Communication in Control Sectors
Station Control sector number Sector limits Call in Work Listening watch Seaway Beauharnois 1 C.I.P. No. 2 to C.I.P. No. 6-7 Ch. 14 Ch. 14 Ch. 14 Seaway Eisenhower 2 C.I.P. No. 6-7 to C.I.P. No. 10-11 Ch. 12 Ch. 12 Ch. 12 Seaway Iroquois 3 C.I.P. No. 10-11 to Crossover Island Ch. 11 Ch. 11 Ch. 11 Seaway Clayton 4 Crossover Island to Cape Vincent Ch. 13 Ch. 13 Ch. 13 Seaway Sodus 4 Cape Vincent to Mid Lake Ontario Ch. 13 Ch. 13 Ch. 16 Seaway Newcastle 5 Mid Lake Ontario to C.I.P. No. 15 Ch. 11 Ch. 11 Ch. 16 Seaway Welland 6 C.I.P. No. 15 to C.I.P. No. 16 Ch. 14 Ch. 14 Ch. 14 Seaway Long Point 7 C.I.P. No. 16 to Long Point Ch. 11 Ch. 11 Ch. 16
CANADA SHIPPING ACT blue light is not shown in its direction, the vessel shall wait at the side of the canal to its starboard. Burlington Canal Regulations (2) No vessel less than 15 m in length shall move within 90 m of the bridge unless the bridge is opened or a Interpretation flashing blue light is shown in its direction. 8. No vessel shall operate under sail in the canal. 2. In these Regulations, “bridge” means the lift bridge over the canal; (pont) Charts and Nautical Publications “canal” means the Burlington Canal that links Lake Ontario Regulations, 1995 and Hamilton Harbour; (canal) “mile” means the international nautical mile measuring REGULATIONS REQUIRING THE 1,852 m in length. (mille) PRESENCE ON BOARD SHIPS OF APPROPRIATE CHARTS, TIDE TABLES General AND OTHER NAUTICAL DOCUMENTS OR PUBLICATIONS AND RESPECTING THEIR 3. No vessel shall move in the canal at a speed MAINTENANCE AND USE greater than, (a) if the vessel is 80 m or less in length, 7 miles per Short Title hour, or (b) if the vessel is more than 80 m in length, the lowest 1. These Regulations may be cited as the Charts speed at which the vessel can be navigated safely. and Nautical Publications Regulations, 1995. 4. (1) Subject to subsection (2), no vessel shall, Interpretation while moving within 0.5 mile of the canal towards the canal, 2. In these Regulations, pass another vessel going in the same direction. “chart” means a nautical chart; (carte) (2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of ves- “nautical mile” means the international nautical mile; sels less than 15 m in length. (mille marin) 5. Where the person who has the conduct of a ves- “reference catalogue”, in respect of an area to be navigated sel requires the bridge to be opened, the person shall make by a ship, means a request to the bridgemaster by radiotelephone or, if such (a) for waters under Canadian jurisdiction, the Catalogue communication is not possible, the person shall sound three of Nautical Charts and Related Publications, pu- long blasts on the whistle or horn of the vessel. blished by the Canadian Hydrographic Service, and 6. (1) No vessel 15 m or more in length shall enter (b) for waters outside Canadian jurisdiction, the the canal, except in an emergency, unless the signal light on Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Other the bridge shows green in the direction of the vessel. Hydrographic Publications, published by the (2) Where a vessel 15 m or more in length enters Government of the United Kingdom, or the the canal while the signal light on the bridge does not show Catalog of Charts and Publications, published by green in its direction, it shall moor at the north wall of the the Government of the United States of America; canal and shall not proceed until the signal light shows green (catalogue de référence) in its direction. “tons” means gross tons; (tonneaux) 7. (1) Where a vessel less than 15 m in length enters “waters under Canadian jurisdiction” means the canal while the bridge is not opened or while a flashing (a) Canadian waters, 2-6 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
(b) fishing zones of Canada prescribed pursuant to (i) more than five nautical miles from any chart- subsection 4(2) of the Territorial Sea and Fishing ed feature or charted depth of water that rep- Zones Act, and resents a potential hazard to the ship, or (c) shipping safety control zones prescribed pursuant to (ii) within an area for which the largest scale section 11 of the Arctic Waters Pollution Prevention chart, according to the reference catalogue, is Act. (eaux de compétence canadienne) primarily Application (A) a chart intended for the use of pleasure 3. These Regulations apply to Canadian ships in all craft, or waters and to all ships in waters under Canadian jurisdiction. (B) a chart of an anchorage, a river or a har- Carriage of Charts, Documents and Publications bour that the ship will not transit or enter. 4. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the master and owner of every ship shall have on board, in respect of each Use of Documents and Publications area in which the ship is to be navigated, the most recent editions of the charts, documents and publications that are 6 (1) Subject to subsection (3), the person in required to be used under sections 5 and 6. charge of the navigation of a ship in waters under Canadian (2) The master and owner of a ship of less than jurisdiction shall use, in respect of each area to be navigated 100 tons are not required to have on board the charts, docu- by the ship, the most recent edition of ments and publications referred to in subsection (1) if the (a) the reference catalogue; person in charge of navigation has sufficient knowledge of the (b) the annual edition of the Notices to Mariners, pu- following information, such that safe and efficient navigation blished by the Department of Transport; in the area where the ship is to be navigated is not comprom- (c) the following publications, namely, ised: (i) sailing directions, published by the Canadian (a) the location and character of charted Hydrographic Service, (i) shipping routes, (ii) tide and current tables, published by the (ii) lights, buoys and marks, and Canadian Hydrographic Service, (iii) navigational hazards; and (iii) lists of lights, buoys and fog signals, pub- (b) the prevailing navigational conditions, taking into lished by the Department of Transport, and account such factors as tides, currents, ice and wea- (iv) where the ship is required to be fitted with ther patterns. radio equipment pursuant to any Act of Parliament or of a foreign jurisdiction, the Use of Charts Radio Aids to Marine Navigation, published by the Department of Transport; and 5. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the person in (d) the documents and publications listed in the sche- charge of the navigation of a ship shall use the most recent dule. edition of a chart that (2) Subject to subsection (3), the person in charge of (a) is published by the government of a country; the navigation of a Canadian ship in waters outside Canadian (b) applies to the immediate area in which the ship is jurisdiction shall use, in respect of each area to be navigated being navigated; by the ship, the most recent edition of (c) is, for that area, (a) the reference catalogue; (i) the largest scale chart according to the refer- (b) the annual edition of the Notices to Mariners, pu- ence catalogue, or blished by the Department of Transport; (ii) of a scale that is at least 75 per cent of the (c) the following publications referred to in the reference scale of the chart referred to in subpara- catalogue, namely, graph (i) and is as complete, accurate, intel- (i) sailing directions, ligible and up-to-date as that chart. (ii) tide and current tables, (2) The person in charge of the navigation of a ship (iii) lists of lights, and may use the most recent edition of a chart that is the second- (iv) where the ship is required to be fitted with largest scale chart for an area according to the reference radio equipment pursuant to an Act of catalogue where Parliament, the list of radio aids to naviga- (a) the scale of the chart is at least 1:400,000 (2.16 nau- tion; and tical miles to the centimetre); and (d) the documents and publications listed in the sche- (b) the ship is dule. CHAPTER 2 2-7 Regulations
(3) The documents and publications referred to in 4. The Merchant Ship Search and Rescue paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) and (2)(c) and (d) may be substituted Manual (MERSAR), published by the International Maritime for similar documents and publications issued by the govern- Organization, where the ship is making a foreign voyage or a ment of another country, if the information contained in them home-trade voyage, Class I or II. that is necessary for the safe navigation of a ship in the area 5. Where the ship is required to be fitted with radio in which the ship is to be navigated is as complete, accurate, equipment and is making a foreign voyage or a home-trade intelligible and up-to-date as the information contained in the voyage, Class I or II, the following publications, published documents and publications referred to in those provisions. by the International Maritime Organization and reprinted by Maintenance of Charts, Documents and Publications the Department of Transport: 7. The master of a ship shall ensure that the charts, (a) the International Code of Signals; and documents and publications required by these Regulations are, (b) the Standard Marine Navigational Vocabulary. before being used for navigation, correct and up-to-date, based 43 Note. — A list of acceptable foreign charts is issued on information that is contained in the Notices to Mariners, for reference in conjunction with the Charts and Nautical Notices to Shipping or radio navigational warnings. Publications Regulations, 1995. This list is published in the Exclusions Annual Edition of Notices to Mariners and updated in the 8. (1) No master of a ship shall be held liable for Monthly Editions of Notices to Mariners. contravening these Regulations where, having been informed of the prospective area in which the ship will be navigating, St. Clair and Detroit River (a) the master is unable to obtain the charts, documents Navigation Safety Regulations or publications, required by these Regulations in respect of that area, at any place at which the ship REGULATIONS RESPECTING NAVIGATION calls; or SAFETY ON THE WATERS OF THE GREAT (b) the charts, documents or publications required by LAKES FROM LAKE HURON TO LAKE ERIE these Regulations in respect of that area are unob- tainable without endangering the ship, contravening Interpretation applicable regulations or requiring the ship to make a substantial detour. 2. In these Regulations (2) No master of a ship shall be held liable for con- “Captain of the Port” means the Captain of the Port for travening these Regulations where the circumstances of the the United States Coast Guard at Detroit, Michigan; voyage are such that it is impracticable to receive a Notice to (capitaine de port) Shipping or a radio navigational warning containing informa- “District Commander” means the District Commander for tion with respect to the safe navigation of the ship. the United States Coast Guard District; (commandant SCHEDULE du district) (Section 6) “floating plant” includes any type of manned barge, scow or similar watercraft that is used for river or harbour DOCUMENTS AND PUBLICATIONS improvements, salvage, scientific work, cargo handling, exploration or exploitation of mineral resources, or other 1. Regulations 1, 7 and 8 of Chapter II, and similar operations; (installation flottante) Resolutions 1, 3 and 6, of the International Convention on “Harbour Master” means the harbour master appointed for Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for the Windsor harbour; (maître de port) Seafarers, 1978, published by the International Maritime “knot” means one nautical mile per hour over the ground; Organization and reprinted as the Code of Nautical Procedures (nœud) and Practices, 1985, by the Department of Transport. “length”, in respect to a ship, means the overall length of the 2. Ice Navigation in Canadian Waters, published ship; (longueur) by the Department of Transport, where the ship is making a “mile” means the international nautical mile of 1,852 metres; voyage during which ice may be encountered. (mille) 3. Table of Life-Saving Signals, published by the “Regional Director General” means the Regional Director International Maritime Organization and reprinted by the General for the Central Region, Canadian Coast Guard, Department of Transport, where the ship is making a foreign Department of Transport; (directeur général régional) voyage, a home-trade voyage, Class I, II or III, or an inland “SARNIA TRAFFIC” means the Canadian Coast Guard traffic voyage, Class I. centre at Sarnia, Ontario. (SARNIA TRAFFIC) 2-8 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
SCHEDULE TRAFFIC REPORTS
PART I
Lake Huron, St. Clair River, Lake St. Clair and Detroit River
Item Column I Column II 1 30 minutes north of Lake Huron Cut Lighted Horn Buoy “11” downbound 2 Lake Huron Cut Light “7” downbound 3 Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy “1” upbound 4 St. Clair/Black River Junction Light downbound and upbound 5 Stag Island Upper Light upbound 6 Marine City Salt Dock Light downbound and upbound 7 Grande Point Light “23” downbound 8 St. Clair Flats Canal Light “2” upbound 9 Lake St. Clair Light downbound and upbound 10 Belle Isle Light downbound 11 Grassy Island Light downbound and upbound 12 Detroit River Light downbound and upbound
PART II
Rouge River and Short Cut Canal
Item Column I Column II 1 20 minutes before entering or leaving the Rouge River or Short Cut Canal downbound and upbound 2 Immediately before entering or leaving the Rouge River or Short Cut Canal downbound and upbound
Application (a) owned by or in the service of the government of Canada or the United States and that is engaged in 3. (1) Subject to subsections (2), (3) and (4), these icebreaking, search and rescue or servicing aids to Regulations apply to navigation; or (a) all ships in the Canadian waters, and (b) engaged in river or harbour improvements, where (b) all Canadian ships in the United States’ waters of other ships have been warned of these operations the lakes and rivers between buoys “1” of the East and where that ship is operated in a safe and prudent and West Outer Channels at the Lake Erie entrance manner. to the Detroit River and Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy “11” and including the Rouge River and Short Conflict Cut Canal from Detroit Edison Cell Light “l” to the head of navigation. 4. In the event of any inconsistency between (2) Sections 5 to 7 apply to every ship that is re- these Regulations and the laws of the United States, the laws quired by the Ship Station (Radio) Regulations, 1999 to be of the United States prevail to the extent of the inconsistency fitted with a VHF radiotelephone. in respect of a Canadian ship while it is in United States’ (3) Section 12 applies to waters. (a) power-driven ships of 55 metres or more in length; (b) ships of 20 metres or more in length propelled wholly Listening Watch by sails and not being propelled by mechanical means; 5. Every ship shall maintain a continuous listening (c) vessels engaged in towing another vessel astern, watch on alongside or by pushing ahead; and (a) channel 11 between Lake Huron Cut Lighted (d) floating plants. Buoy “11” and Lake St. Clair Light; and (4) Sections 10, 11 and 12 do not apply to a ship (b) channel 12 between Lake St. Clair Light and Detroit that is River Light. CHAPTER 2 2-9 Regulations
Traffic Reports (a) the West Outer Channel is restricted to downbound ships; 6. Every ship shall, at the locations or the time (b) the Amherstburg Channel east of Bois Blanc Island specified in an item of column I of the schedule when the is restricted to upbound ships except where the ship is proceeding in any direction specified in column II Regional Director General has authorized a ship to of that item, make a traffic report to SARNIA TRAFFIC on proceed downbound; the channel on which it is required to maintain a continuous (c) the Livingstone Channel west of Bois Blanc Island listening watch, indicating its is restricted to downbound ships; and (a) identity; (d) Between Bar Point Pier Light “D33” and Fighting (b) location; Island South Light, no ship shall overtake another (c) intended course of action; and ship if those ships will meet another ship proceeding (d) estimated time of arrival at the next location referred in the opposite direction while the overtaking is to in column I of the schedule. taking place. 11. A ship shall not overtake another ship Additional Traffic Reports (a) except a ship engaged in towing, in the (i) Detroit River between the west end of Belle 7. (1) Subject to subsection (2), every ship shall Isle and Peach Island Light, and report to SARNIA TRAFFIC (ii) St. Clair River between St. Clair Flats Canal (a) When departing from any dock, mooring or ancho- Light “2” and Russell Island Light “33”; and rage in waters referred to in subsection 3(1), unless (b) in the Rouge River. the ship is moving within the Rouge River and Short 12. The waters between St. Clair/Black River Cut Canal or is a ferry making regular voyages; Junction Light and Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy “1” con- (b) before manoeuvring to come about; stitute an area of alternating one-way traffic and (c) when entering waters referred to in subsection 3(1) (a) no ship may in that area and shall give (i) overtake another ship, (i) estimated time of arrival at its dock, mooring (ii) meet another ship, or or anchorage, if intending to stop within the (iii) come about; area, (b) no moored ship may get underway until it is able (ii) draft and local agent if the ship is not regis- to proceed through those waters without passing or tered in Canada or the United States; being passed by another ship; and (d) where the ship has an accident or malfunction of (c) a downbound ship that has reached Lake Huron Cut its machinery or equipment that may impair its safe Light “7” has the right-of-way over an upbound ship navigation; that has not yet reached the St. Clair/Black River (e) where there is an obstruction or other hazard in the Junction Light, and an upbound ship waiting the channel; and transit of a downbound ship shall wait its turn below (f) in the case of a towing ship, where the towing ship the St. Clair/Black River Junction Light. is having difficulty controlling its tow. 14. No ship shall embark, disembark or exchange (2) The reports required by paragraphs (1)(e) and (f) a pilot between the St. Clair/Black River Junction Light and are not required if the information has been promulgated by the Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy “1” unless, because of the a Notice to Shipping or by a Notice to Mariners. weather, it is unsafe to carry out that activity at the normal Exceptions pilotage ground above the Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy “1”. 8. The reports required by sections 6 and 7 are not 15. Every ship shall, by using navigation safety required when a ship’s radiotelephone installation is not in calls, communicate its intentions to any other ship in the vicin- working condition. ity and ensure that the movements of the ships are coordinated Navigation Rules and there is an agreement between the ships before proceeding 9. No person shall navigate or operate any ship in to overtake or meet it. a manner that is dangerous to any person, that ship, or any other vessel, having regard to all the circumstances, including Anchorage Rules the nature and condition of the waters being navigated and the use that is or might reasonably be expected to be made of 16. In the St. Clair and Detroit Rivers, no ship shall those waters. anchor in such a manner that it may swing into the channel 10. In the Detroit River, or across steering courses. 2-10 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
17. (1) A floating plant engaged in dredging, con- Notice to Shipping or Notice to Mariners or until the time struction or wrecking may only be operated, anchored or specified in the original promulgation. moored if the person having conduct of the floating plant obtains authorization from the Regional Director General, the Coordination District Commander, the Captain of the Port or the Harbour Master having jurisdiction in waters in which the floating 21. The Regional Director General and the Harbour plant will operate, anchor or moor. Master shall exchange with the District Commander and (2) The authorization referred to in subsection (1) Captain of the Port, forthwith, any information they receive shall be given if the floating plant conforms to such conditions or send that may affect the administration of these Regulations as are necessary to ensure the safety of navigation. and the respective jurisdictions of those persons. 43 The use of and activities in public ports and public Speed Rules port facilities are controlled under the Public Ports and Public Port Facilities Regulations and other regulations of 18 Except when required for the safety of the ship the Canada Marine Act, as is navigation on and the use of the or any other ship, no ship of 20 m or more in length may navigable waters of any natural or man-made harbour. proceed at a speed greater than 44 Regulations for small craft. — As well as the (a) 10.4 knots between above-mentioned regulations, there are several other regula- (i) Fort Gratiot and St. Clair Flats Canal tions which apply to the operators of small craft in Canadian Light “2”, and waters. For the convenience of the boater, the more important regulations and their intent are mentioned in the notes that (ii) Peach Island Light and Light D33; follow. These notes are printed only for providing general (b) 3.5 knots in the Rouge River; or impressions. The publisher accepts no liability for failing to (c) 5 knots in the navigable channel south of Peach mention or failing to publish complete details of any particu- Island. lar regulation. Transport Canada publishes the very useful Safe Boating Guide booklet (see: http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/ Towing Ships marinesafety/tp-tp511-menu-487.htm). 45 Collision Regulations. — Brief extracts of the rules 19. (1) A towing ship shall not drop or anchor its of the road for small craft are given in the Safe Boating Guide. tows in such a manner that they may swing into a channel or 46 Canal Regulations. — Vessels navigating in the across steering courses. Rideau Waterway and on parts of the Ottawa River are subject (2) A towing ship engaged in arranging its tow shall to the Historic Canals Regulations. not obstruct the navigation of other ships. 47 Small Vessel Regulations of the Canada Shipping Act cover licensing and equipment requirements for vessels Temporary Instructions and Prohibitions that are principally maintained or operated in Canada. 48 Prohibited areas and speed regulations. — Pro- 20. (1) Notwithstanding anything in these hibited areas for certain types of boats and speed limits for Regulations, where, because of channel obstructions, a cas- certain areas have been proclaimed under Vessel Operation ualty, the weather, ice conditions, water levels or other un- Restriction Regulations of the Canada Shipping Act, 2001 foreseen or temporary circumstances, compliance with these and by Practices and Procedures for Public Ports under the Regulations would be impossible, impracticable or unsafe or Public Ports and Public Port Facilities Regulations of the would cause a risk of pollution, the Regional Director General, Canada Marine Act. These areas are usually marked by signs in the case of Canadian waters, or the District Commander or ashore or by keepout buoys or control buoys. Violators will the Captain of the Port, in the case of United States’ waters, be prosecuted by law-enforcement agencies. may temporarily instruct ships to proceed in a certain manner 49 Radar reflectors. — Every vessel less than 20 m or by a certain route, or to anchor in a certain place, or prohibit (65.6 ft) in length or constructed primarily of non-metallic ships from proceeding or anchoring except as specified in lieu material shall have a passive radar reflector. Compliance of or in addition to any provisions of these Regulations. with this regulation (Rule 40 of the Collision Regulations) is (2) A temporary instruction or prohibition issued not required where such compliance is not essential for the by the Regional Director General pursuant to subsection (1) safety of the vessel or is impracticable. (See the publication comes into force on its promulgation in a Notice to Shipping Safe Boating Guide for further details.) or a Notice to Mariners and shall remain in force until its 50 Pollution regulations. — Operators of pleasure craft modification or rescission is promulgated in a subsequent are reminded that the Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations , the CHAPTER 2 2-11 Regulations
Garbage Pollution Prevention Regulations and the Pollutant (b) incineration devices which reduce to ash all sewage Substances Regulations expressly forbid the discharge from and toilet waste. vessels of oil, oily mixtures, garbage or substances listed in 3. Suitable equipment shall the regulations as pollutants. These regulations are strictly (a) be non-portable, enforced. (b) be constructed of structurally sound material, 51 Sewage regulations. — In addition to the equip- (c) have adequate capacity for expected use, ment requirements for ships detailed in the Regulations for (d) be properly installed, and the Prevention of Pollution from Ships and for Dangerous (e) in the case of storage devices be equipped with the Chemicals under the Canada Shipping Act, the Government of necessary pipes and fittings conveniently located Ontario, through the Ministry of the Environment, has enacted for pump-out by shore-based facilities. (Although the Discharge of Sewage from Pleasure Boats regulation. not specified, a pump-out deck fitting with 1½ inch These regulations are designed to eliminate the discharge of diameter National Pipe Thread (NPT) is commonly sewage from pleasure craft. In brief, the provisions of the two regulations are summed up as follows: used.) 1. Sewage in all pleasure craft must be retained in Individual approval of equipment is not required, but boats suitable equipment. are subject to routine inspection by Ministry staff. Approval 2. Equipment suitable for the purpose of the stickers are issued for boats that are found to be in compliance. Regulation includes: 52 Ontario Provincial Police and Royal Canadian (a) retention devices with or without recirculation featu- Mounted Police are also empowered to inspect craft on behalf res which retain all toilet waste for disposal ashore, of the Ministry. Violators may be fined up to $5,000 on a first and offence and $10,000 thereafter.
CHAPTER 3
General Geographic Information and Broad Description of Port Facilities
Geographical and physical features
1 Canada is the largest country in the world; it is more than 40 times the size of the United Kingdom and 18 times the size of France. It covers the northern half of the North American continent except for Alaska and Greenland, which belong to the United States and Denmark, respectively. The vast lands of Canada are extremely diverse, including the almost semi-tropical areas of the Great Lakes peninsula and the SW Pacific coast, the wide fertile prairies, great areas of mountains, rocks, rivers and lakes, and seemingly endless stretches of northern wilderness and Arctic tundra. 2 The southernmost point of the country is Middle Island in Lake Erie, at latitude 41°41'N. This is the limit of the southern Ontario peninsula, which thrusts deep into the eastern United States. In a straight line 4,627 km north, past the treeline and far into the Arctic tundra, is Cape Columbia on Ellesmere Island. At latitude 83°07'N, this is Canada’s northernmost point. From east to west at the widest point the straight line distance is 5,187 km from Cape Spear, Newfoundland, at longitude 52°37'W, to Mount St. Elias, Yukon Territory, at longitude 141°W. 3 In the south, Canada borders on the United States for a distance of 6,416 km. In the north, the Arctic Archipelago penetrates far into the polar basin, making Canada neigh- bour to northern Europe and the former Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. In the east, Labrador and the island of Newfoundland command the shortest crossings of the North Atlantic Ocean to Europe. 4 Although this immense area seems to offer great scope for settlement, it imposes its own burdens and limita- tions; much of the land is mountainous and rocky or has an Arctic climate. The developed part is probably not more than one-third of the total, the occupied farm land being less than 8 per cent and the productive forest land about 27 per cent of the total area. Most of the population of 29,248,100 (1994) live within 320 km of the southern border, where the climate is generally moderate and where great resources of land, for- est, mine and water have long been under development and utilization. 5 Politically, Canada is divided into ten provinces and two territories, the Yukon Territory and Northwest Territories. Each province is sovereign in its own sphere and adminis- ters its own natural resources. Because of their remoteness, 3-2 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
their great extent and their meagre and scattered popula- 12 The constitution, in its broadest sense, also includes tion, the resources (except for game) of the Yukon Territory statutes of the Parliament of Canada pertaining to such mat- and Northwest Territories are administered by the Federal ters as succession to the throne, the royal style and title, the Government. Governor General, the Senate, the House of Commons, the 6 Constitution. — The Canadian federal state of ten creation of courts, the franchise and elections, as well as provinces and two territories, as we know it today, had its judicial decisions that interpret the written constitution and beginnings in an act of the British Parliament: the British other statutes of a constitutional nature. The constitutions of North America (BNA) Act of 1867. This act was fashioned the provinces of Canada form part of the overall Canadian for the most part from seventy-two Resolutions drafted by the constitution, and provincial acts which are of a fundamental Fathers of Confederation at Québec in 1864, after an initial constitutional nature similar to those listed above are also part conference at Charlottetown that same year. of the constitution. The same can be said of both federal and 7 The BNA Act of 1867 provided for the federal union provincial Orders-in-Council that are of a similar fundamental of three British North American provinces, Canada (Ontario nature. and Quebec), Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, into one do- 13 Apart from the creation of the federal union, the minion under the name Canada. The act also made provision principal feature of the Constitution Act, 1867, and indeed for possible future entry into Confederation of the colonies of the Canadian federation, is the distribution of powers be- or provinces of Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island, and tween the central or federal government on the one hand and British Columbia, and of Rupert’s Land and the North-Western the component provincial governments on the other. In brief, Territory, a vast expanse then held by the Hudson’s Bay the primary purpose was to grant to the Parliament of Canada Company. In 1870 the Company surrendered its territories to legislative jurisdiction over all subjects of general or common the British Crown, which then transferred them to Canada. interest, while giving to the provincial legislatures jurisdiction From this new territory was carved Manitoba in 1870, much over all matters of local or particular interest. These powers smaller at its inception than now, and Saskatchewan and cover the whole area of government; each level of government Alberta in 1905. British Columbia entered the union in 1871, is sovereign with respect to the powers it exercises. Hence, followed by Prince Edward Island in 1873. It was not until provincial governments acting within their jurisdiction as set 1949 that Newfoundland joined. out in the Constitution Acts, 1867 to 1982 are as sovereign as 8 The Constitution Act, 1982, proclaimed in Canada by the federal government acting within its spheres of power. the Queen, includes a Charter of Rights and Freedoms and a 14 Official languages. — The official languages in formula for amending the constitution. The BNA Act of 1867, Canada are English and French, with government services which remains the country’s basic constitutional document, available in both languages. English is the more widely and the amendments passed between 1871 and 1975, were used, but most people in the provinces of Quebec and New renamed and are now known as the Constitution Acts, 1867 Brunswick are French speaking. to 1975. The written constitution thus consists of the 15 Legal System. — Civil law in each of the provinces Constitution Acts, 1867 to 1982. (with the exception of Quebec) and in the two territories de- 9 The Charter of Rights and Freedoms guarantees rives from the common law of England. In Quebec the system fundamental rights and freedoms to everyone; freedom of has been influenced by the legal developments of France, speech, freedom of assembly, freedom of religion, freedom which has resulted in Quebec having its own Civil Code of the press, mobility rights, legal rights and similar liberties and Code of Civil Procedure. Over the years both Canadian are recorded in the charter. The charter also provides specific common law and Quebec civil law have developed unique constitutional protection to the use of the English and French characteristics. languages. 16 The criminal law of Canada is based on the criminal 10 The Constitution Act, 1982 also recognizes and common law of England, accumulated over the centuries and affirms the rights of the aboriginal peoples of Canada: the consisting of customs and usages later expanded by principles Indians, Inuit and Métis. enunciated by generations of judges. 11 As well as the written constitution, there are unwrit- 17 Government. — Canadian governmental institu- ten parts which are of equal importance such as common tions are classified into three branches: the Executive, the law, convention and usage which were adopted from Great Legislative and the Judiciary, and exist for the federal and Britain over 200 years ago and which are fundamental to the provincial levels of government, each functioning within its Canadian style of democratic government. Among these are respective jurisdiction. the principles governing the Cabinet system of responsible 18 At the federal level in Canada formal executive government, with its close identity with the executive and power is vested in the Queen, whose authority is delegated to legislative branches. the Governor General, her personal representative in Canada. CHAPTER 3 General Geographic Information and 3-3 Broad Description of Port Facilities
Legislative power is vested in the Parliament of Canada, which National Holidays consists of the Queen, an appointed upper house called the Senate, and a lower house called the House of Commons, Name Date New Year January 1st which is elected by universal adult suffrage. The members Good Friday Friday prior to Easter of the Senate are appointed by the Governor General on the Easter Monday Monday after Easter Victoria Day Monday preceding May 25th advice of the Prime Minister. Canada Day July 1st 19 The independence of the judiciary is safeguarded Labour Day 1st Monday of September Thanksgiving Day 2nd Monday of October by the constitutional provision that Superior Court judges Remembrance Day November 11th are appointed by the Governor in Council, that is, by the Christmas Day December 25th th Governor General on advice of the Cabinet, and that they hold Boxing Day December 26 office during good behaviour and are removable only by the Governor General on address of the Senate and the House of Standard Time (Time Zones) Commons. This means that judges cannot be removed un- less the Governor General, the Cabinet and both Houses of Standard Time Daylight saving time Parliament agree. Newfoundland (NST) UTC -3½ (NDST) UTC -2½ 20 The Governor General, appointed by the Queen on Atlantic (AST) UTC -4 (ADST) UTC -3 Eastern (EST) UTC -5 (EDST) UTC -4 the advice of the Prime Minister of Canada, exercises the UTC: Universal Co-ordinated Time executive authority of the Queen in relation to the Government of Canada. The Governor General summons, prorogues and dissolves Parliament on the advice of the Prime Minister. He ton of 2,000 pounds was used. Canada has converted to signs Orders-in-Council, commissions and many other state SI (International [metric] System) weights and measures, documents, and gives his assent to bills that have been passed based on the metre and the kilogram, where the tonne is in both Houses of Parliament and which thereby become 1,000 kilograms (2,204.6 pounds). acts of Parliament with the force of law (unless Parliament 26 Holidays. — The following are national holidays: specifically prescribes otherwise). 27 When New Year’s Day, Canada Day, Remembrance 21 The Canadian legislative branch of government is Day, Christmas Day or Boxing Day fall on a Saturday or a closely identified with the executive branch, with final dir- Sunday they will generally be observed on the following ection and authority emanating from the former. The Prime Monday. Minister and his Cabinet, who formulate and carry out all 28 Standard time and Time zone. — The province of executive policy, are responsible at all times to the House of Ontario east of longitude 90°W and the province of Quebec Commons. With occasional exceptions, the Prime Minister west of longitude 63°W keep Eastern Standard Time, which and his Cabinet are members of the House of Commons. is 5 hours slow on Universal Time (UT, formerly Greenwich 22 In each of the provinces the Queen is represented by Mean Time), that is, 5 hours is subtracted from UT. a Lieutenant-Governor appointed by the Governor General on 29 Daylight Saving Time (Eastern Daylight Saving the advice of the Prime Minister of Canada. The Lieutenant- Time) is normally kept from the first Sunday in April to the Governor acts on the advice and with the assistance of the last Sunday in October. Daylight Saving Time is one hour Premier of the province and his Ministry, who are responsible ahead of Standard Time, so Eastern Daylight Saving Time is to the provincial legislature. The legislature of each province consists of the Lieutenant-Governor and one Legislative 4 hours slow on Universal Time. Assembly elected by the people. 30 Consulates. — The following table lists the countries 23 The Northwest Territories and the Yukon Territory with a consulate in the Great Lakes area. are each governed by a Commissioner, appointed by the federal government, and a legislative council elected by the people. The provinces 24 Currency. — The denominations of money in the currency of Canada are dollars and cents, the cent being a 31 Quebec is the largest province of Canada, extending hundredth part of a dollar. Coins of 1, 5, 10, 25, 50 cents and from its boundary with the United States on the south to Cape 1 and 2 dollars are in use. The Bank of Canada issues notes Wolstenholme (Saint Louis) on Hudson Strait, a distance of of 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 and 1,000 dollars. 1,931 km. It is bordered by the province of Ontario in the west, 25 Weights and measures. — The Imperial system the United States and New Brunswick in the south, and by of weights and measures was used in the past, an excep- Labrador in the NE. In 1994, the population of the province tion being the ton, where, unless otherwise stated, the short was 7,281,100. 3-4 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
Consulates located in Toronto 35 Products. — With the exception of the treeless zone north of latitude 58°N, most of the province has a valuable Country tree growth varying from the mixed forests in the SW to the Australia Finland Korea Senegal Argentina France Lithuania South Africa coniferous forests in the east and north. These vast forest re- Austria Gambia *Liberia Spain sources have made Quebec Canada’s major producer of pulp Barbados Germany Malawi Sweden Belgium Greece Malaysia Switzerland and paper. In addition, the availability of large quantities of Brazil Grenada Malta Syria cheap hydro-electric power has encouraged the development Bulgaria Guatemala Mexico Thailand Chile Guyana Nepal Trinidad and Tobago of large industrial plants. The province has numerous indus- China Hungary Netherlands United Kingdom tries in the economic sector, including textile and clothing, Columbia Iceland New Zealand Uruguay Costa Rica India Pakistan USA food products, pulp and paper, smelting, chemical, petro- Cuba Indonesia Peru Venezuela chemical, lumber and the construction of transport equipment. Denmark Israel Philippines Ecuador Italy Poland Agriculture, fishing, mining and hydro-electric power are also El Salvador Jamaica Portugal important economic sectors. Quebec’s manufacturing output Estonia Japan St. Vincent and the Grenadines *Located in Burlington, Ontario is about 30 per cent of the total for Canada. 36 Ontario, the wealthiest, largest and most populous of the predominantly English-speaking provinces, is located 32 The town of Québec, which is the capital of the in the heart of Canada. Lying between Quebec to the east province, was founded by Champlain in 1608 at the strategic and Manitoba to the west, its irregularly shaped boundaries location where the St. Lawrence River narrows between extend from a fresh water shoreline of 3,801 km on the Great Cape Diamant and the heights of Lévis. The town, rich in old Lakes to a saltwater shoreline of 1,094 km on Hudson Bay European atmosphere, preserves the French-Canadian cultural and James Bay to the north. In 1994 the population of the life which is a distinguishing element in the Canadian national province was 10,927,800. character. 37 Physical features. — Geologically, parts of Ontario 33 Physical features. — The physiography of the prov- are in three major regions: the rough Canadian Shield in the ince of Quebec may be divided into three main regions. The north; the gentler lowlands of the Great Lakes–St. Lawrence Canadian Shield occupies the greater part of the area north of region; and the James Bay–Hudson Bay Lowlands. North the St. Lawrence River. These plateau-like highlands present a from the Great Lakes and west to the Manitoba border, the rough, broken surface strewn with lakes and varying in eleva- land is of typically Canadian Shield terrain: a rugged, rocky tion from 300 to 900 m (1,000 to 3,000 ft), with a few higher plateau, mostly 460 m (1,509 ft) in elevation, strewn with lakes peaks. The highest land is in the north-centre of the province, and muskeg. The highest point in Ontario is 693 m (2,274 ft) and over its broken southern rim tumble the many rivers tribu- at Ishpatina Ridge in Timiskaming District of NE Ontario. tary to the St. Lawrence. The mountain range Les Appalaches From here the land slopes gently to James and Hudson Bays (Appalachian Mountains) extends through the area of Quebec where a large marginal strip, the Hudson Bay Lowlands, is south of the St. Lawrence, reaching its greatest width in the less than 150 m (492 ft) in elevation. This northern area bears the brunt of severe winter cold waves moving east from the Estrie (Eastern Townships) and its greatest heights in the prairies or south from the Arctic across Hudson Bay and Péninsule de la Gaspésie (Gaspé Peninsula), where Monts experiences very cold winters. Summers are warm but short. Chic-Chocs have many summits over 1,070 m (3,500 ft) high. In the district immediately along the north shores of the Great The smallest region is the St. Lawrence Lowlands, a low, flat, Lakes and west of the lakes there are frost-free periods of over fertile agricultural area. This triangular area is bounded by the 100 days; elsewhere the frost-free season ranges from 40 up edge of the Canadian Shield to the NW, Les Appalaches to to 100 days. the east, and the Adirondack Mountains in the United States 38 The lowlands region, which extends over the whole to the south. of the southern peninsula between Lakes Ontario, Erie and 34 Because of its geographic position, large area and Huron and east to the Ottawa River adjoining the lowlands complex physiographic relations, Quebec has a wide variety of Quebec, is about one-sixth the size of northern Ontario. of climates. In the lower St. Lawrence valley the frost-free The SW tip of the province extends farther south than any season extends from early May to late September. Summers other part of Canada. This fact, combined with the warming are warm with hot humid spells, and the average temperature influence of the lower Great Lakes, gives peninsular Ontario a in winter is -9°C. Moving north and west, winter temperatures much milder climate than that of the northern districts. Since become more extreme and the summers generally cooler, it lies in one of the major storm tracks of the continent, wide while in the far north the highlands are bitterly cold in the variations occur in day to day weather, especially in winter, but winter and have practically no summer. conditions of severe cold or extreme heat are not prolonged. CHAPTER 3 General Geographic Information and 3-5 Broad Description of Port Facilities
This is the most densely populated and highly industrialized St. Lawrence River and region of Canada; settlement was influenced by favourable Great Lakes system climatic conditions and fertile soil and by ease of travel over the relatively unobstructed terrain and the natural transporta- 44 The St. Lawrence River system, comprising an estu- tion routes of the St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes. ary and a series of connected lakes, offers a transportation link 39 Products. — Agriculture is well established and by water from the Atlantic Ocean to the middle of the North continues to be of major importance to the economy of the American continent. From the mouth of the St. Lawrence province. With the exception of the wheat-growing areas of River near longitude 64°W to the head of Lake Superior near western Canada, this is by far the most highly productive longitude 92°W, this magnificent waterway has a total length agricultural area in the country. Maize and soya beans are of 1,635 miles. grown throughout southern Ontario, but its produce is very 45 The first recorded navigational improvement on the diversified and many specialized areas have developed: fruit in St. Lawrence River dates back to 1700 when a canal 0.4 m the Niagara district, tobacco in the counties adjacent to Lake (1.5 ft) deep was constructed at the Little River Saint-Pierre Erie, commercial vegetables north of Toronto, and cattle in near Lachine. Other short canals with depths of 0.6 to 0.9 m the Georgian Bay area. (2 to 3 ft) were built to bypass the many falls and rapids and 40 The manufacturing industries of southern Ontario were used by the freight-carrying “canots de maître” of the produce almost every product required by consumers. The fur trading companies. focal point of this great industrial agglomeration is Toronto, 46 Early in the nineteenth century, the first canals and the capital and largest city of the province and a major manu- locks were constructed between Montréal and Kingston, and facturing, financial, commercial and distribution centre. by 1848 a canal system with a depth of 2.7 m (9 ft) was com- 41 The Ontario part of the Canadian Shield has long plete. This system consisted of Canal de Lachine, giving ac- been a producer of many base metals and accounts for close cess from Montréal to Lac Saint-Louis; Canal de Beauharnois, to 40 per cent of the total mineral output of Canada. Much linking Lac Saint-Louis with Lac Saint-François on the south of Canada’s tremendous production of nickel and about half shore; and Cornwall Canal, Farran Point Canal (Rapide Plat the copper come from the Sudbury area; gold comes from Canal) and Old Galop Canal (Galop Canal), bypassing the International Rapids section of the St. Lawrence River. The the Kirkland Lake–Porcupine area and from the Red Lake, forerunner to the Welland Ship Canal, with 26 locks to bypass Pickle Crow and Little Long Lake areas farther west; iron ore Niagara Falls, was also built at this time. comes from the Steep Rock area west of Lake Superior and 47 By 1901 the last of a new and larger series of canals the Michipicoten area on the NE shore of the lake. Uranium, between Montréal and Lake Erie was complete; these can- cadmium, calcium, cobalt, lead, magnesium, selenium, silver, als were designed to handle ships 77.7 m (255 ft) long with tellurium, thorium, yttrium and zinc are also produced. In the draughts of up to 4.3 m (14 ft). Canal de Beauharnois was lowlands area of the province, salt, asbestos and nepheline replaced by Canal de Soulanges, extending from the north syenite are produced, and there is some natural gas and pet- shore of Lac Saint-Louis to Lac Saint-François, at this time. roleum production. 48 By 1932 the 26 locks of the Welland Canal had been 42 Ontario has a large amount of productive forest land replaced by eight locks which provided a deep-water route which supports a thriving pulp and paper industry. Four tree with a limiting depth of 7.6 m (25 ft). These locks were capable species — black spruce, poplar, jack pine and white birch — of handling the 217.9 m (715 ft) long lake vessels which plied account for almost 75 per cent of all the trees in the province. between Prescott on the Upper St. Lawrence River and Duluth Ontario has extensive water power resources and is second at the western end of Lake Superior. only to Quebec in hydro-electric power. 49 The St. Lawrence Seaway was designed to remove 43 The commercial fishing industry in Ontario, although the limitations of the 4.3 m (14 ft) depth between Montréal widely scattered throughout the province, is centred mainly and Prescott, and to harness the power potential of the on the Great Lakes, particularly Lake Erie. The species har- International Rapids section of the St. Lawrence River by the vested commercially include yellow perch, smelt, whitefish, construction of power and control dams. This would convert pickerel, pike, lake trout, herring, chub, carp, white perch, the International Rapids section into an artificial lake 30 miles sturgeon, white bass, bullhead, catfish, eel, goldeye, sunfish, long, extending from Cornwall to Iroquois. The hydro-electric burbot, freshwater drum, rock bass, crappie, sauger and power projects, a joint undertaking of the Hydro-Electric suckers. Nearly 90 per cent of all the fish landed in Ontario Power Commission of Ontario and the Power Authority of is harvested from the Great Lakes, but more than 500 smaller the State of New York, entailed the relocation of four towns inland lakes, mainly those in the NW part of the province, are from the area now known as Lake St. Lawrence, the building fished commercially. of dams and control dykes, and the relocation of railways and 3-6 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
roads at an estimated cost of $600 million. The 32 generators a maximum width of 3.7 miles. From a position where the in the Moses-Saunders Power Dam extending from Cornwall deep waterway passes east of Cornwall Island, 67 miles above to Barnhart Island develop some 1,860 MW of power. Montréal, to Kingston, the main navigation channel is partly 50 The St. Lawrence Seaway was built jointly by on the Canadian side of the International Boundary and partly the St. Lawrence Seaway Authority, a Canadian Crown on the United States’ side. Corporation, and the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development 55 A vessel on passage between Montréal and Kingston Corporation of the United States. The Saint Lawrence Seaway will pass through Canal de la Rive Sud, Canal de Beauharnois Developent Corporation undertook to build a canal and and Wiley-Dondero Canal. In the canal sections of the two locks in the International Rapids section and to dredge St. Lawrence Seaway where the canal is flanked by two the channel throughout the Thousand Islands section of the embankments, there is a minimum width of 61 m (200 ft) St. Lawrence River. The St. Lawrence Seaway Authority at the bottom and 69 m (225 ft) at the surface. Where the undertook the construction of two locks and a 20‑mile canal is flanked by one embankment, the minimum width long canal to bypass the Rapides de Lachine, two locks at at the bottom is 91 m (300 ft). In open water, the minimum Beauharnois, extensive dredging in Lac Saint-Louis and Lac width of the channel is 122 m (400 ft). Seven locks in this Saint-François, and a lock at the head of Lake St. Lawrence section overcome the difference of elevation between the to bypass the Iroquois Control Dam. Improvements in the Port of Montréal, with an elevation of 5.6 m (18.2 ft), and Welland Canal were also carried out by the St. Lawrence Lake Ontario, with an elevation of 74.2 m (243.3 ft) above Seaway Authority. IGLD 1985. The minimum depth over lock gate sills is 9.14 m 51 The St. Lawrence Seaway was officially opened (30 ft); the locks are 24.38 m (80 ft) wide and 233.5 m (766 ft) by Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth and by President Dwight long, with a usable length of 222.50 m (730 ft). Eisenhower of the United States on June 26, 1959, when the 56 The main channels between Port of Montréal and Royal Yacht Britannia proceeded through Saint-Lambert Lake Erie have a controlling depth of 8.23 m (27 ft). and Côte Sainte-Catherine locks to a naval review in Lac 57 Opening and closing dates for the Montréal–Lake Saint-Louis. Ontario section are generally April 1 and December 15; actual 52 The distance via the St. Lawrence River system dates depend on weather and ice conditions and are announced from the Strait of Belle Isle to Montréal is 878 miles; to by Notice to Shipping. Thunder Bay on the NW coast of Lake Superior 1,939 miles; 58 Preliminary figures indicate that in 1994 there were to Chicago, Illinois, 1,965 miles; to Duluth, Minnesota, 2,868 vessel transits of the Montréal–Lake Ontario section of 2,045 miles. the Seaway, an increase of 24 per cent over 1993 figures and 53 The control of the St. Lawrence ship channel from the best since 1988. Total cargo carried was 38,377,000 tonnes, the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the Port of Montréal, and its a 22 per cent increase over the 1993 season. regulations and improvements, are under the Department of 59 Lake Ontario is the smallest of the Great Lakes in Transport. From Montréal west to Lake Erie the improve- area; it is 174 miles long with a breadth of 47 miles. As with ments in the Canadian deep channel are under the jurisdiction Lakes Superior and Erie, its long axis is roughly from east of the St. Lawrence Seaway Authority. The Department of to west. The lake is comparatively deep, its maximum depth Public Works is responsible for all improvements west from being 246 m (807 ft). The waters of Lake Ontario flow NE Lake Erie to the head of Lake Superior, with the exception of into the St. Lawrence River. the Sault Ste. Marie Canal, which is administered by Parks 60 Many of the commercial harbours are artificially Canada, Department of the Environment. enlarged basins at the mouths of small rivers, improved by 54 Montréal to Lake Ontario. — The part of the dredging and by the building of jetties, training piers and St. Lawrence River above Montréal, extending from the en- breakwaters. Many of the harbours are subject to shoaling trance to the St. Lawrence Seaway at Montréal to Kingston and require frequent dredging to maintain the channels. Harbour on the Canadian shore and Tibbetts Point on the 61 The navigation season in Lake Ontario is generally United States’ shore, at the foot of Lake Ontario, has a total from April 1 to December 30, but prevailing ice conditions length of 164 miles. Of this length there are 136 miles of may delay or advance these dates by as much as two weeks. At natural river and open lake expansions, and 28 miles of the NE end of the lake, inside the offshore islands, the surface canals. The average width of the river is 1.3 miles. The lake water often freezes enough to allow automobiles to drive to expansions are Lac Saint-Louis, Lac Saint-François, and Lake and from the islands. Offshore, the lake is little obstructed by St. Lawrence. The first, reached from Montréal by Canal de la ice and areas of open water have been reported even in severe Rive Sud, is 12 miles long and has a greatest width of 5 miles; winters. Lac Saint-François is 27 miles long and has a maximum 62 Welland Canal, built to bypass the Niagara River width of 4 miles; Lake St. Lawrence is 9 miles long and has and Niagara Falls, has eight locks, raising vessels from Lake CHAPTER 3 General Geographic Information and 3-7 Broad Description of Port Facilities
Ontario, with an elevation of 74.2 m (243.3 ft), to Lake Erie, Huron through the Straits of Mackinac, and those of Lake with an elevation of 173.5 m (569.2 ft) above IGLD 1985. Superior enter by St. Marys River; the lake flows into the The minimum depth over lock gate sills is 9.14 m (30 ft); the St. Clair River at Sarnia. The depths in these rivers and the locks are 24.38 m (80 ft) wide and have a usable length of Detroit River limits the size and draught of vessels navigating 222.50 m (730 ft), except lock 8, which has a usable length between Lake Superior and Lake Erie. of 350.0 m (1,148 ft). The controlling depth in the canal is 72 Lake Huron is generally deep, with a maximum depth 8.23 m (27 ft). of 229 m (750 ft), but shoal water in places extends up to 63 In 1994 there were 3,376 vessel transits of the 3 miles off the northern and eastern shores and off the shores Welland Canal. Total cargo carried was 39,632,000 tonnes. of Manitoulin, Duck, Cockburn and Drummond Islands. The 64 Lake Erie is the most southerly and the most shal- navigation season is generally from April 15 to December 30. low of the Great Lakes. Together with the Welland Canal, 73 Georgian Bay, close NE of Lake Huron, is separated it forms a link in the waterway between Lake Ontario and from the main body of the lake by the Bruce Peninsula and the connecting channels to Lake Huron. The distance from by Manitoulin Island and several other islands and shoals. Buffalo, New York, at the east end of the lake to Toledo, Ohio, Georgian Bay is 110 miles long in a NW–SE direction and at the west end is 220 miles. The greatest width is 50 miles. 48 miles wide at its widest. The NE and north shores of the bay The flow of water in the lake is from the Detroit River outlet, are much broken up by inlets and fringed by many islands and at the west end of the lake, in an ENE direction to the main shoals; the SW side of the bay is generally deep and indented outflow through the Niagara River and over Niagara Falls. by several large bays. The maximum depth in Georgian Bay 65 The deepest part of the lake is near the eastern end; is 168 m (552 ft) near the north shore of the Bruce Peninsula. the island region at the west end is the most shallow. The 74 North Channel of Lake Huron extends from maximum depth in Lake Erie is 62 m (203 ft) at a position Badgeley Island at the NW end of Georgian Bay to St. Joseph SE of Long Point, Ontario. Island, passing north of Manitoulin Island. 66 There is much water-borne commercial activity be- 75 Lake Superior is the largest of the Great Lakes and tween the various ports of the lake as well as to and from the one of the largest bodies of fresh water in the world. It is char- other lakes. The navigation season is generally from April 1 acterized by deep water and high, bold, rocky shores along a to December 30. great part of its coast. Compared with the other Great Lakes, 67 During the winter, heavy ice forms along the shore- its winds and seas are not greatly different and it has about line and extends into the lake. The island region at the western the same snowfall, but its surface is at a higher elevation, it end is often quite solidly iced over except for channels kept has deeper and colder water, more fog, more shore ice, and clear by passing ships. less rain. 68 Detroit River is 28 miles long from the Detroit River 76 Lake Superior is about 304 miles long with a max- light at its mouth in Lake Erie to its head at Peche Island. It imum breadth of 139 miles. Its maximum depth is 406 m is navigated by the largest vessels on the Great Lakes. The (1,333 ft) in the SE part of the lake. The waters of Lake navigation season is generally from April 15 to December 15. Superior flow through the St. Marys River into Lake Huron. 69 Lake St. Clair is a shallow basin about 20 miles 77 The navigation season on Lake Superior is generally in diameter with low marshy shores and a gently sloping about eight months long. Commercial fishing operations from bottom; the maximum natural depth is 21 feet (6.4 m). Lake the various harbours around the lake continue throughout the St. Clair, with its ship channel improvements, is a connecting year except when prevented by ice conditions. waterway link from Lake Erie to Lake Huron but there are no large communities or harbours around its shores. 70 St. Clair River is 35 miles long and has a lower or Port facilities delta part and a deep upper channel. The delta section, known as St. Clair Flats, has several branches of the river reaching 78 List of ports. — The following is a summary of the into Lake St. Clair. The most important branch, with South principal ports in this part of Canada. For more information Channel and the St. Clair Cutoff Channel, is used for through on these ports and for information on other Canadian ports, navigation between Lake St. Clair and the main river. The consult the appropriate Sailing Directions publications. banks of the river are clay and sand and are generally quite 79 For information on United States’ ports, consult steep. the current edition of United States Coast Pilot 6, published 71 Lake Huron is the second largest of the Great by the National Ocean Service of the United States. For the Lakes in area, being slightly larger than Lake Michigan. It is convenience of the user and to provide some necessary con- 182 miles long in a north-south direction, with a maximum tinuity, certain United States’ waters and areas of shoreline breadth of 88 miles. The waters of Lake Michigan enter Lake are also described in Canadian Sailing Directions, quoting 3-8 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
verbatim from U.S. Coast Pilot 6, corrected from U.S. Notices 88 Goderich (43°45'N, 81°44'W) is at the mouth of the to Mariners to the date of publication. Maitland River on the east shore of Lake Huron, 55 miles NE 80 Prescott (44°43'N, 75°31'W) is on the NW shore of Sarnia. The navigation season is generally from April 15 of the St. Lawrence River 114 miles upstream of Montréal. to December 30. The harbour is a transfer point for grain and Ports Canada maintains a transit shed for handling general offers safe winter quarters for lake vessels. Grain and coal are cargo and facilities for loading grain. imported; grain and salt are exported. 81 Oshawa Harbour (43°52'N, 78°50'W) is on the 89 Owen Sound Harbour (44°35'N, 80°56'W) is at north shore of Lake Ontario, 26 miles ENE of Toronto. The the mouth of the Sydenham River in the SW part of Georgian port is administered by the Oshawa Port Authority. Cargoes Bay. The distance from Sarnia to Owen Sound is 207 miles; handled include petroleum products, steel, salt, calcium it is about the same distance from Owen Sound to Sault chloride, potash and general cargo. Ste. Marie. Ice usually forms in the harbour about January 1 82 Toronto Harbour (43°38'N, 79°22'W) is a major and breaks up near the end of March. Owen Sound has several inland port on the NW shore of Lake Ontario. The port is manufacturing plants and a large grain elevator. Grain, coal administered by the Toronto Port Authority. Main imports are and general merchandise are imported; the main exports are steel products, sugar, grain, coal and coke, crude tar, flour, grain and general merchandise. petroleum products, cement and general merchandise; exports 90 Collingwood Harbour (44°31'N, 80°13'W) is an are grain, petroleum products, cast iron pipe, creosote, flour artificial harbour at the south end of Georgian Bay, 32 miles and general merchandise. east of Owen Sound. Ice forms in the harbour about January 1 83 Hamilton Harbour (43°17'N, 79°50'W) is at the and breaks up near the end of March. Collingwood has a grain west end of Lake Ontario, 27 miles SW of Toronto. The elevator. port is administered by the Hamilton Port Authority. The 91 Midland (44°45'N, 79°53'W) is in the SE part of port handles bulk shipments of coal, iron ore, sand, steel, Georgian Bay, 45 miles east of Owen Sound. The navigation scrap metal, petroleum products, soya bean meal, molasses, season is generally from April 15 to December 15. Midland fertilizer, automobiles and machinery. The harbour is entered has a grain elevator and is an important grain handling port. through Burlington Canal, which is dredged to a depth of There are also ship repair facilities, a coal wharf, and flour, 8.8 m (29 ft). textile and planing mills. 84 Port Weller Harbour (43°14'N, 79°13'W), at 92 Port McNicoll (44°45'N, 79°48'W), part of Victoria St. Catharines, is an artificial harbour forming the Lake Harbour, is 4 miles east of Midland. Port McNicoll consists of Ontario entrance to the Welland Canal. The port is adminis- an artificial basin. Ice forms in the harbour about December 10 tered by the St. Lawrence Seaway Authority. Coal, sand and and breaks up about April 1. bulk sugar are unloaded here. 93 Parry Sound Harbour (45°20'N, 80°02'W) is near 85 Port Colborne (42°53'N, 79°15'W) is at the Lake the mid-point of the east shore of Georgian Bay. The distance Erie entrance to the Welland Canal. The harbour, protected from Sarnia to Parry Sound is 215 miles; Parry Sound to Sault by breakwaters, has wharf space on both sides of the canal Ste. Marie via the North Channel is 210 miles. The navigation channel. The harbour is administered by the St. Lawrence season is generally from April 15 to December 15. Seaway Authority. Petroleum products, grain, coal, iron ore, 94 Little Current (45°59'N, 81°55'W) is on the north limestone, sand, gravel, flour, cement and crushed stone are side of Manitoulin Island at the east end of the North Channel handled here. of Lake Huron. All vessels navigating between Georgian Bay 86 Windsor (42°19'N, 83°03'W) is on the Detroit River; and North Channel pass through Little Current. The town is its boundaries extend from 15 miles north of Lake Erie to connected by highway with the rest of Canada. The naviga- Lake St. Clair. The port is administered by the Windsor Port tion season is generally from April to December. The distance Authority. There are more than 500 industries in Windsor and from Sarnia to Little Current is 196 miles; Little Current to vicinity, including the production of automobile components, Sault Ste. Marie via St. Joseph Channel is 114 miles. drugs, chemicals, and brewed and distilled products. 95 Sault Ste. Marie (46°31'N, 84°20'W) is on the north 87 Sarnia Harbour (42°59'N, 82°25'W) is on the shore of St. Marys River. The United States’ city and harbour St. Clair River near its junction with Lake Huron. The port is of Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, is on the south side of the river. administered by the Department of Transport. The harbour The distance from Sarnia to Sault Ste. Marie is 233 miles. The has 2 miles of wharves, mostly privately owned. The navi- navigation season is generally from April 15 to December 15. gation season is generally from March 15 to December 30. Main industries include the production of steel, chemicals, Main imports are grain, steel, lumber, coal, crude oil, crushed pulp and paper. The main imports are iron ore, oil, gasoline stone and cement; exports are petroleum products, rubber, and coal; the main exports are iron and steel products, coke, chemicals, lumber, beans, sand, tobacco, grain and fertilizer. paper and forest products. CHAPTER 3 General Geographic Information and 3-9 Broad Description of Port Facilities
96 Red Rock (48°57'N, 88°15'W) is on the NW shore 102 Repairs. — The following table lists the main ship- of Nipigon Bay, Lake Superior, 5 miles from the town of yards in the Lower Lakes area. Minor repairs are available at Nipigon. Red Rock has a large pulp and paper mill. Logging most ports. and pulp wood are the main industries in the area. The naviga- 103 The following Canadian ports on the Upper Lakes tion season is generally from May to November. have facilities to repair vessels: Midland, Goderich, Owen 97 Port of Thunder Bay (48°25'N, 89°13'W), on the Sound, Sault Ste. Marie and Port of Thunder Bay. Minor north shore of Lake Superior 237 miles from Sault Ste. Marie, repairs to vessels can be carried out at Parry Sound. There is a major Canadian port at the head of the Great Lakes– is a dry dock at Port of Thunder Bay, operated by the Port Seaway System. The port is administered by the Thunder Arthur Shipbuilding Company. Bay Port Authority. The navigation season is generally from 104 Border crossing information. — Citizens and April 1 to December 30. In 1990 the port had 13 operating legal residents of the United States do not need passports or grain elevators, a feed house with bagging capabilities, a malt- visas to enter Canada as visitors. In general, all other visitors ing plant, two modern dry-bulk handling terminals, a general entering Canada must have valid national passports. Any cargo terminal, two petroleum facilities and two chemical questions about entry to Canada may be addressed to the docks. A full range of marine services, including ship repair, Canada Immigration Division, Department of Employment is also available. The main imports are coal, coke, structural and Immigration, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0J9. steel, limestone, salt, petroleum products and cement; the 105 Customs information was correct at time of printing. main exports are grain, iron ore, flour, paper, potash, sulphur, Any changes announced by Customs and Excise, Revenue newsprint, wood pulp, steel and scrap iron. Canada that affect Sailing Directions will be promulgated 98 Water. — Potable fresh water is available at most by Notice to Mariners. Canadian ports. 106 All vessels entering Canada from foreign ports are 99 Fuel. — Various types of marine fuel oil and lubri- cants are available in Cornwall, Kingston, Toronto, Hamilton, required to obtain clearance from the Collector of Customs Port Colborne, Windsor, Sarnia, Goderich, Owen Sound, Parry at a Port of Entry. Visitors may bring their own pleasure craft Sound, Little Current, Sault Ste. Marie, and Port of Thunder into Canada for a period of up to 12 months, under a permit Bay. obtainable from the Collector of Customs. 100 Ship Sanitation Control Certificates or Ship 107 Ports of entry. — On the Lower Lakes, there are Sanitation Control Exemption Certificates, required by vessel clearing stations for commercial traffic at Montréal, International Health Regulations (2005), may be obtained at Valleyfield, Cornwall, Morrisburg, Kingston, Prescott, Toronto. For details, see Health Canada under Regulations, Oshawa, Toronto, Clarkson, Bronte (Petro Canada Dock), Chapter 2. Hamilton, Port Stanley, Wheatley, Leamington, Kingsville 100.1 The Canadian Food Inspection Agency will inspect a and Windsor. Most marinas between Montréal and Sarnia are ship if the transported agricultural product requires an inspec- vessel reporting stations for pleasure craft. tion. The inspection shall take place before loading and if an 108 On the Upper Lakes, there are vessel clearing stations anti-parasite treatment is necessary, it will be done under the for commercial traffic at Sarnia, Goderich, Killarney Quarries, supervision of the Agency. Serpent Harbour, Meldrum Bay, Sault Ste. Marie, Marathon 101 Compass adjustment. — There is a compass ad- and Thunder Bay. Except for Killarney Quarries and Serpent juster at Port of Thunder Bay. Harbour, these places are also vessel reporting stations for
Shipyards
Location Company Facilities / Dimensions Capacity Depth over Sill / Maximum Draught Kingston MetalCraft Marine Incorporated Dry dock / 61 x 14.6 m (200 x 48 ft). Depth over sill 4 m (13 ft). A tug is available. Whitby Cartier Construction Dry dock / 106.7 x 14.3 m (350 x 47 ft). Maximum draught Incorporated 3.7 to 4.3 m (12 to 14 ft). Toronto Toronto Drydock Corp. Floating dry dock / 54.8 x 12 m (180 x 40 ft). 1,000 tonnes. Maximum draught 5.5 m (18 ft). Floating dry dock / 27.7 x 6.7 m (91 x 22 ft). Maximum draught 2.1 m (7 ft). Hamilton Heddle Marine Services Inc. Floating dry dock / 110 x 20 m (360 x 66 ft). 3,000 tonnes. Maximum draught 5.5 m (18 ft). St. Catherines Port Weller Dry Docks Dry dock / 228.6 x 24.3 m (750 x 80 ft). 37,000 tonnes. Depth over sill 7.9 m (26 ft). * Dry dock / 244 x 24.8 m (800 x 81 ft). 34,000 tonnes. Depth over sill 4.3 m (14 ft). Port Colborne (Ramey’s Bend) Marsh Engineering Dry dock / 82.3 x 18.3 m (270 x 60 ft). Depth over sill 2.6 m (9 ft). Port Maitland Powell Shipyard Floating dry dock / 76 x 10.6 m (250 x 35 ft). 406 tonnes. Maximum draught 4.2 m (14 ft). Wheatley Hike Metal Products Marine Travelift. 91 tonnes. Maximum draught 3.7 m (12 ft). LaSalle LaSalle Drydock Ltd. Two carriage marine railway / 45.7 m (150 ft). 453 tonnes. Maximum draught 3 m (10 ft). Windsor Romeo Machine Shop Ltd. No dry dock. Berth / 222.5 m (730 ft). Depths of 6.4 to 7.9 m (21 to 26 ft). Note: All information in this table was provided by local authorities. Users should consult local authorities for the latest conditions. * Depth of 2.1 m (7 ft) reported in approaches. 3-10 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
pleasure craft. There are also vessel reporting stations for 111 Information on tourism, including a booklet pleasure craft at most marinas and many Public wharves. called Travel Information — U.S. Visitors, can be obtained 109 Note. — Most vessel reporting stations are open only from Tourism Canada, 235 Queen Street, Ottawa, Ontario during the summer months and service may not be available K1A 0H6. after regular office hours. To avoid delays and the probability 112 Police. — The Ontario Provincial Police can help in of fines for non-compliance, visiting boaters should make their report at the earliest opportunity. many kinds of emergencies. To reach the nearest detachment 110 Further information on customs regulations can of the O.P.P., ask the telephone operator for Zenith 50,000. In be obtained from Customs and Excise, Revenue Canada, Quebec, contact the nearest office of the Quebec Provincial 360 Coventry Road, Ottawa, Ontario K1K 2C6. Police (Sûreté du Québec) for help. CHAPTER 4
Natural Conditions
Seabed
1 The Great Lakes basin includes the five major lakes, Superior, Huron, Michigan, Erie and Ontario, as well as Lake St. Clair and many smaller bodies of water. Of the major lakes, Lake Superior, Lake Huron and Lake Michigan have rather complicated bottom shapes and prominent islands, while Lake Ontario and Lake Erie have relatively smooth bottom profiles and only a few small islands. These characteristics relate to the geology of the area and have an effect on the circulation of lake waters. 2 The Canadian Shield, lying north of the lakes and extending into central Wisconsin, is formed of Precambrian rocks; these are hard and dense metamorphic and igneous rocks. Paleozoic sedimentary rocks, mainly limestones, dolomites, shales and sandstones, overlap onto the Canadian Shield. When these rocks were being deposited during the Paleozoic era, certain areas were subsiding; this resulted in the accumulation of thick deposits in places such as the Appalachian geosyncline, which lies SE of the lakes. 3 Iron ore and coal are the most important mineral re- sources of the Great Lakes area. The iron ore comes from the Precambrian rocks in Minnesota and Michigan; the coal comes from the Paleozoic rocks of Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois and Indiana. Limestone, salt, phosphate and petroleum are also extracted from the Paleozoic rocks of the region. Gravel, sand and clay are found mainly in the unconsolidated Pleistocene glacial drift of the area. 4 The Niagaran Dolomite forms the north shore of Lake Michigan and extends to the east, forming the islands which separate Lake Huron from the North Channel and Georgian Bay. It also forms the Bruce Peninsula between Lake Huron and southern Georgian Bay, and farther south it forms the highlands of southern Ontario. This rock shelf also appears as the sill of Niagara Falls and continues along the south shore of Lake Ontario. 5 Erosion of the relatively soft Devonian shales has formed some of the basins in the Great Lakes region. Parts of the Michigan, Huron and Erie basins lie in the outcrop belt of these shales. 6 Ordovician shales underlie the North Channel and the deeper parts of Georgian Bay. They also underlie the deeper parts of Lake Ontario. 4-2 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
7 The main basin of Lake Superior is in an area under- depths of 60 to 90 m (197 to 295 ft) in the SW basin of the lain by Upper Keweenawan sedimentary rocks, which are lake. relatively soft. 13 Lake Superior, the largest of the Great Lakes in area, 8 Lake Ontario is the smallest of the Great Lakes is also the deepest, with a maximum depth of 406 m (1,333 ft) in area and third in maximum depth, after Lakes Superior in the SE part of the lake. There is a relatively smooth basin and Michigan, with a maximum depth of 246 m (807 ft). trending NE–SW in its western half, where depths of over The southern rim of the Lake Ontario basin is formed by the 183 m (600 ft) are fairly common, and a strongly ridged outcrop of the tilted Niagara Dolomite, which also forms the portion in its eastern third, where depths over the ridges are sill of Niagara Falls. Most of the basin has eroded in the soft often over 152 m (500 ft) and depths between the ridges are Queenston shale of the Ordovician age; the northern half 244 to 305 m (800 to 1,000 ft). of the lake bed is underlain by a more resistant Ordovician 14 Lake Superior lies almost entirely in the Canadian limestone. The deeper parts of the lake are south of the centre. Shield and the lake basin is nearly surrounded by highlands. The lake has a relatively steep slope where it rises from the At some places the escarpment, 122 to 244 m (400 to 800 ft) depths to the south shore. high, drops off into depths of 152 to 274 m (500 to 900 ft). 9 Lake Erie is the shallowest of the five Great Lakes, 15 The Keweenaw Peninsula and Isle Royale are prom- with a maximum depth of 62 m (203 ft). The western part of inent features. Keweenaw Bay and the main basin of Lake this lake is partly closed by Point Pelee, on the north shore, Superior, between Isle Royale and the Keweenaw Peninsula, and several islands and shoals. The basin of the lake east are in an area of late Precambrian sedimentary rocks. These of Point Pelee has been eroded in soft Devonian shales; it consist of conglomerates, sandstones, arkoses and shales. The partly lies on the surface of the underlying and more resist- softer sedimentary rocks in the centre of the main basin have ant Devonian limestones. In the narrow eastern part of this eroded to depths of over 300 m (984 ft) in places. basin, the Devonian shales have eroded more deeply to form 16 Superior Shoal, with a depth of 6.4 m (21 ft), lies in the middle part of the lake 53 miles east of Isle the deepest basin in the lake. Along the south border of the Royale. Erie basin east of Cleveland, Ohio, there is an escarpment of 17 The Canadian Hydrographic Service produces mainly Mississippian sandstone and shales rising 60 to 90 m Regional Bathymetric Map 881 of Lake Ontario, 882 of Lake (197 to 295 ft) above the floor of the lake basin. This is the Erie, and 885 of Lake Superior. NW edge of the Appalachian plateau. 18 Magnetic anomalies. — The direction of the 10 Lake Huron is the second largest of the Great Lakes magnetic compass needle at some places will differ in area and fourth in maximum depth, with a depth of 229 m appreciably from the normal direction for the area. This is (750 ft) in the main basin 17 miles SW of the NW tip of the probably due to masses of magnetic iron ore, or rock strata Bruce Peninsula. containing iron, in the seabed. When the water is shallow 11 The north shore of Lake Huron, along the North and the force strong, a compass needle may be temporar- Channel and the NE shore of Georgian Bay, is on the edge of ily deflected when passing over such a spot but the area of the Canadian Shield. The lake basin otherwise is within the disturbance will be small, unless there are many such places Paleozoic rock of the region. The Niagaran Dolomite forms close together. the Bruce Peninsula, Manitoulin Island and the other islands 19 Magnetic variation on Lake Ontario does not change which separate the main body of the lake from its North uniformly going east or west; there are many spots with differ- Channel and Georgian Bay. ences from the normal variation. In a distance of 4 miles off 12 The most striking feature of the bottom of Lake the United States’ shore, 9 miles NW of Olcott, New York, for Huron is a submerged ridge which is roughly concentric instance, the variation ranges from 0 to 16°W; the normal for with the Bruce Peninsula–Manitoulin Island ridge, and which the area is 9°W. This and other local magnetic disturbances are extends across the lake from Kincardine, Ontario, to Alpena, shown on Chart 2400. Some of these are of particular interest Michigan. Six Fathom Bank, with a depth of 11 m (36 ft), lies and concern to mariners because they are in deep water on or on this ridge in mid lake 43 miles ESE of Alpena, though the near the track to and from the Welland Canal. ridge is generally 30 to 60 m (98 to 197 ft) deep. The NE face 20 In Lake Ontario, the greatest difference from normal of the ridge is very steep and drops off to depths of more than variation is near Kingston Harbour. The normal variation in 183 m (600 ft). The greatest depths are in the main basin NE this area is about 13°W (1995) but due to magnetic anomalies of the ridge. The bottom in all of the deep parts of the basin the variation may range from 27°W to 3°E between Melville is irregular; in several places the depths range from less than Shoal (44°11'N, 76°35'W) and Spit Head, 9 miles to the east. 60 m (197 ft) to more than 180 m (590 ft) in a distance of a 21 In the north end of Lake Huron near Magnetic Reefs, few miles. The SW side of the ridge slopes more gently to at the south point of Cockburn Island, there is a magnetic CHAPTER 4 4-3 Natural Conditions
irregularity; the variation here is about ½°E, though the normal Ages of ice for the vicinity is 6°W. On East Reef, close to the east, the • New (lake) ice: a general term for recently formed ice, variation is about normal. Differences from normal variation which includes frazil ice, grease ice, slush, shuga and ice of up to 8° have been reported 8 miles SW of Great Duck rind. These include all the initial stages of ice growth where Island. no definite floe shapes are present, and also the brittle, 22 A local magnetic disturbance has also been reported shiny crust of ice formed on a quiet surface (ice rind) with in the vicinity of Bustard Islands, in Georgian Bay. a thickness of up to 5 cm (2 in). 23 There are more strong magnetic irregularities in • Thin (lake) ice: ice in the thickness range of 5 to 15 cm Lake Superior than in the other Great Lakes. The areas most (2 to 6 in). affected are close off the north shore. Reports indicate that in • Medium (lake) ice: a further development of floes or fast the affected areas a compass is deflected towards the shore. ice reaching a thickness of 15 to 30 cm (6 to 12 in). Extreme caution is necessary when using a magnetic compass • Thick (lake) ice: ice in the thickness range of 30 to 70 cm in the following areas: Grand Marais, Pigeon Point, Pie Island, (12 to 28 in). Welcome Islands, Thunder Cape, Point Porphyry, Magnet • Very thick (lake) ice: ice which develops to greater than Island, the area from Fluor Island to Wilson Island, Pic Island, 70 cm (28 in) thick. Peninsula Harbour, off Sewell Point, on MacKinnon Bank 26 It is in the interest of mariners to note that the and in the entrance to Quebec Harbour. Disturbances of 40° age classification of lake ice is also applied to describe ice to 50° have been reported in the vicinity of Magnet and Pic development in the rivers and connecting waterways of the Islands. Great Lakes system including the St. Lawrence Seaway. 27 Although the age classification of lake and river ice is not the same as that used to categorize the development of sea Ice ice, the terminology approved by the World Meteorological Organization to describe the distribution and other surface 24 Terminology and definitions. — Ice nomenclature features of sea ice is equally applicable to river and lake ice. is in accordance with the internationally approved terminol- In this regard, the term “sea ice” as used in the following list ogy (Sea Ice Nomenclature of the World Meteorological of nomenclature is interchangeable with the terms “river ice” Organization). A complete manual of ice terminology, clas- and “lake ice”. sification, standard ice reporting codes and ice reconnaissance practices and procedures used in Canada is available from the Concentration Atmospheric Environment Service under the title MANICE. • Concentration: the ratio expressed in tenths describing Types of ice the amount of sea surface covered by ice as a fraction of the whole area being considered. Total concentration in- • Sea ice: any form of ice found at sea which has originated cludes all stages of development that are present. Partial from the freezing of sea water. concentration may refer to the amount of a particular stage • Ice of land origin (Glacier ice): ice formed on land or in or a particular form of ice and represents only a part of the an ice shelf, found floating in water. The concept includes total. ice of this type which is grounded, for example icebergs. • Compact ice: floating ice in which the concentration is • River ice: ice formed on a river, regardless of observed 10/10 and no water is visible. location. • Consolidated ice: floating ice in which the concentration • Lake ice: ice formed on a lake, regardless of observed is 10/10 and the floes are frozen together. location, for example on Lake Melville or the Great Lakes. • Very close ice: floating ice in which the concentration is 25 In terms of physical and chemical properties, ice may 9/10 to less than 10/10. also be categorized as being either salt water ice (sea ice) or • Close ice: floating ice in which the concentration is 7/10 fresh water ice. Under equal conditions, river and lake ice to 8/10, composed of floes mostly in contact. forms earlier, becomes harder and disintegrates later than does • Open ice: floating ice in which the ice concentration is sea ice. The following terminology describes the development 4/10 to 6/10, with many leads and polynyas, and the floes stages (ages) of lake and river ice as agreed by the Canadian are generally not in contact with one another. and United States’ agencies responsible for observing and • Very open ice: floating ice in which the concentration is forecasting ice conditions in the Great Lakes area. 1/10 to 3/10 and water predominates over ice. 4-4 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
• Open water: a large area of freely navigable water in If it lies between drift ice and fast ice it is called a “flaw which sea ice is present in concentrations less than 1/10. lead”. No ice of land origin is present. • Puddle: an accumulation on ice of melt-water, mainly due • Ice free: no ice present. If ice of any kind is present this to melting snow, but in the more advanced stage, to the term should not be used. melting of ice. • Slush: snow which is saturated and mixed with water on Forms of floating ice top of either a land or ice surface, or as a viscous mass floating in water after a heavy snowfall. • Drift ice*/Pack ice: term used in a wide sense to include • vertical hole in sea ice formed when surface any area of sea ice other than fast ice no matter what form Thaw hole: puddles melt through to the underlying water. it takes or how it is dispersed. When concentrations are • type of deformed ice formed by one piece of high, i.e. 7/10 or more, “drift ice” may be replaced by the Rafted ice: ice over-riding another. Common in new and young ice term “pack ice”. types. • Fast ice: sea ice which forms and remains fast (attached) • a line or wall of broken ice forced up by pressure. to the shore, to an ice wall, or between shoals. Vertical Ridge: May be fresh or weathered. The submerged volume of fluctuations may be observed during changes of sea level. broken ice under a ridge, forced downwards by pressure, Fast ice may be formed by the freezing of sea water or by is termed an . the freezing of floating ice of any age to the shore. It may ice keel • a hillock of broken ice which has been forced extend a few metres or several hundred kilometres from Hummock: upwards by pressure. May be fresh or weathered. The the coast. submerged volume of broken ice beneath the hummock, • Floe: any relatively flat piece of sea ice 20 m (66 ft) or forced downward by pressure, is termed a . more across. Floes are subdivided according to horizontal bummock • any non-linear shaped opening enclosed in ice. A extent as follows: Polynya: polynya may contain brash ice and/or be covered with new Giant: over 10 km across; ice, nilas or young ice. To submariners they are referred to Vast: 2 to 10 km across; as “skylights”. Sometimes the polynya is limited on one Big: 500 m to 2 km across; side by the coast and is called a “shore polynya”, or by fast Medium: 100 to 500 m across; ice and is called a “flaw polynya”. If it recurs in the same Small: 20 to 100 m across. position every year it is called a “recurring polynya”. • Ice cake: any relatively flat piece of sea ice less than 20 m • Sea ice which has become honeycombed and (66 ft) across. Rotten ice: is in an advanced stage of disintegration. • Brash ice: accumulations of floating ice made up of • an accumulation of broken river ice or sea ice fragments not more than 2 m (7 ft) across, formed by the Ice jam: caught in a narrow channel. wreckage of other forms of ice. • Batture floes: Fragments of grounded or shore-fast ice • Pancake ice: predominantly circular pieces of ice from common to the upper St. Lawrence River that have broken 30 cm to 3 m (1 to 10 ft) across and up to 10 cm (4 in) thick, away and drifted downstream. They may be large, thick with raised rims due to the pieces striking one another. and uneven and are frequently discoloured with ground • Strips of sea ice: a long narrow area of floating ice about deposits. 1 km or less in width, usually composed of small floes and fragments detached from the main mass of ice and run Other Terms Common to Shipping together under the influence of wind, swell or current. • Ice patch: an area of floating ice less than 10 km across. Beset. — Situation of a vessel surrounded by ice and unable • Windrow: a long narrow heaped-up mass of grounded ice to move. floes usually formed in exposed offshore shallows by wind Difficult area. — A general qualitative expression to indicate and wave action. As a rule, this term is peculiar to Great in a relative manner that the severity of ice conditions Lakes’ usage. prevailing in an area is such that navigation is difficult. Easy area. — As the foregoing except that navigation in the Surface features area is not difficult. Ice bound. — A harbour, inlet, etc., is said to be ice bound • Lead: any fracture or passage-way through sea ice which when navigation by ships is prevented on account of ice, is navigable by surface vessels. If the passage-way lies except possibly with the assistance of an icebreaker. between drift ice and the shore it is termed a “shore lead”. Ice under pressure. — Ice in which deformation processes are *Previously the term pack ice was used for all ranges of ice actively occurring, for example ridging, and hence a poten- concentrations. tial impediment or danger to shipping is likely to exist. CHAPTER 4 4-5 Natural Conditions
Ice coverage the shipping channel. The fast ice is particularly extensive in Lac Saint-Pierre where special engineering works prevent 28 The following ice coverage diagrams show the major disruptions once the ice cover has formed. Fast ice is weekly median ice concentrations for several periods during also well developed in the non-navigable channels between the ice season. These diagrams were prepared using com- Sorel and Montréal. posite ice charts produced by the Ice Centre, Department of 35 From Québec to Lac Saint-Pierre, drift ice moves the Environment. Thirteen winters of ice data were used in steadily seaward during the winter with occasional ice jams the analyses and only four ranges of ice concentrations were developing, especially above the Québec bridges where the considered: 10 tenths, where the ice is solid; 7 to 9 tenths, river is much narrower. Canadian Coast Guard icebreakers where ship navigation is considered difficult; 1 to 6 tenths, keep the drift ice moving to prevent flooding of the low-lying where ship navigation is considered easy; and open water areas along the river and to allow year-round navigation into areas. Montréal. One of the objectives of the Marine Traffic Control 29 It is possible to predict the formation and dissipation system in this area is to enforce speed limits because the wake of ice cover with some degree of accuracy by including only of passing ships can dislodge large ice floes which may then the preceding summer and present winter air temperature data. move into the channel and cause lengthy delays. However, the presence and movement of an ice cover on the 36 Similar conditions prevail from Lac Saint-Pierre to Great Lakes is the product of a number of climatic controls. Montréal but there are more islands to help keep the fast ice 30 The depth of the lake has a direct effect on the forma- in place. Ice booms in some locations help in this control. tion, retention and decay of ice. In general, deeper lakes retain In the Port of Montréal, the combined effect of the Rapides their stored heat for a longer time than do shallower lakes. de Lachine and an ice-control structure above the Champlain Runoff from tributary rivers may also slow the growth of ice. Bridge produces a polynya or area of well-dispersed new and Similarly, the action of currents, winds and waves, mixing young ice throughout the winter. warmer deep water with surface water, will inhibit freezing. 37 The ice begins to melt in early March and results in Winds and waves also act constantly to break up and move a gradual clearing of the shipping channel below Montréal as large ice floes. the existing ice is carried seaward and not replaced by new 31 The ice season may begin by early November. Ice formations. Decay of the shore-fast ice follows and fragments ranging from several centimetres to 1 m (3 ft) or more in may be carried into the channel as the break-up develops. The thickness first forms in bays, inlets and straits, and other whole area is normally free of ice by the middle of April. shallow waters rapidly lose heat to the cold air. Much of the 38 A restricted shipping season is in effect from ice breaks off to form floes and fields. By the end of winter, Montréal to Lake Ontario, depending on the opening and sometimes 60 per cent or more of a lake’s surface may be closing dates of the St. Lawrence Seaway. The general ice re- covered by ice. High and persistent winds cause windrows gime is much the same as below Montréal, with ice formation and pressure ridges to form. Some of these may extend 3 to spreading upstream from the Montréal area early in December 6 m (10 to 20 ft) above the water and 9 to 12 m (30 to 40 ft) to reach the entrance to Lake Ontario early in January, and below, often becoming anchored to the lake bottom. The ice break-up progressing downstream from Lake Ontario during cover begins to decay in March, though ice may still be present the first half of April. in mid May. 39 Lake Ontario has the smallest surface area in 32 The break-up process as ice degenerates is a much relation to its volume of all the Great Lakes. As a result, its more rapid process than that which caused the formation of temperature responds slowly to atmospheric cooling and ice ice during winter due to the different amounts of heat transfer growth is confined mainly to sheltered shallows. Ice forms needed. Each lake, of course, has its own ice cover character- first in the Bay of Quinte in the first week of December, and istics of which only the major ones will be discussed here. in the approaches to the upper St. Lawrence River in the first 33 Note. — Information about ice in the Gulf of half of January. St. Lawrence and on the east coast of Canada is given in 40 Maximum ice cover expected in a mild winter is Sailing Directions booklet ATL 100 — General Information, about 10 per cent and in a normal winter 20 to 25 per cent. Atlantic Coast. In a severe winter, ice coverage can reach 95 per cent. Only 34 Ice in St. Lawrence River above Québec. — Typical three times in the last 100 years has Lake Ontario approached river-ice conditions are encountered in this area, though there a nearly complete ice cover, the most recent being in 1979. is some tidal influence below Trois-Rivières. Shore-fast ice Any lasting ice cover of more than 25 per cent of the surface begins to form during the first half of December and its main of Lake Ontario requires severely cold weather as well as outlines are established by early January. In general, fast ice is ideal cooling conditions because vertical mixing of the water found over the shallow coastal portions while drift ice covers body rapidly destroys most of the ice cover. Generally, the ice
CHAPTER 4 4-11 Natural Conditions
cover is confined mostly to the eastern end of the lake, while Alpena, and in the Straits of Mackinac. As a rule, maximum conditions along the main Lake Ontario shipping routes are ice cover is in mid February. In a mild winter 30 per cent of for the most part open water. the entire Lake Huron area becomes ice covered while in an 41 Lake Erie is the most thermally unstable of all the average year this value is near 70 per cent; in a severe year it Great Lakes due to its shallow depth and orientation to pre- may be 95 per cent or more. vailing winds. Ice forms first in the third week of December 46 Due to the north–south orientation of the lake, daily in the extreme western end of the lake and in Inner Bay of mean temperatures are lower in the north than in the south. Long Point Bay. Maximum ice cover occurs in February, and As a result, it is not unusual to find ice formation and ice except for ice remnants which may survive in the Buffalo destruction occurring simultaneously. This is particularly true area until the middle of May, complete clearing usually takes for Lake Michigan. Significant spring melt on Lake Huron place by mid April. In a mild winter, 25 per cent of the lake generally begins in March, with complete clearing by the surface will become ice covered, while a normal ice cover is second week of April. During the winter months, wind stress of the order of 90 per cent, and in a severe winter approaches often causes considerable rafting, ridging and hummocking in 100 per cent. the SE. In the spring, the formation of windrows is common 42 Prevailing westerly winds and the eastward water in the Straits of Mackinac. outflow cause clearing to progress from west to east and 47 Ice cover in the St. Marys River area is generally frequently result in ice congestion and pressure developing a stable feature during most of the winter. This is mainly off Long Point and in the east end near Buffalo. Some of the because the flow rate through the river system is controlled most spectacular windrows and massive accumulations of and is maintained below dangerous threshold values. During slush ice of the Great Lakes are found in this area. During cold spring break-up, however, there are ice jams at river narrows winter outbreaks, considerable pressure ridging and rafting and obstructions. may occur along most of the south coast of the lake, while 48 Lake Superior is by far the largest of the Great westward ice drifts created by spring storms may cause ice Lakes in depth, area and volume. These features give it an congestion in the west end of Lake Erie and the lower Detroit enormous heat storage capacity. Strong winds generated over River. This process of mechanical ice redistribution continues long distances (a fetch to the middle of Lake Superior can throughout the season and it is not uncommon to find ice thick- exceed 180 miles), together with currents and waves, cause a ness as great as 9 to 10 m (30 to 33 ft) even though level ice continuous overturning of warm deep water and so inhibit an growth through cooling accounts for only 25 to 45 cm (0.8 to early ice cover. Ice first forms near the end of November or 1.5 ft). During a single winter storm, aggregate ice thicknesses early December in harbours and bays along the north shore, of over 20 m (66 ft) have been measured. over the shallow waters of Whitefish Bay, and in the western 43 Lake St. Clair, being the shallowest of these lakes, end of the lake. responds rapidly to prevailing winds and temperatures. Ice 49 The average maximum seasonal ice cover is about accumulation begins along the SE shore about the middle 75 per cent; in a mild winter it is about 20 per cent and in a se- of December, with the area near the western shore being the vere winter it may approach 100 per cent in the second half of last to freeze, usually by early January. The western shore February. Break up usually begins in March, with ice melt and is the first to open in the spring, usually by late February. deterioration accelerating rapidly in April. Complete clearing Maximum ice cover during a normal winter is 100 per cent usually occurs by the end of April. In the level fast-ice areas, medium to thick lake ice from late January until early March, average maximum ice thickness values reach 45 to 85 cm with openings remaining only at the head of the Detroit River (1.5 to 3 ft). In areas of ice pressure and ice floe interaction, and occasionally in the channels of the St. Clair River delta. however, rafting, ridging, and hummocking frequently result Complete clearing usually occurs in late March. in much thicker ice, at times up to 7.6 m (25 ft). Windrows are 44 Except during severe winters, little actual freezing also common during spring break-up, especially in the west occurs in the Detroit and St. Clair Rivers. A natural ice end near Duluth and in the Whitefish Bay and upper St. Marys bridge tends to form near Sarnia and prevents ice floes from River areas. entering the St. Clair River system; destruction of this ice bridge usually results in rapid formation of ice jams farther downstream. The consolidated ice sheet over Lake St. Clair Water levels similarly affects ice conditions in the Detroit River. 45 Lake Huron waters begin freezing first in the 50 Fluctuations in water levels in non-tidal areas are the St. Marys River, North Channel and eastern Georgian Bay result of several natural factors and may also be influenced by areas, usually in the second half of December. Early ice human activities. These factors operate on a time-scale that formation also occurs in Saginaw Bay, in Thunder Bay near varies from hours to years. 4-12 CEN 300 General Information —- Great Great Lakes Lakes
51 The levels of the Great Lakes depend on their storage 57 In deep lakes such as Lake Ontario, the surge of capacity, the outflow characteristics of the outlet channels, water level rarely exceeds 0.5 m (1.6 ft), but in shallow Lake the operating procedures of the regulatory structures, and the Erie, water-level differences from one end of the lake to the amount of water supply received by each lake. The primary other of more than 5 m (16 ft) have been observed. Although natural factors affecting lake levels include precipitation on the range of fluctuations may be large, there are only minor the lakes, run-off from the drainage basin, evaporation from changes in the volume of water in the lake. the lake surface, inflow from upstream lakes, and outflow to 58 Superimposed on all three categories of water-level the downstream lakes. Man-made factors include diversions fluctuations are wind-induced waves. Surface waves can be into or out of the basin, consumption of water, dredging of a hazard to navigation and are also the main cause of shore outlet channels, and the regulation of outflows. erosion. Surface waves start small, but as they travel more 52 There are three types of water level fluctuations on or less downwind, the waves grow in height, become longer the Great Lakes: long-term, seasonal and short-period. and move faster. Although the Great Lakes are large, the 53 Long-term fluctuations are caused by sustained fetches they present to winds ensure that the waves are under low or high net basin supplies. They can result in very low developed (except in light winds) and tend to be steeper. levels, such as were recorded on some lakes in 1926, the 59 Research has determined the following characteris- mid-1930s and mid-1960s, or in very high levels such as tics of waves on the Great Lakes: (i) the closed boundaries in 1952, 1973 and 1985–86. More than a century of records effectively eliminate “swell” (long waves propagating from for the Great Lakes basin indicate no regular or predictable distant storms); (ii) when the fetch varies substantially about cycle. The intervals between periods of high and low levels the wind direction, the largest waves tend to diverge from and the length of such periods can vary widely and erratically the wind direction towards the long-fetch direction; (iii) very over a number of years, and only some of the lakes may be under-developed waves move faster than fully developed affected. The maximum recorded ranges of monthly water- waves of the same length; (iv) the longest waves in an un- levels, from extreme high to extreme low, have varied from developed sea are much steeper than their fully developed 1.2 m in (4 ft) for Lake Superior to over 1.8 m (6 ft) for the counterparts. other lakes. The ranges of levels on Lakes Michigan–Huron, 60 The natural factors that affect water level fluctua- Erie and Ontario reflect not only the fluctuation in supplies tions include precipitation, evaporation, runoff, groundwater, from their own basins but also the fluctuations of the inflow ice retardation, aquatic growth, meteorological disturbances, from upstream lakes. tides and crustal movements. 54 Seasonal fluctuations of Great Lakes’ levels reflect 61 Precipitation in the form of rain, snow and conden- the annual hydrologic cycle. This is characterized by higher sation is the source of all waters reaching the Great Lakes. net basin supplies in spring and early summer, and lower net basin supplies in the rest of the year. The maximum lake level Over-lake precipitation represents a large and immediate usually occurs in June on Lakes Ontario and Erie, in July on supply of water to the Great Lakes because about one third Lakes Michigan–Huron, and in August on Lake Superior. of the Great Lakes basin area is lake surface. The land area The minimum lake level usually occurs in December on Lake contributing runoff to the Great Lakes, in a band 10 to 150 km Ontario, in February on Lakes Erie and Michigan–Huron, and wide around the lake shores, is drained by a system of rivers in March on Lake Superior. and intermittent streams. The amount of precipitation is fairly 55 Based on the monthly average water levels, the constant throughout the year, but winter precipitation stored as magnitudes of seasonal fluctuations are quite small, - aver snowpack is a major contributor to spring runoff to the lakes. aging 0.4 m (1.3 ft) on Lakes Superior, Michigan and Huron, 62 Evaporation from land and water surfaces depends 0.5 m (1.6 ft) on Lake Erie, and 0.6 m (2 ft) on Lake Ontario. on solar radiation, on temperature differences between the air However, in any one season it has varied from less than 0.2 m mass and the water, and on humidity and wind. Evaporation (0.7 ft) to more than 0.6 m (2 ft) on the upper lakes, from 0.26 from the Great Lakes is greatest in the fall and early winter to 0.85 m (0.9 to 2.8 ft) on Lake Erie, and from 0.22 to 1.10 m when the air above the lakes is cold and dry and the lakes (0.7 to 3.6 ft) on Lake Ontario. are relatively warm. Evaporation is least in spring and early 56 Short-period fluctuations, lasting from a less than summer when the air above the lakes is warm and moist and an hour to several days, are caused by meteorological con- the lakes are cold, and there may be condensation on the lake ditions. The effects of wind and differences in barometric surface instead of evaporation. On the Great Lakes, the aver- pressure over the lake surface create temporary imbalances in age annual evaporation from lake surfaces almost equals the the water level at various locations. Storm surges are largest average annual precipitation onto the lake surfaces. at the ends of an elongated basin, particularly when the long 63 Groundwater is believed to be a minor component axis of the basin is aligned with the wind. in adding or removing water from the lakes.
4-14 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
Average Monthly and Yearly Mean Water Levels and Extreme Monthly Mean Levels Referred to Chart Datum *
Lake Superior Lakes Michigan/Huron Lake St. Clair Lake Erie Lake Ontario 1918-1994 1918-1994 1918-1994 1918-1994 1918-1994 m ft m ft m ft m ft m ft January 0.15 0.5 0.35 1.1 0.43 1.4 0.48 1.6 0.35 1.1 February 0.09 0.3 0.33 1.1 0.37 1.2 0.47 1.5 0.37 1.2 March 0.06 0.2 0.35 1.1 0.49 1.6 0.55 1.8 0.46 1.5 April 0.08 0.3 0.43 1.4 0.64 2.1 0.71 2.3 0.67 2.2 May 0.19 0.6 0.53 1.7 0.72 2.4 0.79 2.6 0.80 2.6 June 0.27 0.9 0.59 1.9 0.77 2.5 0.82 2.7 0.84 2.8 July 0.34 1.1 0.62 2.0 0.79 2.6 0.80 2.6 0.78 2.6 August 0.37 1.2 0.60 2.0 0.75 2.5 0.74 2.4 0.67 2.2 September 0.37 1.2 0.56 1.8 0.69 2.3 0.66 2.2 0.54 1.8 October 0.34 1.1 0.49 1.6 0.60 2.0 0.56 1.8 0.41 1.4 November 0.30 1.0 0.43 1.4 0.52 1.7 0.49 1.6 0.34 1.1 December 0.23 0.8 0.39 1.3 0.52 1.7 0.48 1.6 0.32 1.1
Yearly Mean 0.23 0.8 0.47 1.5 0.61 2.0 0.63 2.1 0.55 1.8 Monthly Minimum -0.48 -1.6 -0.42 -1.4 -0.52 -1.7 -0.32 -1.0 -0.46 -1.5 Monthly Maximum 0.71 2.3 1.50 4.9 1.56 5.1 1.54 5.1 1.56 5.1 Chart Datum IGLD 1985 183.2 601.1 176.0 577.5 174.4 572.3 173.5 569.2 74.2 243.3
* Data calculated from a network of water level gauging stations on each lake.
64 Ice retardation in the winter, when the flows in the change is a direct result of atmospheric pressure and wind the outlet rivers of the Great Lakes are often impeded by ice set-up, the storm traveling over the water surface can cause formation or ice jams, and aquatic growth during the summer a long surface wave to travel with it. The change in water also have an effect on water levels. level caused by these disturbances may be more pronounced 65 Tides, which are the periodic rise and fall of the in certain parts of a lake as a result of shoaling water or of water resulting from the gravitational interactions of the sun, funnelling by shoreline configuration or of a gradually sloping the moon and the Earth, are only a few centimetres in the inshore bottom which reduces the reverse sub-surface flow. Great Lakes and are masked by larger fluctuations caused by 70 St. Lawrence River from Montréal to Lake meteorological disturbances. Ontario. — The water levels and flows in this part of the 66 Crustal uplift (isostatic rebound) since the last St. Lawrence River are controlled by dams. The series of glaciation may tilt the basin and/or change the elevation of dams near Coteau-Landing and the Beauharnois power dam the outlet channels and have a long-term effect on lake levels. control the level of Lac Saint-François; the Moses-Saunders 67 Superimposed on this annual cycle of water levels Power Dam at Massena–Cornwall controls the level of Lake and the multi-year fluctuation in supplies aremeteorological St. Lawrence; and the lock and control structures at Iroquois disturbances causing short-term fluctuations over time regulate the outflow from Lake Ontario. frames ranging from hours to days. If there is a difference in 71 Lake Ontario outflows have been controlled atmospheric pressure over a body of water, the water level since 1960. The basic regulated outflow is decided by a will be lower under the area of high pressure and higher under formula which gives outflow based on the lake’s water level the area of low pressure. In the absence of other forces, the and a supply indicator. A seasonal adjustment is applied to the water surface slopes to adjust to the differences in atmospheric basic regulated outflow, and this seasonally adjusted outflow pressure along the surface. is then checked against limitations and standards set by the 68 The term wind set-up refers to the slope of the water International Joint Commission. surface in the direction of the wind stress; the water level at the downwind end of the lake will rise. The difference in water level between the two ends of the lake depends on the length, Seiches shape and depth of the lake and the duration, direction and speed of the wind; the change in water level is greatest when 72 A seiche is the free oscillation of water in a closed a strong wind blows over a long, shallow lake for a long time. or semi-closed basin; it is frequently observed in harbours, 69 Storm surges are pronounced increases in the water bays, lakes and in almost any distinct basin of moderate size. level associated with the passage of storms. Although most of A seiche is usually started by meteorological disturbances, CHAPTER 4 4-15 Natural Conditions
then the water surges back and forth until the oscillation is speed and direction of wind-driven currents depend on the damped out by friction. The seiche period is the time from wind which creates them, they are difficult to predict, but peak to peak of the oscillation; it varies with the basin length in most cases the direction of wind-driven currents in open and depth. The main body of water may oscillate longitudin- water is up to 70° to the right of wind direction, and the rate ally or laterally at different periods, while the water in a bay or is 1 to 2 per cent of the wind speed. The surface current may harbour off the main body may oscillate at its own particular continue after the wind has dropped. seiche period. 81 The speed and direction of currents also depend on 73 Seiches generally last for only a few oscillations many factors such as the depth and shape of the lake, the dif- but may be frequently regenerated. The typical longitudinal ference in temperature between the air and the surface water, seiche period is about 5 hours for Lake Ontario with a range and the presence of layers of water of different temperatures. of 0.2 m (0.7 ft). The typical longitudinal seiche period is Currents are also generally stronger in the fall due to stronger about 14 hours for Lake Erie with a range of 2 m (7 ft). winds and the change in air–water temperature differences. 74 Water level fluctuations in Lake Ontario are not 82 With horizontal scales of hundreds of kilometres, as pronounced in range as those in the other Great Lakes due depth scales of 100 m (except Lake Erie) and well-developed to the smaller area with relatively deep water and the general seasonal thermal stratification, the major Great Lakes have symmetrical shape. many of the physical phenomena associated with the coastal 75 Because Lake Erie is the shallowest of the Great oceans and inland seas. The major physical difference is the Lakes and is aligned with the prevailing wind direction, water closed boundary, the shoreline of the Great Lakes. The earth’s levels in the harbours, particularly those near each end of the rotation (Coriolis force) and basin topography strongly af- lake, are subject to large changes. Westerly winds pile up the fect large-scale circulation [source for current information: water in Buffalo Harbor at the east end of the lake and increase “Thermal Structure and Circulation in the Great Lakes”, the depths in the Niagara River; easterly winds drive the water F. M. Boyce et al, Atmosphere-Oceans, 27 (4) 1989, 607‑642]. out of Buffalo Harbor and reduce the flow and depth of the 83 The major difference between the oceans and the Niagara River. Great Lakes is a consequence of fresh water having a max- 76 The reverse effect is observed at the west end of the imum density at 4°C, significantly above the freezing tem- lake, the maximum fluctuations being at Sandusky, Toledo, perature of 0°C. Overturning of the complete water column and at the mouth of the Detroit River. As noted above, water- thus occurs in the fall when the surface water cools to 4°C level differences from one end of the lake to the other of more and again in the spring when the surface water warms from than 5 m (16 ft) have been observed during storm conditions. freezing through the 4°C range. A weak, stable stratification The water level may fall below chart datum for several hours of the water column forms in the winter with water cooler during storms; this may be critical to navigation, particularly than 4°C (lower density) at the surface. In the early phase of in the shallow western basin of Lake Erie and in the Detroit warming in the spring, a band of water next to the shore is River where the water level may change at a rate of 0.3 m heated above 4°C while the central part of the lake remains at (1 ft) per hour. 4°C and a thermal bar is formed due to the density differences. 77 In Lake Huron and Georgian Bay, water level 84 The thermal bar may persist through June in Lakes fluctuations are greatest at the extremities of the lake and in Ontario and Huron–Michigan, and even longer on Lake bays off the lake. The latter condition is very pronounced at Superior, with surface water cooler than 4°C remaining over Port McNicoll, where strong easterly winds across Georgian the deepest portions of the lakes. Eventually the entire lake Bay can cause the water level to fall by as much as 0.9 m surface warms and becomes thermally stratified. The stability (3 ft) in one hour. of a layer of warm water floating on cool water restricts verti- 78 In the upper St. Marys River near the locks, the cal circulation and affects large-scale horizontal circulation. water level often fluctuates up to 0.3 m (1 ft) on a 2 to 3 hour 85 During the winter isothermal period, the lake circula- period, but during storm conditions, the water level may tions are driven by the wind. Because the Great Lakes gener- change rapidly, at a rate of over 0.6 m (2 ft) per hour. ally have smaller horizontal dimensions than the weather sys- 79 Water level fluctuations in Lake Superior are typ- tems passing over them, the wind stress is essentially uniform ically less than 0.3 m (1 ft). across the basin. Close to shore, wind drag is experienced all the way to the bottom; this water is accelerated in the direction of the along-shore component of the wind. Since the lakes Currents are closed basins there must be a return flow. The balancing return flow occurs in the middle of the basin, the circulation 80 Wind-driven currents are the main feature thus taking the form of a double gyre. Unlike the other major of surface circulation in the Great Lakes. Since the basins, the near-uniform depth of Lake Erie’s central basin 4-16 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
makes its circulation sensitive to the torque (curl) of the wind wind conditions. The currents farther offshore tend to turn stress. The wind-forced circulation of the central basin may through 360° over a period of about 18 hours. take the two-gyre form or it may be a single basin-wide gyre 91 The outflow of the Niagara River enters Lake Ontario in either direction, depending on the torque of the wind stress. at a rate of about 2 knots and slows to 0.4 knot about 3 miles 86 In the spring, as the water shoreward of the thermal offshore. Farther offshore the river current is absorbed by bar increases in temperature, the onshore–offshore pressure the lake current. The river discharge is generally deflected gradients created by the density difference tend to push eastward in response to lake currents and prevailing winds. the warm water offshore. The effect of the earth’s rotation Large eddies, 0.5 to 1 mile wide, sometimes form on the edges (Coriolis force) is to deflect this offshore flow and set up a of the river current as it flows into the lake. quasi-steady circulation with the warm water moving counter- 92 The general circulation of Lake Erie is usually west clockwise (Northern Hemisphere) and following the bottom to east. In the western basin, the discharge from the Detroit contours. Because of the stability of the air column above the River persists well out into the lake in a SE direction. The lake (cool water and warm air), wind stresses are reduced and surface currents continue eastward along the south shore, then this thermally driven horizontal circulation may persist for deflect northward along the west side of the Bass Islands and over a month. finally enter the main lake through Pelee Passage. There is also 87 During the summer stratified period, wind -blow a northerly flow along the Michigan coast and a clockwise ing over a lake will initially cause the warm surface layer gyre around Pelee Island. to slide downwind over an undisturbed thermocline (lower 93 The inflow from Pelee Passage continues SE towards layer). At the downwind shore, the warm water will force the south coast where it combines with the general eastward the thermocline down, and where the warm water moves flow of the central basin. offshore the thermocline must rise. Generally, the strongest 94 The eastward flow in Lake Erie also predomin- currents are found 0.6 to 6 miles offshore and are associated ates in the eastern basin, with surface currents converging with along-shore currents that move initially in the direction on the south shore and continuing along the coast towards of the component of the wind parallel to shore. Then, over the Niagara River. Within 3 miles of the Niagara River, the a time-scale measured in days, they reverse direction before hydraulic currents of the river predominate and a direct flow dying out. More than 6 miles offshore, the currents are more towards the river replaces the erratic, wind-driven currents. variable and in summer tend to rotate clockwise. Very close to 95 Lake Erie is comparatively shallow. Due to the trend shore, within the surf zone, along-shore currents are generated of its long axis, SW or NE gales quickly raise dangerous seas. by the breaking surface waves. Its water temperature fluctuates the most widely of all the 88 The above paragraphs describe the general horizontal Great Lakes, ranging from 0°C in the winter to about 24°C circulation in the Great Lakes. The inflow and outflow of the in late summer or fall. larger rivers, such as Niagara River, have a local effect on lake circulation. There may also be a hydraulic component of flow in shallow bays and narrows, caused by the difference in water Meteorological information level at the two ends of a channel. For example, currents of 2 to 3 knots have been observed at Little Current, in the North 96 Climate and weather conditions. — One familiar Channel of Lake Huron. feature of the climate of the Great Lakes basin is the variety 89 The following paragraphs give a general description of weather conditions on an almost day to day basis. This is of the usual surface currents in Lake Ontario and Lake Erie. due to the passage of pressure systems. It must be emphasized, however, that these patterns change 97 Weather systems. — Being near the continental cen- rapidly with local wind conditions. tre of North America, the Great Lakes area is the convergence 90 Surface currents in Lake Ontario are sensitive to point for air masses from the Arctic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, wind direction but generally move counter-clockwise at an western North America, Gulf of Mexico, and the Atlantic average rate of 0.1 knot. If a wind blows for long enough, Ocean; the clear skies usually associated with high pressure the surface layer tends to follow the wind direction. Within systems are interrupted every few days by the passage of low about 6 miles of shore the current tends to flow in the direc- pressure systems, with overcast skies and precipitation. These tion of the along-shore component of the wind; in general, the rapid and marked weather changes occur year round. currents flow in one along-shore direction for three to eight 98 Areas of low pressure originating over western North days, then reverse over a period of 12 to 24 hours and flow America and the Pacific Ocean follow several preferred tracks in the opposite along-shore direction for several days. One across the continent, with the storms moving eastward and of these directions is usually dominant because of prevailing swinging NE when they reach the Great Lakes. CHAPTER 4 4-17 Natural Conditions
99 Severe weather is more common in late fall and early a surface area of 246,000 km2, the lakes act as a vast reservoir winter because large intense storms require the energy that is for the storage of heat energy and its later exchange with the then available from the sharper contrasts between the polar atmosphere. About 20 per cent of all storms that cross the air and the tropical air. Another factor is the large amount of basin during the period of cooling (September to March) have extra heat energy and moisture from the relatively warm open their beginnings within the Great Lakes’ borders. waters of the Great Lakes. 107 Because of its immense size, a volume of 12,221 km3, 100 The usual sequence of changing weather conditions Lake Superior dominates the climate around it. The influence associated with the passage of a low pressure area depends on of the lake shows in several ways such as moderation of tem- the location of the observer relative to the track of the centre. perature, increase or reduction of precipitation, formation of In the Great Lakes area, most storm centres pass north of the fog, and increased wind strength. observer from west to east, in which case the approach of the 108 Climatological influences are not confined just to low is indicated by falling barometric pressure, a wind shift to the immediate area; Lake Superior profoundly affects the the south or SE, a gradually lowering cloud level, and drizzle, climate of the entire Great Lakes system, intensifying storms rain or snow. The wind veers more to the SW at the warm and modifying air masses before they reach the lower lakes. front, and precipitation diminishes as the temperature rises. 109 Winds. — The frequency distribution of winds 101 The passage of the warm sector of the low pressure by speed class and direction is mainly due to the passage area is marked by steadier temperatures and pressure, with of weather systems and local exposure. Regional winds are clear or partly cloudy skies and some haze or fog. The passage generally strongest in early spring. The stronger winds of of the cold front is generally marked by the approach from winter are associated with increased cyclonic activity and the west of a bank of convective clouds, a rapid veering of less surface retardation since the land is either snow covered the wind to the west or NW, and sometimes sudden squalls, or thawing with little vegetative growth. heavy showers and thunderstorms. After the passage of the 110 In general, winds on the open lakes are stronger than cold front the barometer rises rapidly, usually with clearing those recorded at shore stations bordering the lakes. This is due weather and a drop in temperature. primarily to differences in surface friction between land and 102 For an observer north of the track of the centre of the water and to the stability of the atmosphere as influenced by weather system, the changes in the weather are not as rapid air–water temperature differences. Over-lake winds on Lake nor as distinctive, and the winds ahead of the low “back” Ontario are generally 30 per cent stronger than land winds in gradually from east through north to NW. The weather condi- the summer and nearly 100 per cent stronger in the winter. In tions also vary more gradually from those found ahead of the using over-land winds to arrive at an over-water equivalent, warm front to those behind the cold front. a number of controlling factors must be considered including 103 The most severe storms usually come from a SW or air–water temperature contrast, over-water fetch, and wind west direction, but such storms are less frequent in summer strength. months. Storms approaching from the west or NW are gener- 111 The effects of high winds are generally more serious ally less severe, rarely producing severe gales. when the winds blow along the length of a body of water for 104 Another source area for storms in the Great Lakes a considerable length of time. Islands offer some shelter and area is western Canada. The so-called Alberta lows occur in help reduce the wind force and but may cause local gusty all seasons, varying from a high frequency of 40 per cent in winds. In addition, a constriction at the down-wind end of October to a low of 25 per cent in April. These lows enter the lake can cause a funnelling effect and an increase in wind the basin usually from the west and NW and are relatively strength and wind effects. weak; they rarely produce gales or damage on the lakes but 112 As well as winds generated by major weather pat- occasionally one will intensify with winds of up to 60 knots. terns, small craft will be affected by the lighter on-shore and 105 A few severe Great Lakes’ storms have been of trop- off-shore breezes. These lighter winds are caused bythe ical origin. These storms are, however, very rare and usually temperature differences over the land and the lake; as the lose their tropical characteristics by the time they reach the sun warms the land an on-shore breeze will develop, then in lakes. The tropical storms which have been most severe on the evening as the land cools the breeze will blow off-shore the Great Lakes were those modified and re-intensified by towards the warmer body of lake water. the energy processes which form the cyclonic storms of the 113 These lake and land breezes provide a welcome re- middle latitudes. This type of storm generally occurs only in minder of the lacustrine climate of the Great Lakes. Besides the fall months. providing relief from summer heat, lake breezes affect cloud 106 The mere presence of the Great Lakes provides the amount, evaporation, currents, air diffusion and fumigation, necessary energy sources for generating severe storms (area and may be important in influencing summer precipitation. of cyclogenesis). With a volume of 22,700 km3 exposed over Half of all summer days over the Great Lakes have light 4-18 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
on-shore winds with features characteristic of the lake breeze. 121 Mean monthly temperatures over mid Lake Ontario The frequency of land breezes at night and lake breezes during range from a high of 20°C in August to a low of ‑4°C in the day is similar in spring and summer. February. The average daily maximum and minimum tem- 114 Strong gusty winds associated with thunderstorms peratures are 23°C and 17°C in August, and 1°C and ‑7°C occur for brief periods primarily during the summer season. in February. Mean monthly temperatures over mid Lake Operators of small craft, particularly on the more open bodies Erie range from a high of 21°C in August to a low of ‑4°C of water, should be ready to head for shelter when thunder- in February (near Long Point, Ontario). The average daily storms are expected. maximum and minimum temperatures are 25°C and 17°C in 115 Tornadoes are rare in southern Ontario, but two or July, and 0°C and ‑9°C in February. three tornadoes per year are likely to cause damage somewhere 122 Weather observations taken by ships on Georgian in the area of the Great Lakes. Tornadoes are generally associ- Bay — mostly in daytime — report water temperatures on ated with thunderstorms or other unsettled weather conditions average 3 to 5°C cooler than air temperatures in the spring, and usually occur between May and October, and most often and 5 to 7°C warmer than air temperatures at the beginning in the late afternoon. of winter. 116 Waterspouts are funnels extending from low cloud 123 The annual range of surface water temperature for bases and are not necessarily associated with thunderstorms. Lake Superior between the warmest month (September) and ° Although fairly rare, they may be encountered from late spring the coolest month (February or March) is only 10 C because to early fall; they occur on cool cloudy days when the water Lake Superior is two to four times as effective in moderating is warmer than the air. They tend to last only a few minutes over-lake air temperatures as Lake Ontario. but are a real hazard for small craft. 124 Summer temperatures around the Great Lakes are reduced either by lake breezes or by the prevailing winds 117 Temperature. — Mean monthly temperatures on blowing from the lakes. A general lake effect is the moderation the St. Lawrence River at Cornwall range from a high of of the extremes of temperature over the lakes and downwind 21°C in July to a low of ‑9°C in January. The average daily of the lakes. For instance, there are generally twice as many maximum and minimum temperatures are 27°C and 15°C in days with temperatures of 32°C on the upwind side of lakes July, and ‑5°C and ‑14°C in January. Spring is late and cool as there are downwind, and also more days with temperatures along the St. Lawrence River, being delayed until the snow and below 0°C. The average maximum summer temperature at an ice melt, after which the temperature often rises quickly and island in Lake Ontario is 5°C lower than the upwind land tem- occasionally reaches 26°C to 30°C. Changes in temperature perature, but the over-lake minimum average air temperature can be large and sudden. is 0 to 1°C higher. The average maximum summer temperature 118 Being near the centre of North America, the Great at an island in Lake Superior is 11°C cooler than the upwind Lakes basin is considered to have a continental climate though land temperature, but the difference between over-lake and the lakes are large enough to simulate a marine climate over over-land minimum average air temperatures in summer is the water and on the nearby land. Beginning in the spring less than 2°C. when air temperatures at land stations rise, locations along 125 Humidity is higher near the lakes in summer, autumn the shore may, for a few weeks, be colder than areas farther and winter, but from April to July vapour pressures, along with away from the ice-covered lakes. Such conditions end when temperatures, are lower near the lakes. There appears to be a the ice melts and the lake waters begin to warm. somewhat smaller variation in vapour pressure near the lakes 119 The modifying effect of the lakes is particularly than at stations inland. In winter, the effect of open water is noticeable when cold air masses arrive in late fall and winter; to increase the moisture content of downwind locations by the Great Lakes then release large quantities of heat energy 20 per cent. Lake Erie, with its high probability of ice cover, to the overlying air. This continues through the deep winter is less effective as a source of moisture. months, with the lakes continuing to lose heat but remaining 126 In the spring, air–water temperature differences of warmer than the overlying air. less than 3°C reduce the supply of moisture from the lakes 120 The annual temperature range of surface water is to downwind locations. From April to late June, when lake only half that of the air, partly due to its lower limit of 0°C. temperatures are 4 to 8°C cooler than mean air temperatures, During autumn and winter, the surface water is usually warmer the lakes cause a slight lowering in atmospheric humidity than the air due to the transfer of heat upward from warmer, due to less evaporation. In fact, condensation occurs on the deeper waters. In the spring, relatively cold sub-surface water lake surfaces in significant quantities in the spring and early keeps the surface water near freezing. The surface waters summer. It has been estimated, for example, that more than have warmed to their maximum by September, which is two 25 mm of water vapour condenses on Lake Erie in an average months later than over-land air temperatures. April, about half that amount over Lake Ontario, and more CHAPTER 4 4-19 Natural Conditions
than 83 mm of water vapour condenses on Lake Superior in an average July. Beginning in July — September over Lake Superior — the thermal contrasts increase atmospheric moisture downwind of the lakes. During October, the lakes are important sources of moisture, increasing humidities at downwind stations by 5 to 15 per cent. 127 Precipitation. — One of the characteristics of the climate of the Great Lakes is the lack of any marked season- ality of precipitation. Lake-effect snowfalls originating from open-water sources in the late fall and winter, and fewer convective showers during the warm season, are contrasting phenomena which balance out the seasonal precipitation differences. Annual precipitation for individual lake basins increases from west to east across the Great Lakes; Lake Superior averages 785 mm, Lake Michigan 800 mm, Lake Huron 813 mm, Lake Erie 845 mm and Lake Ontario 863 mm. 128 Whether more or less precipitation falls directly on the lakes than on the land basin is a matter of controversy among researchers studying over-lake precipitation. This is an important point because over-lake precipitation represents a large and immediate supply of water to the Great Lakes system. Accurate daily, monthly and seasonal measurements of precipitation on the lakes, which is about one-third of the total basin, are not available. 129 Several studies of over-lake precipitation using island Ontario, in the SW part of the basin; this is the area with the rain-gauge data and radar data have shown that lake rainfall, highest frequency of tropical air, 35 per cent of all July days. as compared with land basin rainfall, is generally less in the 134 Fog. — The principal cause of fog on the Great summer, when the cooler lakes act to stabilize conditions, and Lakes, in addition to the varying moisture content of the more in the winter and fall, when the lakes add moisture and particular air mass, is a temperature difference between the heat to enhance over-lake instability. lake water and the overlying atmosphere. In spring and early 130 The average annual precipitation over the lakes is 6 per cent less than over the surrounding basin. In the sum- summer the lakes are slow to lose their winter chill but the mer it is 10 to 20 per cent less, but this is partly offset by a surrounding land is rapidly becoming warmer. The water is similar percentage increase in the cold season but over less then generally colder than the air and conditions are favourable of the water surface. for the appearance of advection fog, which occurs when warm 131 Early and late season navigation may be severely land breezes blow across a comparatively cold lake surface; hampered for limited times by freezing precipitation and the warm air may be cooled to its dew-point and produce fog. freezing spray conditions. 135 Along the NW shores of the lakes, cold water brought 132 Thunderstorms. — The lakes affect the occurrence to the surface by upwelling can create fog by coming in con- of thunderstorms. Lake Michigan reduces thunderstorm tact with overlying warm air. This fog may then move inland. activity by 20 per cent in summer but increases the number Advection fog is thus prevalent everywhere, especially in of thunderstorms in autumn by 50 per cent. During daylight spring and early summer. hours the lakes suppress air mass convective activity, but at 136 Radiation fog, which is produced by cooling of the night they enhance frontal thunderstorms. Lake waters are lower atmosphere, often appears in early morning under near cooler than the overlying air on spring and summer days, thus calm conditions. This type of fog is less frequent over the inhibiting air-mass convection. During summer nights and lakes than over the land because the diurnal cycle of water autumn days the lakes may be expected to increase convection surface temperature has a much smaller range than that of by adding heat and moisture to the atmosphere. land surface temperature. 133 The number of days with thunderstorms varies dur- 137 Steam fog, or sea smoke as it is known over the ing the year from a low of zero in winter to a high of 6 days oceans, forms when intense evaporation takes place at tem- a month from May through September. The greatest annual peratures near or below ‑18°C into cold dry air. It may be total, of 40 to 45 thunderstorm-days a year, occurs near Sarnia, observed in late autumn and winter over the Great Lakes. 4-20 CEN 300 General Information — Great Lakes
138 The number of days with fog on the Great Lakes information on weather services for the Great Lakes area does not vary much over the year; there are usually 2 to 4 days offered by Environment Canada, by the Canadian Coast each month with fog (visibility less than 1 km) during at least Guard, and by the U.S. National Weather Service. It also lists part of a 24‑hour period. The annual average is 27 days at the electronic bulletin boards maintained at various strategic Kingston, 30 at Trenton, 35 at Toronto, 44 at Simcoe, 37 at locations. The folder also explains the MAFOR code and lists Windsor, 46 at Wiarton, and 34 at Thunder Bay. selected weather reporting sites. The folder is available free 139 Weather reports. — Marine weather reports are of charge from Environment Canada, Port Meteorological broadcast continuously on VHF Channel 21B or 83B by Office, 100 East Port Boulevard, Hamilton, Ontario L8H 7S4, all Canadian Coast Guard MCTS Centres. These reports tel: (905) 312‑0900, Fax: (905) 312‑0730. include marine area forecasts in both MAFOR code and plain 142 Observed weather data. — Because ships are language, Near Shore forecasts for small craft, and reported encouraged to record weather observations, more and more weather at selected sites. weather data is available; there is now enough data to esta- 140 Marine weather forecasts and weather warnings are also broadcast continuously by Environment Canada from blish climatology of the lakes. For detailed climatological dedicated Weatheradio Canada transmitter stations around analyses of the data over the lakes, consult the Great Lakes the Great Lakes area. These broadcasts are on special VHF Climatological Atlas and the Great Lakes Marine Weather “weather” frequencies; reception can generally be expected Guide, which are also published by Environment Canada, within 33 to 66 miles of the transmitters. Ontario Region. 141 Marine weather information. — A brochure 143 Note. — Tables of selected meteorological informa- entitled Marine Weather Services is published each year by tion for a few local stations are included in Sailing Directions Environment Canada, Ontario Region. This brochure gives publications. Sail Plan Adapted from Transport Canada Publication TP 511E. Fill out a sail plan for every boating trip you take and file it with a responsible person. Upon arrival at your destination, be sure to close (or deactivate) the sail plan. Forgetting to do so can result in an unwarranted search for you.
Sail Plan APPENDICES Owner Information
Name:______Address:______Telephone Number:______Emergency Contact Number:______
Boat Information
Boat Name:______Licence or Registration Number:______Sail:______Power:______Length:______Type:______Colour Hull:______Deck:______Cabin:______Engine Type:______Distinguishing Features:______
Communications
Radio Channels Monitored: HF: VHF: MF: MMSI (Maritime Mobile Service Identity) Number:______Satellite or Cellular Telephone Number:______
Safety Equipment on Board
Lifejackets and PFD’s (include number):______Liferafts (include type and colour):______Dinghy or Small Boat (include colour):______Flares (include number and type):______Other Safety Equipment:______
Trip Details — Update These Details Every Trip
Date of Departure:______Time of Departure:______Leaving From:______Heading To:______Proposed Route:______Estimated Date and Stopover Points (include date and time):___ Time of Arrival:______Number of People on Board:______
Search and Rescue Telephone Number:______A-1 The responsible person should contact the nearest Joint Rescue Coordination Centre (JRCC) or Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre (MRSC) if the vessel becomes overdue. Act smart and call early in case of emergency. The sooner you call, the sooner help will arrive. JRCC Victoria (British Columbia and Yukon) 1-800-567-5111 +1-250-413-8933 (Satellite, Local or out of area) # 727 (Cellular) +1-250-413-8932 (fax) [email protected] (Email) APPENDICES JRCC Trenton (Great Lakes and Arctic) 1-800-267-7270 +1-613-965-3870 (Satellite, Local or Out of Area) +1-613-965-7279 (fax) [email protected] (Email) MRSC Québec (Quebec Region) 1-800-463-4393 +1-418-648-3599 (Satellite, Local or out of area) +1-418-648-3614 (fax) [email protected] (Email) JRCC Halifax (Maritimes Region) 1-800-565-1582 +1-902-427-8200 (Satellite, Local or out of area) +1-902-427-2114 (fax) [email protected] (Email) MRSC St. John’s (Newfoundland and Labrador Region) 1-800-563-2444 +1-709-772-5151 (Satellite, Local or out of area) +1-709-772-2224 (fax) [email protected] (Email) MCTS Sail Plan Service Marine Communications and Traffic Services Centres provide a sail plan processing and alerting service. Mariners are encouraged to file Sail Plans with a responsible person. In circumstances where this is not possible, Sail Plans may be filed with any MCTS Centre by telephone or marine radio only. Should a vessel on a Sail Plan fail to arrive at its destination as expected, procedures will be initiated which may escalate to a full search and rescue effort. Participation in this program is voluntary. See Canadian Radio Aids to Marine Navigation.
A-2 APPENDICES
A-3
Aids to navigation, C1/P102 Georgian Bay, C3/P73 Ontario, Lake, C4/P39 Aids to navigation in winter, C1/P17 Georgian Bay, C4/P45 Oshawa Harbour, C3/P81
Airborne liferaft, C1/P185 Goderich, C3/P88 Overhead clearances, C1/P86 INDEX Aircraft signals, C1/P187 Government, C3/P17 Owen Sound, C3/P89 AMVER, C1/P197 GPS, C1/P145 Annual Edition of Notices to Great Lakes Pilotage Parry Sound, C3/P93 Mariners, C1/P35 Regulations, C2/P36 Pilotage, C1/P147 Approach Charts, C1/P42 Police, C3/P112 Aquaculture, C1/P14 Hamilton, C3/P83 Pollutant Discharge Reporting Regulations, 1995, C2/P10.1 Atlases of Tidal Currents, C1/P31 Harbour Charts, C1/P42 Hazard buoys, C1/P116 Pollution regulations, C2/P50 Port Colborne, C3/P85 allast Water Control and Helicopter evacuation, C1/P186 B Port McNicoll, C3/P92 Management Regulations, C2/P12 Holidays, C3/P26 Ports of entry, C3/P107 Border crossing information, C3/P104 Humidity, C4/P125 Port Weller, C3/P84 Buoyage, C1/P109 Hunting and Fishing Regulations, C2/P27 Huron, Lake, C3/P71 Precipitation, C4/P127 Buoy numbering, C1/P119 Prescott, C3/P80 Buoys, C1/P105 Huron, Lake, C4/P10 Huron, Lake, C4/P45 Protection of submarine cables, C2/P19 Hypothermia, C1/P206 Cables, C1/P85 Quarantine reporting Canada, C3/P1 ce, C4/P24 requirements, C2/P37 Canadian Aids to I Quebec, C3/P31 Navigation System, C1/P34 Ice coverage, C4/P28 Ice in St. Lawrence River above Canadian Coast Guard, C1/P158 adar beacons (Racons), C1/P127 Québec, C4/P34 R Canadian ice advisory service, C1/P18 Radar reflectors, C1/P125 Ice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, C4/P33 Canadian Marine Radar reflectors, C1/P190 Ice Navigation in Rescue Auxiliary, C1/P184 Radar reflectors, C2/P49 Canadian Waters, C1/P38 Canal Regulations, C2/P46 Radio, C1/P167 IGLD 1985, C1/P64 Cardinal buoys, C1/P112 Radio Aids to Marine Navigation, C1/P33 Indian Act, C2/P28 Catalogues of Nautical Charts and Radio distress communications, C1/P169 International Regulations for Preventing Related Publications, C1/P25 Radio medical advice, C1/P174 Collisions at Sea, 1972, C2/P4 Chart 1, C1/P27 Range daymarks, C1/P103 Isolated danger buoys, C1/P111.1 Chart datum, C1/P61 Red Rock, C3/P96 Charting, C1/P55 Regulations for small craft, C2/P44 ateral buoys, C1/P111 Charts, C1/P40 L Regulations for the Prevention of Lateral System of buoyage, C1/P110 Charts, General, C1/P42 Pollution from Ships and for Legal System, C3/P15 Charts, Harbour, C1/P42 Dangerous Chemicals, C2/P10 Limits of booklet, C1/P1 Climate and weather conditions, C4/P96 Repairs, C3/P102 List of Lights, Buoys and Reporting dangers, C1/P3 Coastal Charts, C1/P42 Fog Signals, C1/P32 Cold water survival, C1/P198 List of ports, C3/P78 Sailing Charts, C1/P42 Collingwood, C3/P90 Little Current, C3/P94 Collision regulations, C2/P4 Sailing Directions, C1/P28 Sailing Plan, C1/P196 Collision regulations, C2/P45 Magnetic anomalies, C4/P18 Compass adjustment, C3/P101 St. Clair, Lake, C3/P69 Magnetic variation, C1/P81 St. Clair, Lake, C4/P43 Constitution, C3/P6 Marine Communications and Traffic Consulates, C3/P30 St. Clair Flats, C3/P70 Services, C1/P7 St. Clair River, C3/P70 Control buoys, C1/P115 Marine weather information, C4/P141 St. Lawrence River and Great Lakes Criminal Code, C2/P6 Metric charts, C1/P57 system, C3/P44 Currency, C3/P24 Michigan, Lake, C3/P71 St. Lawrence Seaway traffic control Currents, C4/P80 Michigan, Lake, C4/P46 system, C1/P6 Customs, C3/P105 Midland, C3/P91 St. Marys River, C4/P47 Migratory bird sanctuaries, C2/P35 St. Marys River Vessel Traffic Daybeacons, C1/P121 Monthly Edition of Notices to Service, C1/P11 Daylight Saving Time, C3/P29 Mariners, C1/P36 Sarnia, C3/P87 Detroit River, C3/P68 Montréal to Lake Ontario, C3/P54 Sault Ste. Marie, C3/P95 Disposal at Sea Regulations, C2/P16 Search and rescue, C1/P180 Distress Message, C1/P171 Natural Scale, C1/P42 Seaway Handbook, C2/P39 Nautical Charts, C1/P26 Seaway Regulations, C2/P39 Emergency lights, C1/P122 Nautical publications, C1/P24 Seiches, C4/P72 Emergency Position Indicating Radio- NAVSTAR Global Positioning Sewage regulations, C2/P51 beacons (EPIRB), C1/P195 System, C1/P145 Shipping Casualties Reporting Erie, Lake, C3/P64 North Channel of Lake Huron, C3/P74 Regulations, C2/P9 Erie, Lake, C4/P9 Notices to Shipping, C1/P37 Ship routing systems, C1/P4 Erie, Lake, C4/P41 Ships sanitation control, C3/P100 Official languages, C3/P14 Ship-to-air distress signal, C1/P192 Fishing vessels, C1/P12 Ontario, C3/P36 Small Craft Charts, C1/P42 Fog, C4/P134 Ontario, Lake, C3/P59 Small Craft Guides, C1/P29 Fuel, C3/P99 Ontario, Lake, C4/P8 Small Vessel Regulations, C2/P47 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph I-1 Sound signals, C1/P120 Temperature, C4/P117 Water, C3/P98 South Channel, C3/P70 Territorial sea and fishing zones, C2/P5 Water level information, C1/P94 INDEX Special purpose buoys, C1/P113 Thunder Bay, Port of, C3/P97 Water levels, C4/P50 Thunderstorms, C4/P132 Waterspouts, C4/P116 Speed regulations, C2/P48 Weather reports, C4/P139 Tide and Current Tables, C1/P30 Standard time, C3/P28 Weather systems, C4/P97 Time zone, C3/P28 Submarine cables, C1/P90 Weights and measures, C3/P25 Tornadoes, C4/P115 Welland Canal, C3/P62 Superior, Lake, C3/P75 Toronto, C3/P82 Winds, C4/P109 Superior, Lake, C4/P13 Windsor, C3/P86 Superior, Lake, C4/P48 Urgency Message, C1/P172 Winter navigation, C1/P15
I-2 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph Abbott Island — D Amberley Beach — A Ashiganshing (Indian Dock) Aberdeen Island — D Amedroz Island — A Point — A, D Abigail Island — A Amelia Rock — A Ash Island — CEN 301 Abino Bay — CEN 303 American Camp Island — A, D Asia Rocks — A Abino, Point — CEN 303 American Eagle Shoal — CEN 303 Askins Point — CEN 304 Ab Island — A, D American Island — CEN 301 Astounder Island — CEN 301 Ab Shoal — A, D American Narrows Asylum Point — A, D Acadia Rock (Lake Superior) — A (Upper Narrows) — CEN 301 Athabasca Rock — A, D Acadia Rock (North Channel) — A Amethyst Bay — A Atherley — C Adams Lake — B Amethyst Harbour — A Athol Bay — CEN 302 Adams Point — A Amherst Bar — CEN 302 Atlantic Rock — A Addington Bank — D Amherst Bay — CEN 302 Atocas, Baie des — B Adelaide Island — CEN 301 Amherstburg — CEN 304 Aubrey Island — CEN 301 Admiralty Islands — CEN 301 Amherstburg Channel — CEN 304 Augusta Rock — A Adolphus Reach — CEN 302 Amherstburg Harbour — CEN 304 Ault Island — CEN 301 Adolphustown — CEN 302 Amherstburg Reach — CEN 304 Ausable River — A Advance Island — A Amherst Island — CEN 302 Ava Island — A, D Advance Reef — A Amherstview — CEN 302 Avis Ground — A Africa Rock — A Amygdaloid Channel — A Ayekwadinak Hill (The Spur) — A, D Agate Cove — A Amygdaloid Island — A Aylmer — B Agate Island (Nipigon Bay) — A Amyot Rocks — A Aylmer Island — B Ayre Shoal — A Agate Island (St. Joseph Channel) — A Anchor Bay — CEN 304 Azov Ledges — A, D Agate Point — A Anchor Island (McBean Harbour) — A Agawa Bay — A Anchor Island (Shawanaga Inlet) — D aby Point — CEN 304 Agawa Islands — A Anchor Island (West Grant Island) — A B Baby Trout Island — B Agawa River — A Anchor Rock — A Bacchus Island — B Agawa Rock — A Ancona Point — C Bachand Island — A Aikens Island — A Anderson Island — A Back Cove — A Ainslie Shoal — A Anderson Ledge — A Bacon Island (Mackenzie Bay) — A Aird Bay — A Anderson, Point — A
Bacon Island (North Channel) — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Aird Island — A Anderson Shoal — CEN 302 Badgeley Island — A, D Angelica Island — A Ajax Island — D Badgeley Point — A, D Anglais, Pointe aux — B Ajax Rock — D Badgeley Rocks — A, D Anglin Bay — B, CEN 301 Alberta Rock — A, D Bad Neighbour Rock — A Anguros Island — A Albert Channel — A, D Bad River Channel — A, D Angus Islands — A Albert Islands — A Bad River Point — D Anker Pint Islet — D Alec Clark Rock — A, D Bagot Rock — D Annie Rock — A, D Alert Point — A Bailey Rock — A Alexander Bay — D Ann Long Bank — A, D Bain Rock — A Alexander Island — D Anorthite Islet — A Baird Point (Ottawa River) — B Alexander Passage — D Anse de Vaudreuil — B Baird Point, N.Y. — CEN 302 Alexander, Point — B Antelope Rock — A Bait Island — CEN 303 Alexander Reef (Cape Gargantua) — A Antler Point — B Baker Group — A Alexander Reef (Flatland Island) — A Apostle Island — A, D Baker Island — CEN 302 Alexander Rock — A Arabella Island — CEN 301 Baker Point — A Alexandria Bay, N.Y. — CEN 301 Arabian Rock — A Baker Rock — A Alexandria, Point — CEN 301 Araxes Bank — A Baker’s Bay — A Alfred Bank — A Arbutus Rock — A Bakewell Rock — A Alfred Island — A Archibald Island — A Bald Head (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Algoma — A Ardiluan Island — D Bald Head (Lake Superior) — A Algoma Mills — A Ariel Island — A Bald Head Beach — CEN 302 Algonac, Mich. — CEN 304 Ariel Rock — A Baldhead Channel — CEN 302 Alice Island (Georgian Bay) — D Armour Harbour — A Bald Head Island — CEN 302 Alice Island (St. Joseph Channel) — A Armour Island (Nipigon Bay) — A Baldhead River — A Alicia Rock — A Armour Island (North Channel) — A Bald Island — A, D Allanburg — CEN 303 Armstrong Rock — A Bald Rock (McBean Channel) — A Allan Otty Shoal — CEN 302 Armstrong Rocks — D Bald Rock (Ottawa River) — B Allen Rocks — D Arno Island — A Bald Rock (Thessalon) — A Allens Point — CEN 302 Arnold Point — A Bald Rocks — E Allouez Island — A Arnold Rock — A Ballards Reef Channel — CEN 304 Allumettes, Lac des — B Arnprior — B Ballast Island — CEN 303 Almos Shoal — A Arnprior Island — B Ball Island — A, D Aloma Island — A Arthur Island (Georgian Bay) — D Balmy Beach — CEN 302 Alona Bay — A Arthur Island (Lake Superior) — A Balsam Lake — C Alves Point — A Arthur Orr Rock — A Bamageseck Bay — A Alwin Rock — D Ashbridges Bay — CEN 302 Bamford Island — A Amanda Island — D Ashburnham lock — C Band Island — D Ambassador Bridge — CEN 304 Ashburton Bay — A Bands Island — D GI-1 Banford Point — CEN 301 Battures Green — B Beaverton River — C Banshee Rock — A Battures Way — B Becketts Landing — B Baptême, Pointe au — B Bayard Island — A Beckie Island — A Baptiste Creek — CEN 304 Bayard Reef — A Beckwith Island — A Baptist Harbour — A Bayfield — A, D Bedford Harbour — A Baptist Island — A Bayfield Channel — A Bedford Island — A Baptist Rock — A Bayfield Dike — A Bedford Island Reef — A Barbara Bank — A Bayfield Inlet — D Bedores Creek — B Barbed Point — A Bayfield Island — CEN 301 Beef Island — A Barclay Island — D Bayfield Reef — A, D Beer Point — A Barclay Islands (Bruneau Point) — A Bayfield River — A Beer Rock — A Barclay Islands (McKellar Harbour) — A Bayfield Rock — A Beetle Point — A Barcovan Beach — CEN 302 Bayfield Shoal — CEN 301 Beeton Point — A Bare Point — A Bayfield Sound — A Begley Rocks — D Bare Summit — A Bayfield Wharves — D Bekanon Island — D Bar Island — A, D Bayly Point — A Belanger Point — A Barnard Bank — D Bay of Islands — A Belcher Reef — A Barney Rock — A Bay of Quinte — CEN 302 Belcher Rock — A Barnhart Island — CEN 301 Bay Point — CEN 304 Belford Island — A Bar Point — CEN 303 Bay State Shoal — CEN 301 Belize Rock — A Barrel Point — D Bayview Point — A Bellavista Island — D Barren Island — A Beach Point — A Bell Cove — A Barrets Range Rock — A Beach Point Flat — A Belleau Island — A Barrett Bank — A Beach Strip — CEN 302 Belle Bay — A, D Barrett Bay — CEN 301 Beachy Cove — A Belle Island — A Barrett Island — A Beacon Island — E Belle Isle — CEN 304 Barrett Reef — A Beaconsfield — CEN 301 Belle River — CEN 304 Barrie — C Bead Island — A Belle Rock — A Barrie Island — A Bead Island Channel — A Belleville — CEN 302 Barrier Island — A Beament Island — A Bellevue, Île — CEN 301
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Barr Island — A Beament Island Passage — A Bellevue Island — A Barr Island Harbour — A Bear Creek — E Bell Ewart — C Barrow Bay — A Beardrop Harbour — A Bell Point — A Barr Reef — A Bear Point (Ottawa River) — B Bell Reef — CEN 303 Barry Point — CEN 302 Bear Point (Wolfe Island) — CEN 302 Bells Point — CEN 302 Barry’s Channel — A Bears Back Island — A Ben Back Shoal — A Bar, The — A Bears Back Shoal — A Benjamin Islands — A Bartlett Point (Lake Huron, Bears Rump Island — A Benjamin’s Point — A North Channel) — A Bears Rump Shoal — A Bennet Bank — A Bartlett Point Beatrice Bank — A Bennett Island — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Beatty Bay — A Bensfort Bridge — C Barto Island — D Beatty Cove — A Benson Creek — B Barwis Rock — A Beatty Point — B Benson Lake — B Bas-Fonds Port Lewis — CEN 301 Beaucage Point — E Bent Island — A Baskin’s Beach — B Beaudette, Pointe — CEN 301 Bentley Rock — A Bass Bay — A Beaudry Point — A Bent Tree Island — D Bassett Channel — CEN 304 Beaufort Island — A Berdans Shoal — CEN 302 Bassett Island Beaufort Reef — A Beresford Island — A (Lake St. Clair) — CEN 304 Beauharnois — CEN 301 Bergeron Point — A Bassett Island (Turnbull Passage) — A Beauharnois, Canal de — CEN 301 Bergie Point — A, D Bassett Rock — A Beaumont Point — A Bergin Rock — A Bass Group — A Beaupre Island — B Bernadette Island — D Bass Island — CEN 302 Beaurivage Island — CEN 301 Bernard Rock — A, D Batawa lock — C Beausoleil Bay — D Bernice Island — D Batchawana Bay — A Beausoleil Island — A, D Bernyk Island — D Batchawana Island — A Beausoleil Point — A, D Berry Island — E Batchawana River — A Beauty Island (Little Current) — A, D Berrypicker Rock — A Bateau Channel — CEN 301 Beauty Island (South Channel) — D Bertie Bay — CEN 303 Bateau Island — A Beauvier Point — A Bertrand H. Snell Lock — CEN 301 Bateau Rock — A Beaver Island — D Bests Point — B Bath — CEN 302 Beaver Island (Isle Royale) — A Beveridge Bay — B Bather Island — D Beaver Island (Prince Bay) — A Beveridges locks — B Bath Islands — A, D Beaver Island (Sheguiandah Bay) — A Beverly Island — A Bath Point — CEN 302 Beaver Island Bank — A, D Bewdley — C Battery Bluff — A Beaver Island Harbour — A, D Big Bald Lake — C Battery Bluff Anchorage — A Beaver River — A Big Bar Shoal — CEN 302 Battle Island — A Beaver Rock — A Big Bay (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Batture Island — A Beaverstone Bay — A, D Big Bay (Georgian Bay) — A Battures du Corbeau — B Beaverton Harbour — C Big Bay (North Keppel) — A GI-2 Big Bay Point — C Black Charlie Island — CEN 301 Bluff Point (Long Point, Big Bluff Point — A Black Creek (Niagara River) — CEN 303 Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Big Bob Channel — C Black Creek (Port Dover) — CEN 303 Bluff, The — CEN 302 Big Burnt Island Black Creek (Prince Edward Boardman Rock — A (Alexander Passage) — D County) — CEN 302 Boars, The — A Big Burnt Island Black Creek, Mich. — CEN 304 Boat Channel — CEN 301 (Manitoulin Island) — A, D Blackhead Island — B Boat Cove — A Big Cedar Point — C Black Island — A Boat Harbour (Melville Sound) — A Big Chicken Island — CEN 303 Black (Green) Point — A Boat Harbour (North Channel) — A Big Chute — C Black Point (Little Lake George) — A Boathouse Bay — A Big Creek — CEN 303 Black Point (Ottawa River) — B Boat Passage — A, D Big David Bay — D Black Rapids Creek — B Boat Rock — A, D Big Dog Channel — D Black Rapids lock — B Bobcaygeon — C Big Gap — CEN 302 Black River (Lake Simcoe) — C Bobcaygeon lock — C Biggar Rock — A Black River Bay, N.Y. — CEN 302 Bob-Lo Island — CEN 304 Bighead River — A Black River Canal — A Bobs Point — A, D Big Island (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Black River, Mich. — CEN 304 Bogardus Island — CEN 301 Big Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Black River, N.Y. — CEN 302 Bogart Island — D Big Island (Cranberry Lake) — B Black Rock (Big David Bay) — D Bogie Rocks — A Big Island (Pigeon Lake) — C Black Rock (Charles Inlet) — A Boiler Beach — A Big Island (Upper Rideau Lake) — B Black Rock (Naiscoot River) — D Bois Blanc Island — CEN 304 Big Island Shoal — CEN 302 Black Rock (North Channel) — A Bold Point — A, D Big McCoy Island — A Black Rock (Northeast Passage) — D Bolsover lock — C Bignell Point — A Black Rock Bolster Bank — D Big Otter Creek — CEN 303 (Parry Sound approach) — A, D Bond Head — CEN 302 Big Point (St. Joseph Channel) — A Black Rock (Quebec Harbour) — A Bone Island — D Big Point (St. Marys River) — A Black Rock (Simcoe Point) — A Boneyard Bay — A Bigras, Île — B Black Rock (Thompson Channel) — A Bonner Head — A Big Rideau Lake — B Black Rock (Western Islands) — A Bonnet Island (Cape Hurd Big Sand Bay — CEN 302 Black Rock Canal — CEN 303 Channel) — A
Big Sandy Bay — CEN 302 Bonnet Island (Georgain Bay) — D INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Black Rock Entrance Bigsby Island (Georgian Bay) — D Boomcamp Bay — A Channel — CEN 303 Bigsby Island (Lake Huron, Boom Island — B Black Rock Lock — CEN 303 North Channel) — A Boom Point — A Black Rock Point — A Big Ship Island — D Boone Island — A Black Rocks — A, D Big Shoal (Upper Rideau Lake) — B Booth Island — A Blacks Point — A Big Shoal Cove — A Borden Island — A Blackstock Bay — A Big Shoal, Mich. — A Borer Bank — A Blackstock Point — A Big Trout Bay — A Borron Rock — D Big Tub Harbour — A Blackstone Point — A Boston Island — E Bigwood Island — A, D Black Sturgeon River — A Boswell Island — A Bill and Jim Islands — A Black Summit — A Botterell Point — A Billa Rocks — A Black’s Wharf — A Bottle Cove (L’anse à la Bouteille) — A Biolog Island — D Blair Creek — A Bottle Point — A Birch Island (Flatland Harbour) — A Blair Rock — A Bottom Islands — C Birch Island (Isle Royale) — A Blaisdell Island — A Boucher Island — A Birch Island (McGregor Bay) — A Blake Island — A Boucher Point — A Birch Island (Nipigon Bay) — A Blake Point (Duck Islands) — A Boucher Rock — A Birch Island (North Channel) — A Blake Point (Isle Royale) — A Bouchette Point — CEN 302 Birch Island (Sand Lake) — B Blanket Island — A Boulanger Point — A Birch Point (Lake George) — A Blind Bay (Parry Sound) — A, D Boulder Bank — A Birch Point (Manitoulin Island) — A Blind Bay, N.Y. — CEN 301 Boulder Bluff — A Birch Point (Pigeon Lake) — C Blind Channel (Gannon Narrows) — C Boulton Reef (Lake Superior) — A Birch Point (St. Marys River) — A Blind Channel (Lake Superior) — A Boulton Reef (Sheguiandah Bay) — A, D Birchall Island — D Blind River — A Boundary Islands — A Birch Rock — B Blind River Bank — A Bourbonnais Island — A Bird Island (Lake Huron, Blizard Island — A Bourchier Islands — D North Channel) — A Blockhouse Island — CEN 301 Bourinot Island — A Bird Island, N.Y. — CEN 303 Block Island — A Bourinot Reef — A Bird Point — A, D Blondin Island — A Bourke Point — A, D Birdsalls Point — C Blott Point — CEN 303 Bouteille, L’anse à la — A Biron, Pointe — CEN 301 Blower Island — D Bowell Cove — A, D Bishops Point — CEN 301 Blueberry Island — E Bowens Creek — CEN 304 Black Bay (Byng Inlet) — D Blue Mountains — A Bower Rock — A Black Bay (Lake Superior) — A Blue Point — A Bowers Bay — A, D Black Bay (Penetang Harbour) — A Bluff Bar — CEN 303 Bowes Island (Georgian Bay) — A, D Black Bay (Penetang Harbour) — D Bluffers Park — CEN 302 Bowes Island (Lake Superior) — A Black Bill Islands — A Bluff Point (Amherst Island) — CEN 302 Bowman Island — A Blackbird Point — C Bluff Point (French River) — D Bowmanville — CEN 302 GI-3 Bowmanville Creek — CEN 302 Bryson — B Butch Bank — A Boyd Group — A, D Buckeye Shoal — A Butcher Boy Bank — A Boyd Island — A Buckham’s Bay — B Butterfield Island — A Boyer Reef — A Buckhorn — C Butternut Bay — CEN 301 Boyle Cove — A, D Buckhorn Island — CEN 303 Butternut Island — CEN 301 Bradford — C Buckhorn Lake — C Button Rocks — D Bradford Island — CEN 301 Buckhorn lock — C Buzwales Cove — A, D Bradley Harbour — A Buckhorn Narrows — C Bygotts Bay — CEN 302 Bradley Rock — A Buckingham — B Byng — CEN 303 Bradshaw Island — A Buck Island (Lake Superior) — A Byng Inlet — A, D Bragdon Island — E Buck Island Brassar Point — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Cabot Head — A Brassey Island — A, D Buffalo Harbor — CEN 303 Cabot Head Shoal — A Brass Point — B Buffalo, N.Y. — CEN 303 Cache Bay — E Brayne Island — A Buffalo Point — A, D Cachia Island — A Bray Reef — D Buffalo River — CEN 303 Cadieux, Île — B Bread Rock — A Buffalo Ship Canal — CEN 303 Cadotte Point — A, D Brébeuf Island — A, D Buller Island — D Caesarea — C Breeders, The — A Buller Reef — A Cairn, The — CEN 301 Brewers Mills — B Bullers (Giraoud) Island — A Caldwell Island — A Brewerton Island — A Bullhead Bay — A Caldwell Point — A Brick Kiln Point — CEN 302 Bull Rock — D Caldwell Shoal — A Brickyard Bay — A Burbidge Island — A Caleb Island — A, D Bridgenorth — C Burke Island — A Calf Island (Lake Huron, Briggs Island — B Burke Shoal (Georgian Bay) — D North Channel) — A Briggs Rock — A Burke Shoal (Lake Superior) — A Calf Island, N.Y. — CEN 302 Brighton — C, CEN 302 Burkett Rock — A Callady Rock — D Bright Point — A Burleigh Falls — C Callander — E Brignall Banks Narrows — D Burleigh Falls lock — C Callander Bay — E Britannia Bay — B Burlington — CEN 302 Calumet — B GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Britt — A, D Burlington Bay — CEN 302 Calumet Island — CEN 301 Britton Rock — D Burlington Beach — CEN 302 Calumet, Pointe au — B Broad Head — B Burlington Canal — CEN 302 Calumet Shoal — CEN 301 Broadway Shoal — CEN 301 Burnet Island — A Calvin Island — D Brock Group — CEN 301 Burnt Cove — A Cambria Bank — A Brock Island — D Burnt Island (Beaverstone Bay) — D Camelot Island — CEN 301 Brocks Beach — A Burnt Island (Henvey Inlet) — D Camel Rocks — D Brock’s Monument — CEN 302 Burnt Island (Lake Nipissing) — E Camel Shoal — CEN 302 Brockville — CEN 301 Burnt Island (Manitoulin Island) — A Brockville Narrows — CEN 301 Burnt Island (Muskoka Landing Cameron Bight — A Broder Island — CEN 301 Channel) — D Cameron Cove — A, D Brodeur Island — A Burnt Island (Nipigon Bay) — A Cameron Island (Rose Island) — A, D Brodeur, Pointe aux — CEN 301 Burnt Island (Pointe au Baril Cameron Island (South Channel) — D Bronte — CEN 302 Channel) — D Cameron Lake — C Bronte Harbour — CEN 302 Burnt Island (Potagannissing Bay) — A Cameron Point (Georgian Bay) — A Brooke — A Burnt Island (Shawanaga Inlet) — D Cameron Point (Rice Lake) — C Brophy Point — CEN 301 Burnt Island (Thunder Cape) — A Camerons Island — CEN 301 Brother Islands — CEN 302 Burnt Island (Whalesback Channel) — A Camerons Point — CEN 301 Brothers, The Burnt Island Bank — A, D Campana Shoal (Georgian Bay) — A (Alexander Passage) — A, D Burnt Island Harbour — A Campana Shoal (Lake Huron, Brothers, The (Fox Islands) — A Burnt Island Reef — A North Channel) — A Brown Bay (Georgian Bay) — D Burnt Point (Nipigon Bay) — A Campbell Bay — A Brown Bay, N.Y. — CEN 301 Burnt Point (Potagannissing Bay) — A Campbellford — C Brown Head — D Burnt Summit — A Campbellford lock — C Browning Cove — A, D Burpee Rock — A Campbell Island (Georgian Bay) — D Browning Island — A, D Burritt Island — E Campbell Island (Lake Superior) — A Brown Island — A Burritt Point — D Campbell Point (Lake Nipissing) — E Brown Ledge — A Burritts Rapids — B Campbell Point, N.Y. — CEN 302 Browns Island — E Burritts Rapids lock — B Campbell Reef — A Bruce Beach — A Burtch Creek — A Campbell Rock (Cape Smith) — A Bruce Mines — A Burton Bank — A, D Campbell Rock (Cape Smith) — D Bruce Nuclear Power Development — A Burton Island — A Campbell Rock (Waubuno Channel) — A Bruce Rock — A Bushby Inlet — D Campbell Rock (Waubuno Channel) — D Brulé Harbour — A Bushby Point — D Campbell’s Bay — B Brulé Hill — A Bustard Islands — A, D Campbelltown — C Brulé Point — A Bustard Islands Harbour — D Camp Cove — A, D Brûlé Shoal — A Bustard Rocks — A, D Campement d’Ours Island — A Bruneau Point — A Busty Shoal — A Campion Island — D Brush Point — A Buswell Point — A Camp Point — A GI-4 Canada Centre for Casgrain Rock — A Channel Point (Devils Horn) — A Inland Waters — CEN 302 Cassaday Point — CEN 303 Channel Rock (Owen Channel) — A Canada Island — CEN 301 Cassaday Reef — CEN 303 Channel Rock (Twelve Mile Bay) — A Canada Ports Corporation — CEN 301 Cassidy Shoal — CEN 301 Chantry Island — A Canadian Middle Channel — CEN 301 Cassidys Point — CEN 301 Chantry Shoal — A Canal Lake — C Cass Island — A Chapeau — B Canard River — CEN 304 Cass Point — A Chapelle Rock — D Canary Island — D Castilian Shoal — A Chapleau Cove — A, D Candlemas Shoal — A, D Castle Island (Bustard Rocks) — D Chapleau Island — A Canoe Channel — D Castle Island (Mink Islands) — A Chapleau Point — A, D Canoe Passage — E Castle, The — A Chapman Chute — E Canoe Point — A Castor Island — D Chapman Reef — A Canoe Rocks — A Caswell Bay — D Chapman Shoal — CEN 301 Cantin Shoal — A Catalaque Shoal — CEN 302 Chapmans Landing — E Cape Chin — A Catamaran Shoal — CEN 301 Charity Point — A Cape Hurd Channel — A Cataract Rock (Georgian Bay) — D Charity Shoal — CEN 302 Capel Rock — A Cataract Rock (Lake Huron) — A Charles Inlet — D Cape Rock — A Cataraqui Bay — B, CEN 301 Charles, Point — A Cape Vincent, N.Y. — CEN 301 Catchall, The — B Charlie Island — A Caradoc Point — A Catfish Creek — CEN 303 Charlton Bay — A Cardinal — CEN 301 Cathcart Island — A Charlton Shoal — A Carey Rocks — D Catherine Rock — A Chase Rock — A Cargill Island — A Cat Island — CEN 301 Châteauguay — CEN 301 Caribou Island (Isle Royale) — A Cat Islands — A Châteauguay, Rivière — CEN 301 Caribou Island (Lake Superior) — A Cat Island Shoal — CEN 301 Chatham — CEN 304 Caribou Island (Thunder Bay) — A Cavalier Island — A Chats Falls — B Caribou Point (Lake Superior) — A Cave Harbour — A Chats Haven — B Caribou Point (North Channel) — A Cave Point — A Chats, Île aux — CEN 301 Carillon — B Cavers Bay — A Chats, Lac des — B Carillon Canal — B Cayuga Creek — CEN 303 Chatterton Point — CEN 302
Carillon, Île de — B Cayuga Island — CEN 303 Chatwin Rock — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Carillon lock — B Cazenovia Creek — CEN 303 Chaumont Bay — CEN 302 Carleton Island — CEN 301 Cebina Island — A Chaumont, N.Y. — CEN 302 Carleton Point — A Cecilia Island — D Chaumont River — CEN 302 Carley Point — CEN 302 Cecil Island — D Cheese Boat Shoals — B Carling Bay (North Channel) — A Cedar Beach — CEN 303 Chematogan Channel — CEN 304 Carling Bay (Parry Sound) — A, D Cedar Creek — CEN 303 Chemung Lake — C Carling Point — A Cedar Island (Georgian Bay) — D Chenail Ecarté — CEN 304 Carling Rock — A, D Cedar Island (Kingston) — B, CEN 301 Chenail, Île du — B Carlotta Island — D Cedar Island (Nipigon Strait) — A Chenal A Bout Rond — CEN 304 Carman Shoal — CEN 302 Cedar Island (North Channel) — A Chenal de la Culbute — B Carmona Rock — A Cedar Point (Big Rideau Lake) — B Chenal du Grand Calumet — B Carnachan Bay — CEN 302 Cedar Point (Georgian Bay) — A Chenal Lynch — B, CEN 301 Carney Rock — A Cedar Point (Lake Huron) — A Chenal Way — B Caroline Island — A Cedar Springs — CEN 303 Chenaux Island — B Caroline Rocks — A, D Cèdre, Pointe au — CEN 301 Chênes, Pointe des — A Caron Point — A, D Celeron Island — CEN 304 Cherokee Rocks — D Caron, Pointe — CEN 301 Celtic Rocks — A, D Cherry Island (Alexandria Bay, Caron Reef — A, D Centennial Dock — CEN 302 N.Y.) — CEN 301 Carpenter Point Centre Brother Island — CEN 302 Cherry Island (Chaumont Bay, (Wolfe Island) — CEN 301 Centre Island — A, D N.Y.) — CEN 302 Carpenter Point, Ohio — CEN 303 Centre Island Bank — A, D Cherry Island (Georgian Bay) — D Carpmael Island — A Centre Point — C Cherub Rock — A Carroll Wood Bay — A Chaffeys lock — B Chesapeake Rock — A Carruthers Point — B, CEN 301 Chaffeys Locks — B Chevalier Islands — A Carruthers Shoal — B, CEN 301 Chaillon, Cap — A Chickenolee Reef — CEN 303 Carrying Place, The — CEN 302 Chain Island — D Chickens, The — A, D Carter Bay — A Chalfant Island — A Chick Island — CEN 303 Carter Rock — A Challenger Rock — A Chicora Shoal — A Carthew Bay — C Chamberlain Island — D Chief Rock — A Cartwright Island — A Chamberlain Point — A Chiefs Island — C Cartwright Point (Lake Huron, Champagne Island — CEN 301 Chiefs Point — A North Channel) — A Champlain Bridge — CEN 301 Chiefs Point Bay — A Cartwright Point Champlain Island — A, D Childs Island — A (Lake Ontario) — B, CEN 301 Champlain Point — C Chimney Island — CEN 301 Cascade Falls — A Chancellor Islands — A, D Chimney Point — CEN 302 Cascades, Île des — CEN 301 Channel Island (Georgian Bay) — D Chimney Reefs — A Cascades, Pointe des — CEN 301 Channel Island (Nipigon Bay) — A China Reef — A Casey Shoal — A Channel Island (North Channel) — A Chipman Rock — A GI-5 Chippawa — CEN 303 Cloud River — A Constance Bay — B Chippawa Channel — CEN 303 Clowes lock — B Constance Island — CEN 301 Chippewa Bank — A Club Harbour — A Constance Shoal — B Chippewa Bay, N.Y. — CEN 301 Club Island (Georgian Bay) — A Cook Point — A Chippewa Falls — A Club Island Cook Reef — A Chippewa Harbor — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Cook’s Bay — C Chippewa Park — A Coal Oil Point — A Cooks Bay — A Chippewa Point, Mich. — A Coates Island — A Cook’s Bay Shoal — C Chippewa Point, N.Y. — CEN 301 Coatsworth Cut — CEN 302 Cooks Dock — A Chippewa (Harmony) River — A Cobinosh Island — A Cooks Point — CEN 301 Chisholm Shoal — A Coboconk — C Cooper Point — A Choisy — B Cobourg — CEN 302 Cooper Rock — A Chop Rock — B Cobourg Harbour — CEN 302 Coote Island — A Chowne Island — D Cockburn Island — A Copegog Island — D Chrétien, Île — CEN 301 Coffin Cove — A Copper Harbour (Lambton Cove) — A Christian Channel — A Coffin Hill — A Copperhead Harbour — D Christian Island — A Coghlan Reef — A Copperhead Island — D Christina Bay — A Cognashene Lake — D Copper Island (Nipigon Bay) — A Chrysler Rocks — A Cognashene Point — D Copper Island (St. Joseph Channel) — A Chubby Harbour — A Cohen Rock — A Coppermine Point — A Chub Point — CEN 302 Colborne — CEN 302 Coppermine Rock — A Chummy Bank — A Colby Island — A Copper Point — A Chummy’s (Chubby) Harbour — A Colchester — CEN 303 Copp Rock — A Chummy’s Island — A Colchester Reef — CEN 303 Corbeil Point — A Church Hill — A Cold Bath Shoal — CEN 301 Corbier Cove — A Churchill Islands — A, D Cold Water Creek — A Corisande Bay — A Church Point — A Coldwell — A Corisande Rock — A Churchville Point — A Cole Bay — A Corner Rock — A Chute-à-Blondeau — B Cole Point — CEN 302 Cornet Ground — A Cigar Island — A Cole Shoal — CEN 301 Corn Island — CEN 301
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Cinder Point — A Coletta Bay — CEN 303 Cornwall — CEN 301 City Rock — A Cole Wharf — CEN 302 Cornwall Island — CEN 301 Clapperton Channel — A Colin Rock — A Cornwallis Rock — A Clapperton Harbour — A Collier Shoal — CEN 302 Corsair Reef — A Clapperton Island — A Collingwood — A Corunna — CEN 304 Clara Island — A Collingwood Bay — A Cosgrave Bay — A Clarence Channel — A, D Collingwood Harbour — A Costigan Point — A, D Clarence Creek — B Collins Bay (Kingston) — CEN 302 Coteau-Landing — CEN 301 Clarence Island — B Collins Bay (Lake Nipissing) — E Côte Sainte-Catherine — CEN 301 Clark Bay — A Collins Bay (Parry Sound) — A, D Cottage Point — C Clarke Rock (Bourke Point) — A, D Collins Creek — CEN 302 Cotton Cove — A Clarke Rock (Parry Sound approach) — A Collins Inlet — A, D Couchiching, Lake — C Clark Island (Byng Inlet) — A, D Collins Reef (Collingwood approach) — A Couchiching lock — C Clark Island (Lake Superior) — A Collins Reef (Parry Sound) — A, D Coulonge, Lac — B Clark Island Colmer Ground — A Counts Bank — D (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Colonel By Island — B Courtney Bank — A Clark Islands — A Colonel By Lake — B Courtney Island — A Clark Reef — A Colpoy’s Bay — A Court of the Duke — B Clarkson — CEN 302 Colquhoun Islands — CEN 301 Courtright — CEN 304 Claude Rock — A Coltman Island — D Cousin Island — A, D Clavet Bay — A Colville Bank — A Cousins, The — A Clavet Point — A Colville Island — A Coutlee Island — A Claw Island — A Comb Point — A Cove Island — A Claybanks, The — A Comfort Cove — A Cove Island Ground — A Clay Cliff — A Comfort Island — E Cove Island Harbour — A Clay Shoal — A Commodore, Cape — A Cove of Cork — A Clayton, N.Y. — CEN 301 Condon Island — A Covered Portage Cove — A, D Clear Creek — CEN 303 Cone Island (Georgian Bay) — D Cow Creek — A Clear Lake (Rideau Waterway) — B Cone Island (Lake Superior) — A Cowie Point — A Clear Lake (Trent-Severn Waterway) — C Confiance Island — A Cow Island (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Clearville — CEN 303 Confiance Rock — A Cow Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Cleland Island — E Conger Shoal — CEN 302 Cow Island (Honey Harbour) — D Cleopatra Island — CEN 301 Conglomerate Bay — A Cow Island (Rice Lake) — C Clergue Island — A Conmee Island — A Coyle Point — A C Line Dock — A Conmee Point — A Cozens (Harbour) Cove — A Clinton Island — A Connor Bay — CEN 303 C.P.R. Island — A Clinton River — CEN 304 Conns Shoal — D Crab Island Shoal — A Cloud Bay — A Consecon — CEN 302 Cracroft Rock — D Cloud Islands — A Consolation Island — D Craftsman Point — A GI-6 Craganmor Point — D Dane Island — A Dent Rock — A, D Craigleith — A Daniel Shoal — A Depot Harbour — A, D Craig Rock — A Danny Island — A, D Depot Island (French River) — D Craigs Pit — A Danville Ground — A Depot Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Cranberry Island (Lake Huron) — A Darch Island — A De Roberval Point — A Cranberry Island (Lake Superior) — A D’Arcy, Île — B Desbarats — A Cranberry Lake — B Dark Hole Ranges — A Desbarats River — A Crane Island — A Darling Reef — A Deschênes, Lac — B Cranesnest Lake — B Dauphine Rock — A Deschênes Rapids — B Crawford Island — A David Island — A Deseronto — CEN 302 Creak Island — A, D Davidson — B Desert Point — A Creasor Bight — A Davidson Point — A, D Desjardinsville — B Crebo Rock — A Davidsons Point — B Desor, Mount — A Credit River — CEN 302 Davieaux Island — A Detention Island — A Creek, The — D Davies Island — A De Tour Passage — A Creighton Point — A Davies Rock — A De Tour, Point — A Crescent Island (Georgian Bay) — A Davin Point — A De Tour Reef — A Crescent Island (North Channel) — A Davis Island — A De Tour Shoal — A Cressy Point — CEN 302 Davis Lock — A De Tour Village, Mich. — A Crichton Island — A Davis lock — B Detroit, Mich. — CEN 304 Cricket Island — A Davis Point — C Detroit River — CEN 304 Crisp Point — A Davy Island — A, D Deux Montagnes, Lac des — B Croil Islands — CEN 301 Davy Rock — A, D Deux Rivières — B Croker, Cape — A Dawson Bay — A Devil Door Rapids — D Croker Island — A Dawson Island — A Devil Island (Georgian Bay entrance) — A Crooked Island — D Dawson Point — CEN 301 Devil Island (Lake Superior) — A Cross Island — A Dawson Rock — A Devil Island Bank — A Cross Lake — E Daylight Point — A Devil Island Channel — A Cross Ledge — A Deacon Point — A Devils Elbow — D Crossover Island — CEN 301 Dead Island — D Devils Elbow Channel — D
Cross Point — E Deadman Bay — B, CEN 301 Devils Gap — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Cross Rocks — A Deadman Island — A Devils Horn (Channel Point) — A Crowe Bay lock — C Deadman’s Point — A Devils Island — A Crowes Landing — C Dead River — A Devils Warehouse Island — A Crowley Reef — A Deaf Man Shoal — A Devonshire, Mont — B Crow Point — A Dealtown — CEN 303 Dewar’s Creek — A Crozier Island — D Deans Bay — A De Watteville Island — CEN 301 Cruiser Cracker — B Dean Spit — A Dewdney Island — A Crysler Park Memorial — CEN 301 Dearlove Island — A Dewdney Rock — A Crysler Point — CEN 302 De Caen Rock — A Dewey Point — A Crysler Shoal — CEN 301 De Celles Island — A Dickinson Creek — CEN 303 Crystal Bay — A Deep Bay (Parry Sound) — A, D Dickinson Island Crystal Beach — CEN 303 Deep Bay (Sparrow Lake) — C (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 Cuba Rock — A Deep Hole Point — CEN 303 Dickinson Island Cumberland — B Deep Point — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Cumberland Point — A Deep River — B Dick Island — D Cumberland Rock — A Deep River Islet — B Digby Bank — A, D Cunningham Point — A Deepwater Island — A, D Dillon — D Cunninghams Channel — D Deepwater Point — E Dingy Point — A Cunninghams Island — D Deer Bay (Lake Nipissing) — E Dingy Reef — A Cupid Island — D Deer Bay (Lower Buckhorn Lake) — C Dinner Point — A, D Curran Rock — A Deer Horn Island — D Dixie, Île — CEN 301 Current River — A Deerhorn Rock — B Dixie Rocks — A Curtis Point — C Deer Island (Honey Harbour) — D Dixon Bank — A Cushing Island — B Deer Island (O’Donnell Channel) — A, D Dixon Island — A Cutler — A Deer Island Channel — D Dixon Islands — A Cutoff Canal — CEN 304 Deer Island, N.Y. — CEN 301 Dix Point — A Cyril Cove — A De Grassi Point — C Dobbs Bank — CEN 302 Cyril Point — D Dehring Rock — A Dobie Point — A Deihl Point — C Dock Island — D Dablon Point — CEN 302 Delaney Island — A Doctor Island — A Dack Spit — A Delasco Island — D Dodds Hill — A Dacres Rock — A Delf Island — D Dog Harbour — A Dahl Shoal — A Delhi — CEN 303 Dog Home Pass — A, D Dalrymple Island — A Delphi Point — A Dog Island — A Dalton Reef — A Delson — CEN 301 Dog Lake — B Daly Islands — A Delta Harbour — A Dog Point — A Daly Point — A Denison Rock — A Dog Point Shoal — A Dampier Cove — A Denton Island — D Dokis — E GI-7 Dokis Island — D Duke Island — A, D Echo Bay — A Dokis Point — E Duke Rock — D Echo Island — A Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Lac — B Dumfounder Island — CEN 301 Ecorse Channel — CEN 304 Dominion Bay — A Dumoine, Rivière — B Ecorse, Mich. — CEN 304 Dominion Point — A Duncan Bay — A Ecorse River — CEN 304 Donald Rocks — D Duncan City Rock — A, D Edmonds Island — A Donovans Point — B Duncan Cove — A Edmonds lock — B Don River — CEN 302 Duncan Island — A Edna Point — A Doran Rock — A Duncan Point — A, D Edsall Bank — A Doran Shoal — CEN 301 Duncan Rock — A Edward Harbour — A Dorcas Bay — A Dundas, Cape — A Edward Island (Collins Inlet) — D Doré, Baie du — A Dundurn Island — D Edward Island (Lake Superior) — A Doré Bay — A Dunks Bay — A Edward Island Doré Point — A Dunks Point — A (Waubuno Channel) — A, D Doré River — A Dunlevie Point — A Edward, Point — A, CEN 304 Dorés Run — D Dunmore Island — A Edwards Bank — A Dorion (Lake Superior) — A Dunnette Landing — C Eel Bay — B Dorion (Ottawa River) — B Dunn Island — A Egg Island — A Dorion Landing — A Dunnville — CEN 303 Eight Fathom Patch — A Dorothy Inlet — A Dunroe Island — D Eight Mile Point — C Dorval — CEN 301 Dupuis Island — A Elbow Channel — B Dorval, Île — CEN 301 Dupuis Point — A Eleven Foot Rock — A Doty Rocks — A, D Dupuis, Pointe — CEN 301 Elgin Rock — D Double Island (Killarney) — A, D Dutch John Bay — CEN 302 Elimere Point — A, D Double Island (Moon Bay) — D Dutchman Head — A Elizabeth Bay — A Double Island (Pointe au Baril) — D Dutrisacs Bay — E Elizabeth Island — A, D Double Island Ledges — A, D Duval, Pointe — B Ella Islet — A Double Islands — A Dwight D. Eisenhower Lock — CEN 301 Ellen Pearce Island — D Double Top Island — A Dyer’s Bay — A Elliot Island — E Dyment Rock — A Doucet Rock — A Elliott Island — B GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Douglas Point — A Elm Island — A Douro lock — C agar Rock — A E Elmsley, Port — B Dow Bay — A Eagle Cove — A Elmtree Island — A Dowker, Île — CEN 301 Eagle Harbour — A Elm Tree Island — D Dowker, Pointe — CEN 301 Eagle Island — A Elson Rock — A Downie Island — CEN 301 Eagle Point (Cove Island) — A Elswood Rock — B Dows Lake — B Eagle Point (North Channel) — A Emerald Island (Crooked Island) — D Doyle Rock — A, D Eagle Reef — A Emerald Island (Middle Channel) — D Drain's Point — CEN 302 Eagle Rock — D Drake Shoal — A Earl Patches — A Emerald Point — A Drake Shoal Passage — A East and West Channel — A, D Emeric Point — CEN 302 Draper Island — A East Bay — A Emery Reef — D Dreadnought Island — A East Belanger Bay — A Emily Island — A Dreamer’s Bay — A East Bluff — A Emily Maxwell Reef — A Dreamers Peninsula — A, D East Channel — A, D Empire Ledge — A Dreamers Rock — A, D East Cross Creek — C Empire Shoal — CEN 301 Dreavers Island — A, D East End light — A Empress Island — D Drever Rock — A East Entrance — A Endymion Island — CEN 301 Driftwood Bay — B Eastern Gap — CEN 302 English Point — A, D Driftwood Cove — A Eastern Island — A Enterprise Bay — A Druid Rock — A East Grant Island — A Enterprise Shoal — B Drummers Shoal — B East Hardwood Island — E Entrance Bay — B Drummond Island East Lake — CEN 302 Entrance Island (Georgian Bay) — D (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 East Mary Island — A, D Entrance Island (Lake Superior) — A Drummond Island, Mich. — A East Morrison Island — E Entrance Rocks — A, D Drummond, Mich. — A East Mound — A, D Erieau — CEN 303 Drunken Island — E East Neebish Channel — A Erie Bank — A Dubeau Island — A East Neebish Island — A Erie Beach — CEN 303 Dubé, Île — B East Point — A, D Erie Channel — A Duchesnay — E East Reef — A Erie Shingle — A Duck Island (Lake George) — A East Rock — A Eshpabekong Island — A Duck Island East Rous Island — A Espanola — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 East Sand Bay — A Espanore Island — A Duck Islands — A East Shoal — CEN 303 Esther Cliff — A Ducks, The — CEN 302 East Sister — A Esther Rock — A Duett Rock — D East Sister Island — CEN 303 Ethel Rock — A Dufferin Island — A, D East Sister Rock — A Etobicoke — CEN 302 Duffins Creek — CEN 302 East Sister Shoal — CEN 303 Etobicoke Creek — CEN 302 Duffy Island — A, D Eaton Point — A Eulas Ground — A GI-8 Europa Reef — A First Island — B Fort Channel — A, D Eva Islands — A Fish Creek Point — A Fort-Coulonge — B Evangeline Patch — A Fisher Bay — A Fort Erie — CEN 303 Evans Point (Georgian Bay) — A, D Fisher Harbour — A, D Fort Gratiot Light — A Evans Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Fisher Island — A Fortier, Pointe — CEN 301 Evelyn Island — A Fisherman Gut — A Fortin Rocks — A Evelyn Rocks — A Fisherman Reef — A Fort La Cloche — A Everens Point — A Fishermans Home — A Fort Mississauga — CEN 302 Everett Point — CEN 301 Fishermans Island — E Fort Niagara — CEN 302 Everett Reefs — A Fisher Rock — A Fort William (Lake Superior) — A Everleigh Point — CEN 302 Fishers Glen — CEN 303 Fort William (Ottawa River) — B Excelsior — A Fisher Shoal — A Forty Mile Creek — CEN 302 Excelsior Group — CEN 301 Fishers Landing, N.Y. — CEN 301 Forwood Point — A Explorer’s Point — B Fishery Island — A Foster Bank — A Fishery Point (Barrie Island) — A Foster Island — A Fagan Ground — A Fishery Point (Club Harbour) — A Foster Point — A Fairclough Island — B Fish Harbour — A Foul Bight — A Fair Haven, Mich. — CEN 304 Fish Point (Killarney Channel) — D Four Mile Point (Niagara-on- Fairlie Island — D Fish Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 the-Lake) — CEN 302 Fair Oaks Point — C Fishing Island — A, D Four Mile Point Fairport Beach — CEN 302 Fishing Island Cove — A (Simcoe Island) — CEN 301 Faith Point — A Fishing Islands — A Fournier Islands — A False Detour Channel — A Fisk Reef — A Fox Bay — D False Dog Harbour (Dog Harbour) — A Fitzgerald Bay — D Foxes, The — A False Ducks Island — CEN 302 Fitzroy Harbour — B Fox Harbour — A False Ganley Harbour — A Fitzsimmons Rocks — A Foxhound Rock — A False Harbour — A Fitzwilliam Channel — A Fox Island (Buckhorn Lake) — C Fanny Island (Bayfield Sound) — A Fitzwilliam Island — A Fox Island (French River) — D Fanny Island Five Fathom Patch — A, D Fox Island (Lake Simcoe) — C (Manitowaning Bay) — A, D Five Finger Bay — A Fox Island (McBean Channel) — A Farr Rock — A Five Foot Reef — A Fox Island (Mississagi River) — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Fassett — B Fox Island (St. Joseph Island) — A Five Islands — A Fawcett Island (Lake Superior) — A Fox Island, N.Y. — CEN 302 Five Mile Bay (French River) — E Fawcett Island (North Channel) — A France Island — D Five Mile Bay (Georgian Bay) — D Fawkes Rock — A Frances Point — D Five Mile Narrows — D Fawn Island — CEN 304 Frances Smith Shoal — A, D Five Mile Point — A Feather Bed Shoal — CEN 301 Franceville — D Flagg Bay — CEN 301 Featherstone Point — CEN 303 Francis Bank — A, D Flanigans Point — CEN 301 Fee’s Landing — C Francis Point — A Feline, Baie — B Flat Island — A, D Francs-Tireurs, Île des — CEN 301 Felix Rock — D Flatland Harbour — A Frankford — C Fenelon Falls — C Flatland Island — A Frankford lock — C Fenelon Falls lock — C Flatland Reef — A Frank Ledge — A, D Fenelon River — C Flat Point (Bay of Islands) — A Franklin Island — D Fer à Cheval, Baie du — B Flat Point (Georgian Bay) — A, D Franklin wharf — C Fer à Cheval, Île — B Flat Rock (Byng Inlet) — A Frank Point — E Ferguson Island — B Flat Rock (Collins Inlet) — A, D Frank Rock — A Ferguson Islands — A Flat Rock Bank — D Fraser Bank — A Ferguson Point (Lake Huron) — A Flatt Point — CEN 302 Fraser Island — E Ferguson Point (Lake Simcoe) — C Fleming Bank — A Fraser Point — A Ferguson Point Fleming Channel — CEN 304 Fraser Rocks — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Flint Rocks — A Frazer Bay — A, D Fiddlers Elbow — CEN 301 Flood Island — A Frazer Point — A, D Fifty Mile Point — CEN 302 Flood’s Landing — C Frazer Shoal — CEN 301 Fifty Point — CEN 302 Floral Park — C Frechette Bank — A Fighting Island — CEN 304 Flossie Island — D Frechette Bay — A Fighting Island Channel — CEN 304 Flowerpot Island — A Fréchette Island (McBean Channel) — A Filion, Pointe — B Flowerpot, The — D Frechette Island (MacBeth Bay) — A Finch Head — A Flummerfelt Patch — A Fréchette Point (Lake Huron) — A Findlay Point — A Fluor Island — A Frechette Point, Mich. — A Fine, Baie — A, D Fly Rock — A Freddy Channel — D Fineview, N.Y. — CEN 301 Foin, Pointe au — CEN 301 Frederick, Point — B, CEN 301 Fingerboard Island — B Foley Point — C Fred Shoal — A Finger Island — D Foote Island — A Freed Island — B Finger Point — A Forbes Island — A Free Drinks Passage — D Finlander Reef — A Ford Island — A Freeman Rock — A Finlay Bay — A Foreman Islands — D Freer Point — A Finlay Point — A Foresters Island — CEN 302 Fremlin Reef — A Fire Hill Bay — A Forks, The — CEN 304 French Harbour — A GI-9 French Island — A Gaukler Point — CEN 304 Glen Miller lock — C French Islands, The — A Gauley Bay — A Glenora — CEN 302 Frenchman Bay — A Gauthier Point — A Glen Ross — C Frenchman Point — A Gavazzi Island — A Glen Ross lock — C Frenchman’s Bay — CEN 302 Gaviller Island — D Gloucester Pool — C French River — A, D Gawas Bay — A Glycerine Rock — A Frog Creek — CEN 304 Gell Point — D Glyn Rock — A Frog Island — A Gem Island — A Goat Island (Little Current) — A, D Frontenac Shoal — CEN 301 Gemmells Point — B Goat Island (Newboro Lake) — B Frost Point — A, D Genesta Bank — A Goat Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Froude Bay — A Geneva Park — C Goat Island Channel — A, D Frying Pan Bay, Mich. — D George Island — A, D Goderich — A Fryingpan Harbour — D George, Lake — A Goderich Harbour — A Fryingpan Island (Georgian Bay) — D George Point — A Godfrey Islands — A Frying Pan Island, Mich. — A George Rock (Collingwood) — A Goffatt Island — C Frying Pan Shoal — A George Rock (Killarney Bay) — A, D Go Home Bay — D Fuller Bay — CEN 302 Georges, Lac — B Golden Sword Island — D Georgian Bay — A, D Goldhunter Rock — A, D Gaffney Island — A Georgina Island (Lake Simcoe) — C Gold Point — CEN 302 Gaffney Point — A Georgina Island Goldwin Rock — D Gahan Rock — A, D (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Good Cheer Island — A, D Galbraith Island — D Geraldine Island — D Goodkey Island — A Galbraith Point — A Gereaux Island — A, D Goose Bay — CEN 301 Galetta — B Gereaux Rock — A Gooseberry Island (Bourke Point) — A, D Galloo Island — CEN 302 Gerry Island — D Gooseberry Island (Macbeth Bay) — A Galloo Shoal — CEN 302 Gertrude Island — A Gooseberry Island (Smith Bay) — A, D Galna Island — D Gervase Island — A Gooseberry (Trudeau) Island — A Galt Island (Lake Huron, Ghegheto Island — A Goose Island — CEN 301 North Channel) — A Giants Tomb Island — A Goose Islands — E Galt Island (Parry Sound) — D Gibbons Bank — A, D Goose Neck Island Shoals — CEN 301 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Gamebridge lock — C Gibbons Point — A, D Goose Point — A Gananoque — CEN 301 Gibraltar Cliff — A, D Gordon Island (Lake Superior) — A Gananoque Narrows — CEN 301 Gibraltar Island (Georgian Bay) — D Gordon Island Gananoque River — CEN 301 Gibraltar Island (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Ganaraska River — CEN 302 Gibraltar, Mich. — CEN 304 Gordon Rock — A Ganley Harbour — A Gibraltar Point — CEN 302 Gordon Rocks — A Ganley Island — A Gibson (Sanford) Island — A Gordons Bay — A, D Ganley Rock — A Gibson Point — A, D Gore Bay — A Gannon Narrows — C Gibson Reef — D Gore Rock — A, D Gap, The — A Gidley Point — A Gore Shoal — CEN 302 Garden Bay — A Giffen Islands — A, D Gores Landing — C Garden Island (Lake Nipissing) — E Gig Point — A Gorrel Point — A Garden Island (Little Current) — A, D Gilead Rock — A Gosport — C, CEN 302 Garden Island Gilford — C Goulais Bay — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Gillespie Island — D Goulais Island Point — E Garden Island (Stokes Bay) — A Gillespies Point — CEN 301 Goulais Mission — A Garden Island Bank — A, D Gillford Rocks — A, D Goulais Point (Lake Nipissing) — E Garden River — A Gill Harbor — CEN 302 Goulais Point (Lake Superior) — A Garden Village — E Gillies Lake — A Goulais River — A Gardenville — CEN 302 Gillmor Point — A Gourdeau Island — A Gargantua Bay — A Gilphie Reef — A Gourdeau Patch — A Gargantua, Cape — A Gilpin Island — A Gourganne, Pointe à la — A Gargantua Harbour — A Gin Islands — A Governor Island — D Gargantua Island — A Gin Rocks — A Gowan Island — A Garibaldi Island — A Giraoud Island — A Gow Point — A, D Gariepy Marsh — B Girard Rock — A Gow Shoal — A, D Garland Island — A Girouard Point — A Grabell Point — CEN 303 Garnet Rocks — A Gisborne Point — A Grace Bank — A Garrett Point — CEN 301 Giwshkwebi Bay Grace Harbor — A Garside Bay — A (Fishing Island Cove) — A, D Grace Island — A Gash Island — D Giwshkwebi (William) Island — A, D Grafton — CEN 302 Gaspesia Shoal — A Glacis Island — D Graham Bay — B Gatacre Point — A Gladman Rock — A Graham Creek — CEN 302 Gatineau — B Gladwyn Rock — A Grand Bank — A Gatineau, Rivière — B Glanville Point — A Grand Bend — A Gat Point — A Glen Cove — A Grand Island — C Gat Point Reef — A Glen Island — CEN 302 Grand Marais, Pointe du — B Gauge Islands — D Glenlyon Shoal — A Grandolph Bay — A GI-10 Grand Point — A Green Point (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Gunn Point — A Grand Reef — A Green Point (Lake Huron) — A Gun Point — A Grand River — CEN 303 Green’s Cove — A Guse Point — A Grandview Point — C Greenstone Point — A Gust Point — B Grange, Ile la — A Greenway Island — A Gut, The — A Granite Island — A Grenadier Island — CEN 301 Gwetchewan Island — D Granite State Shoals — CEN 301 Grenadier Island, N.Y. — CEN 302 Gwynne, Mount — A Grantham Shoal — A Grenfell Rock — A Grant Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Grenville — B Hackett Reach — CEN 304 Grant Point (Nipigon Bay) — A Grenville, Baie — B Haffie Shoal — CEN 301 Grants Point — B Grenville, Canal — B Hagarty Islands — A Grape Island (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Grey Island — A Haggart Island — A Grape Island (Lake Superior) — C Grieve Rock — A Haggart Narrows — D Grass River — CEN 301 Griffin Bank — A Haggart Point — D Grassy Bay — A, D Griffin, Île— B Hagues Reach — C Grassy Island — CEN 304 Griffin Point — CEN 302 Hagues Reach lock — C Grassy Point — CEN 302 Griffith Island — A Haha Rock — A Grave Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Griffith (Bayard) Island — A Haight Rock — D Grave Island (Shawanaga Inlet) — D Griffon Reef — A Hailstone Island — A, D Gravel Bay — A Grimsby — CEN 302 Haiste Rocks — A Gravel Island (Lake Huron) — A Grimsby Beach — CEN 302 Halcyon Rock — A, D Gravel Island (Lake Superior) — A Grimsby Harbour — CEN 302 Hale Rock — A Gravelly Bay (Colpoy’s Bay) — A Grindstone Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Halfmoon Bank — A Gravelly Bay (Long Point, Grindstone Island Halfmoon Island — A Lake Erie) — CEN 303 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Halfmoon Point — CEN 302 Gravelly Bay (Long Point, Grindstone Point — A Half Sphere Island — D Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Griper Bank — A, D Halfway Islands — A Gravelly Bay (Owen Sound) — A Grog Island — CEN 301 Halfway Rock Point — A Gravelly Bay Grondine, Point — A, D Halkett Rock — A, D (Port Colbourne) — CEN 303 Grondine Rock — A, D Hallen Rock — A, D
Gravelly Point — CEN 302 Gros Cap — A Halliday Hill — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Gravel Point (Great Duck Island) — A Gros Cap Reefs — A Hall Landing — C Gravel Point (Nipigon Bay) — A Grosse Ile — CEN 304 Hall River — E Gravel Point (St. Joseph Channel) — A Grosse Pointe — CEN 304 Hall Rock (Northeast Passage) — D Gravel River — A Grosse Pointe, Île de la — CEN 301 Hall Rock (Parry Sound approach) — A Graveyard Point — A Grosse Pointe Farms — CEN 304 Halstead Beach — C Graveyard (Sandy) Point — A Grosse Pointe Park — CEN 304 Halsteads Bay — CEN 301 Gray Island — A Grosse Point Shores — CEN 304 Hamilton — CEN 302 Grays Creek — CEN 301 Grotto Point — A Hamilton Bay — A Great Barrier — A Grubb Reef — CEN 303 Hamilton Beach — CEN 302 Great Duck Island — A Guano Rock — D Hamilton Harbour — CEN 302 Great La Cloche Island — A, D Guard Island — B Hamilton Island (Georgian Bay) — A, D Great Manitou Island — E Guffin Bay — CEN 302 Hamilton Island (Lake Superior) — A Great North Bay — E Guffin Creek — CEN 302 Hamilton Island (Ottawa River) — B Grebe Point — A Gull Bar — CEN 302 Hamilton Island Grecian Shoal — CEN 303 Gull Island (North Channel) — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Greece’s-Point — B Gull Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Hamilton Mountain — CEN 302 Greene Island Harbour — A Gull Island (The Chickens) — A Hamilton Rock — A Greene Island — A Gull Island (Western Islands) — A Hamlet — C Greenfield Shoal — A Gull Island, N.Y. — CEN 302 Hammond Point — A Greenhurst-Thurstonia — C Gull Island Shoal — CEN 303 Ham (Mary Ellen) Point — A Green Island (Black Bay, Gull Islands (Lake Nipissing) — E Hampshire Rock — A, D Lake Superior) — A Gull Islands (Lake Superior) — A Hanbury Island — A Green Island (French River) — D Gull Pond — CEN 302 Handy Point — D Green Island (Hawk Islands) — A Gull River — C Hangcliff Point — A, D Green Island (Isle Royale) — A Gull Rock (Duck Islands) — A Hangdog Bank — A, D Green Island (Little Detroit) — A Gull Rock (Lake Nipissing) — E Hangdog Channel — D Green Island (Mink Islands) — A Gull Rock (North Channel) — A Hangdog Island — D Green Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Gull Rock (Waubuno Channel) — A Hangdog Point — D Green Island (Potato Island Channel) — D Gull Rock (Whalesback Channel) — A, D Hangdog Reef — D Green Island Gull Rocks (Georgian Bay) — D Hankinson Bank — A (Prince Edward Bay) — CEN 302 Gull Rocks (Lake Superior) — A Hanna Bank — D Green Island (Quebec Harbour) — A Gull Roost — A, D Hannah Ground — A Green Island (Shawanaga Inlet) — D Gulnare Point — A Hannahs Rock — C Green Island Bank — D Gun Barrel, The — D Hans Rock — A Green Island, Ohio — CEN 303 Gunboat Shoal — A Harbour Cove — A Greenough Bank — A Gundersen Shoal — A Harbour Island (Clapperton Harbour) — A Greenough Harbour — A Gun Island — A, D Harbour Island Greenough Point — A Gunn Island — D (Cove Island Harbour) — A GI-11 Harbour Island (John Harbour) — A Hay Bay (Lake Huron, Hickory Island Harbour Island (Western Islands) — A North Channel) — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Harbour Island Reef — A Hay Bay (Parry Sound) — A, D Hiesordt Rocks — A Harbour Point — A Hayburn — CEN 302 High Beach — A, D Harbour Reef (AIexander Passage) — D Haydens Point — A High Beach Cove — A, D Harbour Reef Hay, Île — B High Bluff Island — CEN 302 (Waubuno Channel) — A, D Hay Island — A High Hill — A Harbour Rocks — A Hay Narrows — E High Island — A Hardhead Point — A Hay Point (Lake George) — A Highland Point — A, D Hardie Rock — A Hay Point (St. Marys River) — A High Pine Island — D Hardscrabble Island — A Hay Rock — E High Rock Island — A, D Hardwood Islands — E Haystack Rock — A, D Hill Bank — A, D Hare Island — A Hayter Point — A Hillcrest Point — CEN 301 Hare Island Reef — A Head Island — A, D Hillier Islands — A, D Harkness Island — CEN 301 Hillis Bay — D Head Islands — A, D Harlem Reef — A Hill Island — CEN 301 Head, The (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Harmony Bay — A Hill Point — A Head, The (Lake Superior) — A Harmony River — A Hilton Beach — A Healey Falls — C Harold Point (Lake Huron, Hinckley Flats Shoal — CEN 301 North Channel) — A Healey Falls locks — C Hincks Island — D Harold Point (Parry Sound) — A, D Healey Island — A Hird Rock — A Harriet Point — B Heart Bank — A Hoar Point — A Harriette Point — A Heather Island — A Hog Bay — A, D Harrington Bay — C Hecla Rock — A, D Hoggs Bay — B Harrington Narrows — C Helen Bay — A Hog Island (Fort La Cloche) — A Harris Bank — A Helen Island (Lake Superior) — A Hog Island (Lower Rideau Lake) — B Harris Island — A, D Helen Island (McBean Channel) — A Hog Island (Potagannissing Bay) — A Harrison Bank — A Hells Gate — C Hog Island (Smith Bay) — A, D Harrison Point — A Hen and Chicken Island — A Hog Island (Whitefish Lake) — B Harrison Rock — A, D Henderson Bay — CEN 302 Hog Island Bank — A Henderson Harbor — CEN 302 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Harrison Shoal — A Hogsback — CEN 302 Harris Shoal — CEN 302 Hen Island (Georgian Bay) — A, D Hogs Back locks — B Harry Island — A Hen Island (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Holden Shoal — A Harsens Island — CEN 304 Hen Island Shoal — CEN 303 Holder Point — D Hartley Bay — D Hennepin Island — A Holdridge Shoal — A Hartwells locks — B Hennepin, Point — CEN 304 Hole-in-the-Wall Harty Island — A Hennessys Bay — B (Detroit River) — CEN 304 Harty Patches — A Henriette Island — A Hole in the Wall (Lake Huron, Harty Rock — A Henry Island — A North Channel) — A Harwood — C Henry Island Sandbank — A Hole in the Wall Harwood Point — A Henry Patch — A (Lansdowne Channel) — A, D Harwood Point Ranges — A Henry, Point — B, CEN 301 Hole in the Wall (Parry Sound) — A, D Haskell Shoal — CEN 301 Hensley Bay — A Holland River — C Haskins Point — B Henvey Inlet — D Honey Harbour — D Haslewood Bank — A Herbert Island — A Honora — A Hastings — C Hercules Bank — A Honora Point — A Hastings Channel — CEN 303 Heriot Island — CEN 301 Honoré-Mercier Bridge — CEN 301 Hastings lock — C Herman Point — A Hood Patch — A Hatch Island — D Heron Bay — A Hood Reef — A, D Hat Island (Isle Royale) — A Hook Island — A Heron Island — A Hat Island (St. Joseph Island) — A Hooper Island — A Heron Patch — A Hatrick Point — C Hoorigan Bay — A Herron Point — A Hattie Island — A Hoorigan Point — A Herschel Island — A Hattie Rock — A Hoover Point — CEN 303 Havilland Bay — A Hertzberg Island — A, D Hope Bay — A Hawken Island — A Hervey Rock — A Hope Channel — A Hawkers Bay — C Hesson Point — A Hope Island (Georgian Bay) — A Hawkesbury — B Hewett Shoal — A Hope Island (Quebec Harbour) — A Hawkes Shoal — A Hewis Rocks — D Hope Island (St. Ignace Island) — A Hawkestone — C Hewitt Island — B Hopkins Bank — A Hawkins Island (McBean Channel) — A Heywood Island — A, D Hopkins Bay — A Hawkins Island (Peninsula Harbour) — A Heywood Rock — A, D Hopkins Harbor — A Hawkins Point — D Heyworth Island — E Hopkins Point — A Hawk Island (Agate Cove) — A Hiawatha Bank — A Hoppner Island — D Hawk Island (Isle Royale) — A Hiawatha Park — B Horace Point — A Hawk Islands — A Hibbard Bay — A Horace Point Bank — A Hawks Nest Point — A Hibbard Rock — A Horne Rock — A Hay Bay (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Hickory Creek — CEN 303 Hornes Point — CEN 301 Hay Bay (Cape Hurd Channel) — A Hickory Island (Percy Reach) — C Horsburgh Point — A GI-12 Horse Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Indian Harbour (Fitzwilliam Island) — A Ivor Rocks — A Horse Island (St. Joseph Channel) — A Indian Harbour (Lake Superior) — A Ivy Lea — CEN 301 Horse Island, N.Y. — CEN 302 Indian Harbour Point — A Horse Point — CEN 302 Indian Harbour Reef — A Jackfish Bay — A Horseshoe Bay — A Indian Island Jackfish Channel — A Horseshoe Cove — A (Bay of Quinte) — C, CEN 302 Jack Island — A Horseshoe Island Indian Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Jackman Rock — A, D (Lake Couchiching) — C Indian Island (Goderich) — A Jack Reef — D Horseshoe Island Indian Island (Oliphant) — A Jack Rock — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Indian Island Bank — C, CEN 302 Jacks Island — D Horseshoe Reef — A Indian Lake — B Jackson Island Horsey Bay — CEN 302 Indian Landing — B (Whalesback Channel) — A Horsley Island — D Indian Point Jackson Island (Whitefish Bay) — A Horton Point — A (Adolphus Reach) — CEN 302 Jackson Rock — A Hoskin Islands — A Indian Point (Lake George) — A Jackson’s Cove — A Hospital Point — A Indian Point (Lake Huron) — A Jackson Shoal — A Hotchkiss Rock — A, D Indian River — C Jacksons Point — C Hotham Island — A Inez Island — A, D Jacks Point — A Houghton, Point — A Ingram (Ingraham) Rock — A, D Jacks Rock — D Houghton Rocks — A Inkster Rock — A Jackstraw Shoal — CEN 301 Houghton Sand Hills — CEN 303 Inner Bay — CEN 303 Jacob Island — C Howdenvale — A Inner Channel — D Jacques Island — A, D Howe Island — CEN 301 Inner Duck Island — A Jagged Island — A Howland Rocks — A Inner Harbour — B James Bay — A Hoxford Island — A Inner Ironsides Shoal — CEN 301 James Foote Patch — A Huckleberry Island — A, D Innes Island — A James Island (Rideau Waterway) — B Hudgen Rock — A Inside Head Island — A, D James Island (Ridout Islands) — D Hudson — B Inverhuron Bay — A James Island (Yeo Channel) — A Hudson, Haut-fond d’ — B Iona Island — D James Reef — A Huffs Island — CEN 302 Ipperwash, Cape — A James Rock — A Hughes Island — A Ireland Point — D Janden Island — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Hughes Point (Nipigon Bay) — A Ireson Island — A Jane Island (Canoe Channel) — D Hughes Point (River Styx) — B Irish Harbour — A Jane Island (Waubuno Channel) — A, D Hugh Rock — A, D Iron Island (Lake George) — A Jane Rock (Lake Huron, Hughson Bay — A Iron Island (Lake Nipissing) — E North Channel) — A Hull — B Iron Rock — A, D Jane Rock (Shawanaga Inlet) — D Humber Bay — CEN 302 Ironsides Island — CEN 301 Janet Head — A Humbug Point — A Ironsides Reef — A Jarrad Island — D Hummock, The — A Ironsides Rock — A, D Jarvis Bay — A Humphrey Rock — A Ironsides Shoal — CEN 301 Jarvis Island — A Hungerford Point — A Iroquois — CEN 301 Jarvis Point — A Hungry Bay — CEN 302 Iroquois Bay — A, D Jarvis River — A Hunter Rock — B Iroquois Island — CEN 301 Jarvis Rock — A Hunt Island — E Iroquois lock — CEN 301 Jeannettes Creek — CEN 304 Huntly Reef — A Iroquois, Point — A Jean Pierre Point — A Hunt Point — A Iroquois Rock — A Jellicoe Cove — A Huntress Reef — A Irvine Island — A Jenkins Point (Manitoulin Island) — A Hurd, Cape — A Irvine Point — CEN 301 Jenkins Point (Parry Sound) — A, D Hurkett — A Irwin Island — A Jenkins Rock — A Hurkett Cove — A Irwin Rock — A Jenner Bay — D Huron Bay — A Isaac Rock — A Jennie Graham Shoal — A Huron, Lake — A Isabella Island — A, D Jergens Island — D Huron, Point — CEN 304 Isabel Rock — A, D Jermyn Rock — A Hursley Island — A Isacor, Point — A Jesso Island — D Huycke Island — C Isaiah Rock — A Jessup Island — E Huycks Bay — CEN 302 Island Grove — C Jewell Point — D Huycks Point — CEN 302 Island Harbor — A Jobin Island — A Hyndman Bay — A Island No. 1 — A Jocko Bay — A Island No. 3 — A Jocko Point — E Île Cadieux, Baie de l’ — B Island Point — CEN 302 Jock River — B Imperial Bank — A Islands, Bay of — D Joe Dollar Bay — A Independence Point — CEN 302 Island, The — E John Harbour — A Indian Belle Rock — A Isle of Man — B John Island — A Indian Channel — A Isle of Pines — D John Joe Island — B Indian Creek — A, D Isle Royale — A John Ledge — A, D Indian Dock Channel — D Isthmus Bay — A Johnny Rock — D Indian Dock Point — A Isthmus, The — B Johns Island — A Indian Harbour (Big David Bay) — D Ivan Point — A Johnson Bay — CEN 301 GI-13 Johnson Harbour — A Kellys Point — B Kitchener Island — A Johnson Island — A, D Kempenfelt Bay — C Kitchens Point — CEN 303 Johnson Point Kemp Shoal — A Kitsilano Channel — D (Clapperton Channel) — A Kemptville — B Kitsilano Point — D Johnson Point (St. Marys River) — A Kemptville Creek — B Kittiwake Rock — A Johnson, Pointe — CEN 301 Keneden Park — C Kitty Shoal — A Johnson Shoal — CEN 302 Kennebeck Island — D Klotz Island — A Johnston Channel — CEN 304 Kennedy Bank — A Knapp Point — CEN 301 Johnston Harbour — A Kennedy Bay — C Knife Islands — A Johnston Point (Lake Huron) — A Kennedy Islands — B Knight Point — A Johnston Point Kennedy, Pointe — B Knobel Point — A (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 Kenneth Patches — A Kokanongwi Island — A, D Johnstown — CEN 301 Kenny Point — A Kokanongwi Shingle — A, D Joliette Islands — A Kenny Shoal — A Kolfage Island — A Jones Bluff — A Kensington Point — A Koshkawong Point — A Jones Falls locks — B Kent Islands — A Kumfort Island — D Jones Falls — B Kerr Bay — CEN 302 Kwekwekijiwan Bay — D Jones Island — A, D Kerr Island — D Jone’s Point — D Kerr Point — CEN 302 Labelle Reef — A Jones Point — A Kerr Point Shoal — CEN 302 Labrador Reef — A Jones Shoal — A Keswick — C La Canadienne Point — A Jordan Harbour — CEN 302 Ketcheson Island — D La Cave, Lac — B Jordan Island — A Kettle Creek — CEN 303 Lac Georges, Ruisseau de — B Jorstadt Island — CEN 301 Kettle, Île — B Lachine — CEN 301 Josephine Rocks — D Kettle Point — A Lackawanna Canal — CEN 303 Josephine Shoal — A Kettle Point Reef — A La Cloche Channel — A, D Jossie Island — A Kew Beach — CEN 302 La Cloche Peninsula — A, D Joyceville — B Key Harbour — A, D La Cloche, Rivière — A Jubilee Island — D Keyhole Island — D Laffertys Home — A Jubilee Shoal — A Key River — D Lafontaine, Baie — B
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Judd Bank — D Keystone Rock (French River) — E La France Rock — A Jules, Pointe des — B Keystone Rock (Georgian Bay) — A, D Lagoon City — C Julia Bay — A Kidd Bay — A La Grande Presqu’île — B Julia Point — A Kidd Point (Georgian Bay) — A La Grange Island (Ile la Grange) — A Jumbo Bay — A, D Kidd Point (Lake Superior) — A Laidlaw Point — C Jumbo Island (Copperhead Harbour) — D Kilcoursie Bay — A, D Laird Point — D Jumbo Island (McGregor Bay) — A, D Killaly Point — A Laird Rocks — A, D Juniper Island — C Killarney — A, D Lakefield — C Juno Point — A Killarney Bay — A, D Lakefield lock — C Killarney Channel — A, D Lake Fleet Islands, The — CEN 301 Kagawong — A Killarney Harbour — A, D Lake Point — E Kahnawake — CEN 301 Killarney Ridge — A Lakeport — CEN 302 Kalulah Rock — A Killbear Point — A, D Lakeside Beach — C Kama Bay — A Kilmarnock — B Lakeside Shoal — A Kama Point — A Kilmarnock Island — B Lakeview (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Kaministiquia River — A Kilmarnock lock — B Lakeview (Lake Simcoe) — C Kangaroo Rock — A Kilroy Patch — A Lally Point — A Kanigandibe (Skull) Point — A, D Kincardine — A Lambert Island (Georgian Bay) — D Kantos Point — A, D Kindersley Island — A, D Lambert Island (Lake Superior) — A Kars — B Kineras Bay — D Lambert Shoal — A Katchewanooka Lake — C King Bay — D Lamb Island (Georgian Bay) — D Kate Rock — A Kingcome Island — A Lamb Island (Lake Superior) — A Kathleen Island — D Kingdon Island — A Lambton Cove — A Kaulbach Rock — A King Point (Georgian Bay) — D Lame Squaw Island — CEN 301 Kawartha Park — C King Point (Lake Huron, Lamondin Point — D Keating Channel — CEN 302 North Channel) — A Lamorandiere Bank — A Keating Island — D Kings Point — A Lampey Rock — A Keating Rock — A Kings Point Bluff — A Lancaster Bar — CEN 301 Keats Island — A, D Kingston — CEN 301 Landerkin Island — A Kedey’s Island — B Kingston Harbour — CEN 301 Landing Beach — A Keefer Islands — D Kingston Mills — B Landry Point — A Keefer Point — A Kingsville — CEN 303 Langevin Rock — A, D Keegan Rock — D King William Island — A, D Langmuir Rock — A, D Keene — C Kinnear Island — D Lanoka Island — D Keith Rocks — A Kiowana Beach — A Lansdowne Channel — A, D Keith Shoal — CEN 302 Kipling Reef — A Lansdowne Rock — A Kelleys Island — CEN 303 Kirke Island — A La Passe — CEN 301 Kelleys Island Shoal — CEN 303 Kirkfield lift lock — C Lapointe Islands — A Kelly, Pointe — B Kirkpatrick Island — A La Prairie — CEN 301 GI-14 Lapthorn Island — A Lighthouse, Île (Lac des Chats) — B Little Red Bay — A Laramie Bay — D Lighthouse, Île Little Rice Bay — CEN 303 Laronde Creek — E (Lower Allumette Lake) — B Little River (Niagara River) — CEN 303 Larry Island (Lake Huron, Lighthouse Island — A Little River North Channel) — A Lighthouse Point (Christian Island) — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Larry Island (Parry Sound approach) — D Lighthouse Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Little Rock — A Larry Rock — A Lighthouse Point (Tobermory) — A Little Round Island — CEN 301 Larson Island — A Lily Bay — CEN 301 Little Snake Island — A La Salle — CEN 304 Lily Island — A Littles Point — CEN 303 LaSalle Causeway — CEN 301 Lime Barrel Shoal — CEN 302 Little Sturgeon River — E La Salle Island — A Lime Island — A Little Trout Bay — A Lasher Island — A Lime Island Channel — A Little Tub Harbour — A Lash Island — D Limekiln Crossing Reach — CEN 304 Livingstone Channel — CEN 304 Latreille, Pointe — CEN 301 Limekiln Reef — CEN 303 Livingstone Creek — A Lauderdale Point — C Limerick Island — B Livingston Island — B Lauder Island — D Limestone Point — A, D Lizard Islands — A Laura Grace Rock — A Lincoln Shoal — A Lloyd Island — D Laurier Island — A Linda Island — CEN 301 Loaf Rock (Bruce Peninsula) — A Lauzon Bay — A Lindsay — C Loaf Rock (French River) — D Lauzon River — A Lindsay Bank — A Lobster Point — A, D Laval-sur-le-Lac — B Lindsay lock — C Locke Point — A La Vase River — E Lindsay Rock — A Lockerbie Rock — A Lavigne — E Linter Island — A Locust Point — CEN 303 Lawrence Bank — A Linter Rock — A, D Lodge Channel — D Lawson Island — A Lion’s Head — A Logan Bay — A Lawson Rock — A Lions Head — A, D Logan Island — A Leach Island — A Lion’s Head Harbour — A Logie Rock — A Leadman Islands — A Lions Rump — A, D Lombiere Island — D Lisgar Island — A, D Lone Brother Island — CEN 301 Leamington — CEN 303 Little Bald Lake — C Lonely Bay — A Leask Bay — A
Little Beausoleil Island — D Lonely Island (Georgian Bay) — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Leask Point — A Little Beckwith — A Lonely Island (Lake Huron) — A Leason Bay — A Little Bluff — CEN 302 Lonely Island (Lake Nipissing) — E Leblanc, Île — B Little Cass Island — A Lonely Point — A Lee Bank — A Little Cedar Point — C Lonely (Milton) Point — A Leech Point — A, D Little Chicken Island — CEN 303 Lone Rock — A, D Leech Reef — A, D Little Chute — C Long Bank (Lake Huron, Lee Island — A Little Cove — A North Channel) — A Leek Island — CEN 301 Little Cranberry Lake — B Long Bank (Parry Sound approach) — A Lefaivre — B Little Current — A, D Long Beach — C Lefebvre Island — A Little Detroit — A Long Branch — CEN 302 Lefroy — C Little Dog Channel — D Longcroft Island — A Lefroy Island — D Little Eagle Harbour — A Long Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Legault’s Rock (Legault Island) — A Little Eagle Point — A Long Island (Georgian Bay) — A Le Grand Marais — B Little Galloo Island — CEN 302 Long Island (Lake Huron, Le Haye Point — A, D Little Gibraltar Rock — A North Channel) — A Le Haye Rock — A Little Go Home Bay — C Long Island (Rideau River) — B Leigh Bay — A Little Grenadier Island — CEN 301 Long Island locks — B Leisur Lee Point — D Little Island (Bruce Mines) — A Long Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Leith Island — D Little Island (Christian Island) — A Long Point (Lake George) — A Lemoine Point — CEN 302 Little Island (Clapperton Channel) — A Long Point (Muskoka Landing Le Nid Point — CEN 302 Little Island (Killarney) — A Channel) — A, D Lennox Rock — A Little Island (Little Current) — A, D Long Point Lent Island — D Little Island (Owen Channel) — A (Prince Edward Bay) — CEN 302 Leonard Island — D Little Island Bank — A Long Point (Serpent Harbour) — A Leon Island — A Little La Cloche Island — A, D Long Point Leo Rock — A Little Lake (Peterborough) — C (Strawberry Channel) — A, D Le Pâté — A Little Lake (Port Severn) — C Long Point (Wolfe Island) — CEN 302 Léry — CEN 301 Little Lake George — A Long Point Bay (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Les Petits Ecrits — A Little Lake Harbour — A Long Point Bay LeSueur Island — A Little McCoy Island — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Le Tertre — CEN 301 Little Nick Rock — A Long Point Harbour — CEN 302 Lewin Island — A Little Oak Island — E Long Point Island — D Lewis, Point — A Little Otter Creek — CEN 303 Long Point Reef — A Liard Hill — A Little Pike Bay — A Long Reach — CEN 302 Libby Island — B Little Pike Point — A Long Sault (Georgian Bay) — D Liddon Point — A, D Little Pine Tree Harbour — A Long Sault Lièvre, Rivière du — B Little Poplar Point — CEN 302 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Lighthouse Beach — E Little Rapids Cut — A Long Sault Islands — CEN 301 GI-15 Long Shoal — C MacArthur Lock — A Malone Bay — A Longs Island — A, D Macauley Spit — A Malone Island — A Longuissa Point — D MacBeth Bay — A Malony Shoal — A Lookout Island — A, D MacBeth Creek — A Maltas Island — A, D Loon Bay — A, D Macdonald Island — CEN 301 Mamainse Harbour — A Loon Harbour — A Macdougal Bay — D Mamainse Island — A Loon Island (Parry Sound) — A, D MacFarlane Island — D Mamainse Point — A Loon Island MacGregor Cove — A Mamajuda Island — CEN 304 (Shebeshekong Channel) — D MacGregor Harbour — A Mamajuda Island Shoal — CEN 304 Loon Island (Sheguiandah Bay) — A, D MacGregor Point — A Manchip Island — D Loon Island (Twelve Mile Bay) — A, D Macgregor Channel — A Manhattan Group — CEN 301 Loon Island (Upper Rideau Lake) — B MacInnes Point — A Manitoba Ledge — A Loon Island Reef — A, D Mackay’s Point — A, D Manitoba Reef — A Loon Portage — A Mackenzie Bay — A Manitoba Shoal — A Lord Stanley Rock — A Mackenzie River — A Manitou Gap — A L’Orignal — B Mackey Bay — B Manitou Islands — E Lorne Rock — A Mackey Creek — B Manitoulin Island — A, D Loscombe Bank — A Mackey Island — D Manitou Point — D Lost Bay — D Mackey Point — B Manitowaning — A, D Lost Channel — CEN 301 Mackey Shoal — D Manitowaning Bay — A, D Lost Rock — A MacKinnon Bank — A Mann Island — D Lottie Wolf Rock — A Mann Rock — A MacKinnon Point — A Lougheed Reef — A Manotick — B Macklin Island — D Lougheeds Point — A Manuel Rock — A Macomb Island — A Loughlin Island — A Maple Bluff — A Macoun Island — A Louisa Island — A Maple Island (Georgian Bay) — A Macpherson Ledge — A Louisa Rocks — A Maple Island (Lake Superior) — A Macpherson Point — A Louise Bay — A Maple Point — A Macrae Cove — A Louise, Pointe — A Maple Ridge — A Mac’s Bay (Frechette Bay) — A Louis Island — A Maraboo Point — B Madawaska River — B
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Lovers Creek — C Marathon — A Madore, Baie — B, CEN 301 Lovesick Lake — C Marble Head — A Lovesick lock — C Madore, Pointe — CEN 301 March Rock — B Lowbanks — CEN 303 Mad Reef — A Marcil Bay — A Lower Allumette Lake — B Maganasipi, Rivière — B Margaret Island — C Lower Beauharnois lock — CEN 301 Magazine Island — A, D Mariatown — CEN 301 Lower Black Rock Harbor — CEN 303 Magazine Islands — A Marine City, Mich. — CEN 304 Lower Brewers (Washburn) lock — B Magazine Point — A, D Marin Island — A Lower Buckhorn Lake — C Magee Island — A Mariposa Beach — C Lower Duck Island — B Magee Point — A Marjorie Island — A, D Lower Foley Island — C Magee Rock — A Marjorie Point — D Lower Gap — CEN 301 Maggie May Shoal — B Marks Point — A Lower Lakes Terminal — CEN 301 Maggie Rock — A Marquis Rock — A Lower Livingstone Channel — CEN 304 Magnetawan Ledges — A, D Marshall Bay — B Lower Rideau Lake — B Magnetawan River — A, D Martindale Pond — CEN 302 Low Island — A, D Magnet Channel — A Martin Island — CEN 304 Lowndes Island — D Magnetic Island — A Martin Reef — A Low Point — CEN 303 Magnetic Reefs — A Martin’s Point — A Lowrey Island — A Magnet Island — A Martyr Islands — A, D Loxton Island — A, D Magnet Point — A Marvin Island — A Luard Rock — A Mahmundaug Island — A, D Mary Ellen Point — A Lucas Channel — A Mahogany Harbour — B Mary Grant Rock — D Lucas Island — A Main Channel — A Mary Harbour — A Lucas Point (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Main Duck Island — CEN 302 Mary Island (Little Detroit) — A Lucas Point Main Passage — A Mary Island (Parry Sound) — A, D (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Main Station Island — A Mary Island (Thunder Bay) — A Lucas Reef — A Maitland — CEN 301 Mary Islet — A, D Lumière, Pointe à la — B Maitland Bank — A, D Mary Point (Lake Huron, Lumsden Rock — A Maitland Patch — A North Channel) — A Lurgan Beach — A Maitland River — A Mary Point (Little La Cloche Lyal Island — A Majestic Rock — A Island) — A, D Lyal Reef — A Makatewis Island — CEN 302 Mary Rock — D Lyndoch Island — CEN 301 Malcolm Bluff — A Mary Rocks — D Lynn Point — A Malcolm Reef — A Marys Cove — CEN 302 Lynn River — CEN 303 Mal de Mer Bank — A Mary Shoal — A Lyon Cove — A Malin, Pointe — B Marysville — CEN 301 Lyon Point — A Mallard Cove — A, D Mary Ward Ledges — A Lyon Rocks — A Mallory Bay — CEN 302 Maskinonge Bay — A Lyons Island — CEN 302 Mallorytown Landing — CEN 301 Maskinonge Island — E GI-16 Maskinonge (Jersey) River — C McGowan Rock — A Melocheville — CEN 301 Massasauga Point — CEN 302 McGreevy Harbour — A Melville Point — A Massena Canal — CEN 301 McGregor Bank — A, D Melville Shoal — CEN 302 Massena, N.Y. — CEN 301 McGregor Bay (Georgian Bay) — A, D Melville Sound — A Massena Point — CEN 301 McGregor Bay (Rice Lake) — C Melvin Bight — A, D Massey — A McGregor Island — A, D Menagerie Island — A Masson — B McGregor Point — A, D Meneilly Island — D Masson Island — A McHugh Rock — A, D Menekaunee Point — A Matchedash Bay — D McIlray Island — A, D Menimmenis Island — D Mather Rock — D McInnes Bank — A Menominee Channel — D Matheson Island — A McIntosh Bank — A Mercer Rocks — A Matheson Shoal — A, D McIntyre River — A Mercier Rock — A, D Mattawa — B McIntyre Shoal — D Meredith Island — A Maud Island — D McKay Cove — A Meredith Rock — A Maumee Bay — CEN 303 McKay Island — A Merida Shoal — A Maumee River — CEN 303 McKay, Mount — A Mermaid Island (Georgian Bay) — D Maurepas, Point — A McKay Reef — A Mermaid Island Maurice Point — A McKay Rock — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Maxwell Island — A, D McKay Rocks — A Merrickville — B Maxwell Point — A, D McKellar Harbour — A Merrickville locks — B Maxwell Rock — A McKellar Island (Pie Island) — A Meshkodeyang (Prairie) Point — A, D Mayflower Island — A McKellar Island (Thunder Bay) — A Meso Island — CEN 304 Mayne Island — D McKellar Point — A Metapedia Island — E May Reef — A McKellar River — A Meteor Rock — A Mazeppa Rock — A McKenney Reef — A Methodist Bay — A Mazokamah (Kama) Bay — A McKenzie Island — D Methodist Island — A, D McBean Channel — A McKerrel Rock — A, D Methodist Point — A McBean Harbour — A McKim Bay — A Methuen Reef — A McBean, Mount — A McKinnon Rock — A Meyers lock — C McBrien Island — D McLaren Island — D Meyers Point — CEN 302
McCaigs (McQuaigs) Hill — A McLaughlin Bay — CEN 302 Miall Patch — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL McCallum Islands — A McLean Bay — C Mica Bay — A McCargoe Cove — A McLean Shoal — D Mica Shoal — A McCarthy Point — A McLelan Rock — A Michael’s Bay — A McCarthy Point Ledge — A McLennan Rock — A Michael’s Point — A McClelland Rock — A, D McLeod Island (Canoe Channel) — D Michaud Point — A, D McColl Island — A McLeod Island Michels Ground — A McCormick Island — D (Musquash Channel) — D Michipicoten Bay — A McCort (McCourt) Point — A McMahon Bluff — CEN 302 Michipicoten Harbour — A McCourt Point — A McMaster Point — A Michipicoten Island — A McCoy Island — CEN 301 McMillan Bank — A Michipicoten River — A McCoy Islands — A McNab Harbour — A Middle Bank (Clapperton Channel) — A McCoy Shoal — A McNab Peninsula — A Middle Bank McCracken Island — A McNab Point (Lake Huron) — A (Georgian Bay entrance) — A McCracken Landing — C McNab Point (Lake Superior) — A Middle Bank (St. Joseph Channel) — A McCrackens Landing — C McNab Rocks — A, D Middle Bank McCrearys Point — B McNair Island — CEN 301 (Strawberry Channel) — A, D McCurry Rocks — D McNallys Bay — B Middle Bass Island — CEN 303 McDivitt Island — D McNamees Point — B Middle Bluff — A McDonald Island — CEN 301 McNeil Ledge — A Middlebrun Bay — A McDonald Islands — A McPhee Bay — C Middlebrun Channel — A McDonald Point — CEN 301 McQuade Island — A Middlebrun Island — A McDonald Point Shoal — CEN 301 McQuaigs Hill — A Middlebrun Point — A McDonald’s Cut — C McQuestin Point — B Middle Channel (Georgian Bay) — D McDonald Shoal (Georgian Bay) — A McRae Patch — A Middle Channel McDonald Shoal (Lake Huron, McRae Point — A (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 North Channel) — A McRae Rock — A Middle Duck Island — A McEachan Island — A McRay Point — CEN 301 Middle Grant Island — A McElhinney Ground — A McTavish Island — A Middle Ground McFarlane Point — A McTavish, Pointe — B (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 McFarlanes Point — B McVicar Creek — A Middle Ground McFaul Shoal — CEN 302 Meade Island — A (Parry Sound approach) — A McGarvey Shoal — A Meaford — A Middle Ground McGaw Point — A Meaford Island — D (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 McGhie Rock — A Meaford Shoal — A Middle Ground McGibbons Point — CEN 301 Meaux Shoal — A (Waubaushene Channel) — D McGinty Cove — A Melancon Point — A Middle Island McGlashan Patch — A Meldrum Bay — A (Georgian Bay entrance) — A McGlennon Point — CEN 302 Meldrum Point — A Middle Island (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 GI-17 Middle Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Minnie Rock (Twelve Mile Bay) — A Moorhouse Patch — A Middle Island (Snug Harbour) — A, D Minos Bank — A Moose Deer Point — A, D Middle Islands Passage — A Minstrel Rock — A Morden Rock — A, D Middle Neebish Channel — A Miron Bank — A Moreau Rock — D Middle Neebish Channel Ranges — A Miron Island — D Moreland (Mooreland) Bank — A, D Middle Reef (French River) — D Mirre Point — A Morgans Point — CEN 303 Middle Reef (Lake Huron) — A Misery Bay — A Morn Harbour — A Middle Reefs — CEN 303 Misery Point — A Morn Point — A Middle Rock — D Mission Hill — A Morpeth — CEN 303 Middle Sister Island — CEN 303 Mission Island — A Morrell Reef — A Middleton Islands — A Mission Point — A Morrisburg — CEN 301 Midland — A, D Mission River — A Morris Island (Georgian Bay) — D Midland Bank — A Mississagi Bay — A Morris Island (Lake Huron, Midland Bay — A, D Mississagi Island — A North Channel) — A Midland Bay Shoal — A, D Mississagi River — A Morrison Harbour — A Midland Point — A, D Mississagi Strait — A Morrison, Île — B Midshipman Point — D Mississauga — CEN 302 Morrison Island — E Miles Bay — A Mississauga Point — CEN 302 Morrison Islands — A Milford Haven — A Mitawanga Island — D Morrison Landing — C Milford Island — A Mitchell Island — A Morrison Point — CEN 302 Milk River — CEN 304 Mitchell Lake — C Morris Rock — B Mill Bay — B Mitchell’s Bay — CEN 304 Morristown, N.Y. — CEN 301 Millen Bay — CEN 301 Mitchell’s Point — CEN 304 Morrow Bay — C Miller Island — B Moberly Bay — A Morrow Point — C Mille Roches Island — CEN 301 Moberly Rock — A Mortimer Island — A Miller Point (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Mocking Bird Island — A, D Morton Bay — B Miller Point (Little Current) — A, D Moffat Bay — A Moseley Island — D Miller Rock — A, D Moffat Strait — A Mosley Island — D Miller’s Bay — B Mohawk Bay Mosquito Bay — A (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Mosquito Harbour — A Millhaven — CEN 302
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Mohawk Bay (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Mosquito Island — A Millhaven Creek — CEN 302 Mohawk Island — CEN 303 Mosquito Lake — B Milligan Island — A, D Mohawk Point — CEN 303 Moss Harbour — A Milligan Rock — A Mohawk Rock — A, D Moss Island — A Mill Lake — D Mohr, Île — B Moss Point — A Mill Pond Bay — A, D Moiles Harbour — A Mott Island — A Mills Island — A Moira River — CEN 302 Motton Point — A Milo Rock — A Moira Shoal — CEN 302 Moulinette Island — CEN 301 Milton Bank — A Monague Point — A Moulin, Pointe du — CEN 301 Milton Island (Georgian Bay) — D Monette Point — D Moulton Bay — CEN 303 Milton Island Monetville — E Mountain Ash Hill — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Monkhouse Bank — D Mountain Bay — A Milton Point (Lake Huron) — A Monk Island — A Mountains, Lake of the — A Milton Point Monk Point Mount Clemens, Mich. — CEN 304 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 (False Detour Channel) — A Mount Julian — C Milton Reef — A Monk Point Mountneys Island — B Mimico — CEN 302 (Manitowaning Bay) — A, D Mouse Island (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Mimico Creek — CEN 302 Monmouth Island — A Mouse Island (Lake Huron, Miner Rocks — D Montague Islands — A North Channel) — A Miners Creek — D Montebello — B Mouse Island Reef — CEN 303 Mines, Pointe aux — A Montgomery Island — A Mouse Rock — C Mink Bay — A Montreal Channel — A Mowat Island — A, D Mink Island (Lake Huron, Montreal Island — A Mowat Point — A North Channel) — A Montreal River — A Mud Bay (Lake Superior) — A Mink Island (Lake Superior) — A Montreal Shoal — A Mud Bay, N.Y. — CEN 302 Mink Islands — A Monument Channel — D Mud Cut — B Mink Point — A Moodie Rock — A Muddy Creek — CEN 303 Mink Reef — A Mood Island — A Mudge Bay — A Minnicog Channel — A, D Mooley Island — A Mud Island — CEN 304 Minnicognashene Island — A, D Moon Bay — A Mulcaster Island — CEN 301 Minnie Blakely Shoal — CEN 302 Mooneys Bay — B Mulcaster Patch — CEN 302 Minnie Island (Georgian Bay) — D Moon Island (Georgian Bay) — D Mullet Creek Bay — CEN 301 Minnie Island (Lake Superior) — A Moon Island, Mich. — A Munroe Island — A Minnie Reef — A Moonlight Island — D Munro, Port — A Minnie Rock (Northeast Passage) — D Moonshine Island — A Munuscong Channel — A Minnie Rock Mooreland Bank — A Munuscong Lake — A (Parry Sound approach) — A Moore Point (Georgian Bay) — A, D Muriel Island — A, D Minnie Rock Moore Point (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Muriel Point — A (Pointe au Baril Channel) — D Mooretown — CEN 304 Murphy Harbour — A GI-18 Murphy Islands — CEN 301 Ned Island — A Noble Bank — D Murphy Point — A Neebing River — A Nobles Bank — A Murphy, Pointe — B Neebish Island — A Nobles Bay — B Murphys Bay — B Needles Eye Island — CEN 301 Nobles Island (Beaverstone Bay) — D Murphy Shoal — CEN 301 Nelles Island — A Nobles Island (Lake Huron, Murphys Narrows — B Nemo, Mount — CEN 302 North Channel) — A Murphys Point — B Nepean Point — B Nodoway Point — A Murray Canal — C, CEN 302 Neptune Island — A Noelville — E Murray Island (Georgian Bay) — D Nest Island (St. Ignace Island) — A Nogies Creek Bay — C Murray Island Nest Island (Shaganash Island) — A Noisy River — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Nestorville — A Nonquon River — C Murray Rocks — D Nest, The — A, D Nord, Rivière du — B Murton Reef — A Newash Point — A Norgate Inlet — A, D Muscote Bay — CEN 302 New Baltimore, Mich. — CEN 304 Norgate Rocks — A, D Muskie Bay — C New Bank — A Norman Bank — A Muskie Island — D Newbery Cove — A Normandale — CEN 303 Muskoka Landing Channel — D Newboro’ — B Norquay Island — A Muskrat Bay — D Newboro Lake — B Norris Island — E Muskrat Hole — B Newboro’ lock — B North Bank — A Muskrat Island — A Newcastle — CEN 302 North Bass Island — CEN 303 Musquash Channel — D Newcombe Rock — A North Bay (Balsam Lake) — C Mutchmor Point — A Newman Island — E North Bay (Georgian Bay) — A Mutton Shoal — A Newport — A North Bay (Honey Harbour) — D Myers Island — CEN 301 Newport Channel — A North Bay (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Myles Bay — A Newton Island — A North Bay (Lake Nipissing) — E Myles Shoal — B, CEN 301 Newton Islands — A, D North Bay (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Myrtie Bank — A New Toronto — CEN 302 North Beach — CEN 302 Mystery Island — A Niagara Bar — CEN 302 North Benjamin Island — A Niagara Falls — CEN 303 North Canal — A Nadeau Island — D Niagara Falls, N.Y. — CEN 303 North Channel (Byng Inlet) — D Nadeau Point — A, D Niagara Island — CEN 301 North Channel (Georgian Bay INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Niagara-on-the-Lake — CEN 302 entrance) — A Nadeaus Point — CEN 301 Niagara Reef — CEN 303 North Channel (Lake Huron) — A, D Nadie Island — C Niagara River — CEN 302 North Channel Naiscoot River — A, D Niagara River Channel — CEN 303 (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Nancy Island — A Niagara Shoal — CEN 301 North Channel (McGregor Bay) — A, D Nano, Cape — A Nias Islands — A, D North Channel Nanticoke — CEN 303 Nias Rocks — A, D (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 Nanticoke Creek — CEN 303 Niblett Island — D North Channel Nanticoke Harbour — CEN 303 Nicholas Cove — C (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Nanticoke Shoal — CEN 303 Nicholas Island — A North Colborne Island — CEN 301 Naomi Island — A Nichol Island — C North Cove — A Naomikong Point — A Nichols Cove (Lake Superior) — A Northeast Island — D Napanee — CEN 302 Nichols Cove (Pigeon Lake) — C Northeast Passage — D Napanee River — CEN 302 Nicholson Island — CEN 302 Northeast Point (Cove Island) — A Nares Inlet — D Nicholson Rock — A Northeast Point (Fitzwilliam Island) — A Nares Ledge — D Nicholsons locks — B Northeast Point (Killarney) — A, D Nares Point — D Nicholson Spit — D Northeast Rock — A Narrow Island — A, D Nicholsons Point — CEN 302 Northeast Shelf — A, D Narrow Point Nicolet, Lake — A Northeast Shingle — A (Manitowaning Bay) — A, D Nicolet Rock — A, D North Entrance — A Narrow Point (Serpent Harbour) — A Nicol Island — A Northey Bay — C Narrows Island — D Nicoll Shoal — A North Go Home Bay — D Narrows lock — B Nicolls Island — B North Government Island — A Narrows Shoal — CEN 302 Niger Rock — A, D North Gros Cap — A Narrows, The Nine Mile Point North Group — A (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 North Harbour Island — CEN 303 Narrows, The (Lake Huron) — A Nine Mile Point North Harbour Island Reef — CEN 303 Narrows, The (Lake Nipissing) — E (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 North Island — A Narrows, The (Lake Simcoe) — C Ninemile Point, Mich. — A North Keppel — A Narrows, The (Little Lake) — C Nine Mile River — A North Limestone Island — A Nassau — C Nipigon — A North McNair Shoal — CEN 301 Nassau Mills lock — C Nipigon Bay — A North Otter Island — A Navy Bay — B, CEN 301 Nipigon River — A North Passage — A Navy Island (Lake Huron, Nipigon Strait — A North Point (Colpoy’s Bay) — A North Channel) — A Nipissing, Lake — E North Point (Darch Island) — A Navy Island (Niagara River) — CEN 303 Nisbet Island — A North Point (Mississagi Island) — A Navy Islands, The — CEN 301 Nisbet Rock — A North Point (Squaw Island) — A, D Navy Point — CEN 302 Nobel — D North Point (Tobermory Harbour) — A GI-19 North Point Shoal — A Ogilvie Island — A Otter Island Channel — A North Pond — CEN 302 Ogilvy Point — A Otter Islands — A North Port — CEN 302 Oiseau Bay — A Ottley Island — A, D North Port Shoal — CEN 302 Oiseau, Pointe à l’ — B Otty Point — CEN 302 North Reef (Alexander Passage) — D Ojibway Bay — D Ouida Rock — A North Reef (Club Harbour) — A Ojibway Island — D Ouimet Point — A, D North Reef (Mississagi Strait) — A Oka — B Outan Island — A North Rock — D Oka, Baie d’ — B Outer Duck Island — A North Sandy Island — A Old Channel — CEN 304 Outer Fox Islands — D North Seine Island — A Old Cut — CEN 303 Outer Harbour East North Shoal — A Old Cut Point — CEN 303 Headland — CEN 302 North Sister Rock — A Old Daves Harbour — A Outer Pancake Shoal — A North Spit — A, D Old Dumping Ground Shoal — A Overhanging Point — A North Tonawanda, N.Y. — CEN 303 Oldfield Island — D Owen Channel — A North Watcher Island — A Old Fort St. Joe Point — A Owen Island (Clarence Channel) — A, D Northwest Bank Old Galop Canal — CEN 301 Owen Island (Lake Superior) — A (French River entrance) — D Old John Rock — A Owen Island (Owen Channel) — A Northwest Bank Oldman Shoal — A Owen Sound — A (Macgregor Channel) — A Old Mill Island — A, D Owen Sound Harbour — A Northwest Banks — A Old Portage Channel — A, D Owl Island — A Northwest Basin — A, D Old Slys locks — B Oxenden — A Northwest Bay — E Old Tower Island — A Oxley Point — A, D Northwest Burnt Island — A, D Old Tower Rocks — A, D Ox Point — CEN 302 Northwest Pine Island — A Old Woman Bay — A Northwest Point — A Old Woman River (Lake Huron) — A Pacific Rock — A Northwest Reef — A Old Woman River (Lake Superior) — A Page Rocks — A North Wooded Pine Island — A Oliphant — A Paix, Îles de la — CEN 301 Norway Bay — B Oliver Rock (Bay of Islands) — A Palen Bank — CEN 302 Oliver Rock (Georgian Bay) — A Nottawasaga Bay — A Palestine Island — A, D Olivers Rock — B Nottawasaga Island — A Palette Island — A
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL O’Meara Point — A, D Nottawasaga River — A Pallideau Island — A Omemee — C Palliser Point — A Number 10 Island — A Onderdonk Point — C, CEN 302 Palmers Point — A Nut Island — CEN 302 One Mile Point — A, D Pancake Bay — A Nuttall Island — A One Tree Island (Churchill Islands) — A Pancake Point — A Nuttal Point — A One Tree Island (Collingwood) — A Pancake Rock — A, D Nutter Bay — D One Tree Island (Collins Inlet) — A, D Pancake Shoal — A One Tree Island (Indian Harbour) — D Pancakes, The — A, D ak Bay — A O Ontario — D Pandora Rock — A Oakes Cove — A Ontario Bank — A Panet Point — A Oak Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Ontario Place — CEN 302 Pannikin Shoal — A Oak Island (Shebeshekong Bay) — A, D Opechee Island — D Papineau Island — A Oak Island (Waubuno Channel) — A, D Opinicon Lake — B Papineauville — B Oak Island (West Arm of Orchard Point — C Papoose Bay — A, D Lake Nipissing) — E Orignal, Baie de l’ — B Papoose Island (Georgian Bay) — A Oak Island, N.Y. — CEN 301 Orillia — C Papoose Island (Sand Lake) — B Oak Point (Lake Huron, Oriole Rock — A, D Papoose Islands — A North Channel) — A Orlebar Rock — D Paps, The — A Oak Point (Trent River) — C Osborn Point — A Paradise Beach — C Oak Point (Wolfe Island) — CEN 301 Oshawa — CEN 302 Paradise Island — A Oak Point, N.Y. — CEN 301 Oshawa Harbour — CEN 302 Paradise Point — A Oakville — CEN 302 Osler Bay — A Pare Island — D Oakville Creek — CEN 302 Osprey Bank — A, D Parisienne, Ile — A Oakville Harbour — CEN 302 Ossifrage Island — A Parisienne Shoal — A O’Brien Islands — A Ossifrage Rock (Georgian Bay) — D Parker Island (Lake Huron) — A O’Brien Patch — A Ossifrage Rock (Lake Superior) — A Parker Island (Ottawa River) — B Obstacle Island — D Ostrander Point — CEN 302 Parker Landing — A O’Connor Island — A Oswegatchie River — CEN 301 Parker Point — A O’Connor Rocks — D Otonabee lock — C Parrotts Bay — CEN 302 O’Donnell Bank — A Otonabee River — C Parry Island — A, D O’Donnell Channel — A, D Otonabee Shoal — D Parry Sound — A, D O’Donnell Island — A Ottawa — B Parry Sound Harbour — A, D O’Donnell Point — A, D Ottawa River — B Parsons Island — A O’Dwyer Island — A Otter Cove (La Canadienne Point) — A Parsons, Pointe — B Ogden Island — CEN 301 Otter Cove (Shesheeb Bay) — A Parting Channel — D Ogden Point — CEN 302 Otter Creek — B Partridge Island (French River) — E Ogdensburg, N.Y. — CEN 301 Otter Head — A Partridge Island (Killarney Bay) — A, D Ogdensburg-Prescott-International Otter Island (La Canadienne Point) — A Partridge Island Bridge — CEN 301 Otter Island (Shesheeb Bay) — A (Lansdowne Channel) — A, D GI-20 Partridge Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Perley Island (Lake Huron, Pine Bay — A Partridge Island Rocks — A, D North Channel) — A Pine Island (Killarney Bay) — A, D Partridge Point (Lake George) — A Perley Island (Lake Superior) — A Pine Island (St. Joseph Channel) — A Partridge Point (Sault Ste. Marie) — A Perley Rock — A Pine Islands — A Passage Island (Haggart Narrows) — D Perrique Island — A Pine Point (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Passage Island (Lake Huron, Perrot, Île — CEN 301 Pine Point (Ottawa River) — B North Channel) — A Perry Bay — A Pine Point (Wellers Bay) — CEN 302 Passage Island (Lake Superior) — A Perry Point — A Pine River (Lake Superior) — A Passage Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Perseverance Island — A Pine River (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 Passage Island (Twelve Mile Bay) — A Perth — B Pine Rock — A Paterson Rocks — A Petawawa Point — B Pinery Point — A Pathfinder Bay — A, D Peterborough — C Pine Tree Harbour — A Patrick Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Peterborough lift lock — C Pine Tree Point (Byng Inlet) — A, D Patrick Point (Lake Huron, Peter Islands — A Pinetree Point (Byng Inlet) — A, D North Channel) — A Peter Rock — CEN 302 Pine Tree Point (Georgian Bay) — A Patrick Point Bank — A Peters Island — A Pine Tree Point (Lake Huron) — A Patricks Cove — CEN 304 Petite Île Limerick — B Pinetree Point Patten Island — A, D Petite Nation, Rivière de la — B (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Patterson Cliffs — A Petley Rock — A, D Pinhey Point — B Patterson Island (Lake Superior) — A Petrel Point — A Pink Island — B Patterson Island (Parry Sound) — A, D Petre, Point — CEN 302 Pinnacle Rock — A Paulett, Cape — A Petrie Islands — B Pins, Pointe aux (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Pavis Island — D Petticoat Point — CEN 302 Pins, Pointe aux (St. Marys River) — A Pawsey Rocks — D Phantom Shoal — A Pipe Island — A Payette Island — A Philip Edward Island — A, D Pipe Island Shoal — A Paynter’s Bay — A Phillimore Rock — A Pipe Island Twins — A Pays Plat Bay — A Phillips Shoal — D Pipe River — A Pays Plat River — A Phipps Point — A, D Pirate Island — A Peachey Island — D Phipps Point Shoal — A, D Pirates Island — CEN 303 Peach Orchard Point — CEN 303 Phoebe Point — A Pirie Rocks — D Peacock Island — D Phoebe Rocks — D Pitman Bank — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Peacock Point — CEN 303 Pic Island — A Pitman Point — A Pearl Island — D Pickerel Point — CEN 302 Playter Harbour — A Pearl River — A Pickerel River — D Pleasant Bay — A Pearson Island (Lake Huron) — A Pickering Beach — CEN 302 Pleasant Harbour — A Pearson Island (Lake Superior) — A Picnic Island (Honey Harbour) — D Pleasant Island — A, D Pearsons Point — C Picnic Island (Little Current) — D, A Pleasant, Point — CEN 301 Peche Island — CEN 304 Picnic Point (Georgian Bay) — D Pleasant Point (Georgian Bay) — D Peerless Island — A Pefferlaw — C Picnic Point (Rice Lake) — C Pleasant Point (Lake Huron) — A Pefferlaw Brook — C Picnic Rock — D Pleasant Point Pelee Island — CEN 303 Pic River — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Pelee Passage — CEN 303 Picton — CEN 302 Pleasant Point (Sturgeon Lake) — C Pelee, Point — CEN 303 Picton Bay — CEN 302 Plum Island — B Pelées, Îles — B Picton Harbour — CEN 302 Plummer Bank — A Pelican Rock — A Picture Island — A Plummer Cove — A, D Pelkie Rock — A, D Pie Island — A Plummer Island — A Pell Island — A, D Piercy Rocks — A Plum Point — CEN 303 Pembroke — B Pierson Point — CEN 302 Poe Lock — A Pendall (Penaall) Point — A Pigeon Bay (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Point Anne — CEN 302 Pender Islets — A, D Pigeon Bay (Lake Superior) — A Point aux Frenes — A Pendills Bay — A Pigeon Island — CEN 302 Pointe au Baril — A, D Pendills Creek — A Pigeon Lake — C Pointe au Baril Channel — D Penetang Harbour — A, D Pigeon Point — A Pointe au Baril Harbour — A Penetangore River — A Pigeon River — A Pointe au Baril Station — D Penetang Rock — D Pig Island — D Pointe-au-Chêne — B Penetanguishene — A, D Pig Point — CEN 302 Pointe-au-Sable — B Pengallie Bay — D Pig, The — A, D Pointe aux Pins Bay — A Peninsula Harbour — A Pike Bay (Georgian Bay) — D Pointe-Calumet — B Peninsula, Point — CEN 302 Pike Bay (Lake Huron) — A Pointe-Cavagnal — B Peninsula, The — A Pike Creek — CEN 304 Pointe-Claire — CEN 301 Penitentiary Shoal — B, CEN 301 Pike Point — A Pointe-Fortune — B Pennsylvania Island — D Piledriver Shoal — A Pointe Gatineau — B Pentecôte, Baie de la — B Pillar Point — CEN 302 Pointe Louise Channel — A Percy Reach — C Pilon Island — CEN 301 Pointe Mouillée Flats — CEN 301 Percy Reach lock — C Pilons Point — CEN 301 Point Frederick Shoal — B, CEN 301 Percy Rock — A Pilot Harbour — A Point Iroquois Shoals — A Perkins Rock — A, D Pinchgut Point — A Pollard Island — D Perkwakwia Point — A Pinch Island — A, D Pollux Island — D GI-21 Pollys Gut — CEN 301 Port Stanton — C Punts, The — CEN 301 Pond Point — D Port Weller Harbour — CEN 303 Purgatory Cove — A Pond, The — B Post Hill — A Purvis Bank — A Pool Rocks — A Potagannissing Bay — A Puswawa Island — D Pool, The — A, D Potato Island — D Put-In-Bay, Ohio — CEN 303 Poonamalie lock — B Potato Island Channel — D Pyette Hill — A Pope Point — A Pottawatomi River — A Pyette Point (Owen Sound) — A Pope Rock — A Pottohawk Point — CEN 303 Pyette Point (Parry Sound) — A, D Popham Bay — CEN 302 Potvin Point — D Pym Rock — D Popham Point — D Poundnet Point — A Pyritic Island — A Poplar Bar — CEN 302 Powassan — E Poplar Beach — A Powder Islands — A Quai des Roches — A Poplar Island — D Powder Shoal (Barwis Rock) — A Quaid’s Bay — A Poplar Point — CEN 302 Powell Cove — A, D Quarry Bay (Greene Island Harbour) — A Porcupine Island — A Powell Cove Bank — A, D Quarry Island (Georgian Bay) — A, D Porcupine Point — A Power Island — A Quarry Island (Lake Superior) — A Porcupine Reef — A Powys Rock — D Quarry Point — A Pork Islet — B Poynter Rock — A Quarters, The — B Porphyry Island — A Prairie Point (Manitoulin Island) — A Quartz Rock — A, D Porphyry, Point — A Prairie Point (Melville Sound) — A Quebec Harbour — A Porphyry Reef — A Prairie Siding — CEN 304 Quebec Head — CEN 301 Portage Bay — A Prairies, Rivière des — B Quebec Mines — A Portage Cove — A, D Pratt Island — D Quebec Rocks — A Portage Island — D Pratt Reef — D Queen Reef — D Portage lock — C Prefontaine Island — A Queens Point — A Portage Point (Georgian Bay) — D Premier, Mount — A Queenston — CEN 302 Portage Point (Lake Huron) — A Premier Mountain (Mount Premier) — A Quenet, Pointe à — CEN 301 Portage Point (Lake Huron, Prendergast Island — A Quick Shoal — CEN 302 Prescott — CEN 301 Quigley Island — A North Channel) — A Present Island — A, D Quilliam Shoal — A Portage Point Spit — A
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Presqu’île — CEN 301 Quinns Bay — CEN 301 Portage-du-Fort — B Presqu’ile Bay — B, CEN 302 Quinte Point — CEN 302 Port Alma — CEN 303 Presqu’ile Middle Ground — CEN 302 Quyon — B Port Arthur — A Presqu’ile Peninsula — CEN 302 Port Britain — CEN 302 Presqu’ile Point (Georgian Bay) — A abbit Island (Byng Inlet) — A, D Port Bruce — CEN 303 R Presqu’ile Point Rabbit Island (Georgian Bay) — A Port Burwell — CEN 303 (Lake Ontario) — B, CEN 302 Rabbit Island Port Colborne — CEN 303 Preston Cove — CEN 302 (Manitowaning Bay) — A, D Port Coldwell — A Preston Island — C Rabbit Island Bank — A Port Credit — CEN 302 Prince Bay — A Rabbit Island Rock — A, D Port Crewe — CEN 303 Prince Edward Bay — CEN 302 Rabbit Narrows — A, D Port Dalhousie — CEN 302 Prince Edward Point — CEN 302 Raber Bay — A Port Darlington — CEN 302 Prince Regent Island — CEN 301 Raber Point — A Port Dover — CEN 303 Pringle Creek — CEN 302 Raby Head — CEN 302 Port Elgin — A Pring Reef — A, D Raft Island — D Port Elgin Shoal — A Prinyer Cove — CEN 302 Raft Narrows — CEN 301 Port Franks — A Prinyer Point — CEN 302 Raft Point — A Port Glasgow — CEN 303 Proctor Point — CEN 302 Rafting Point — B Port Hope — CEN 302 Proudfoot Point — A Ragged Bight — A Port Huron — A Prout Rock — A Ragged Point (Alexander Passage) — D Port Huron, Mich. — CEN 304 Providence Bay — A Ragged Point (Squaw Island) — A, D Port Lambton — CEN 304 Providence Point — A Rainboth Island — A Portland — B Provost Island — A Raisin River — CEN 301 Port Lewis — CEN 301 Prow Island — D Rains Wharf Range — A Port Lewis, Haut-fond de — CEN 301 Psyche Shoal — CEN 302 Ramey’s Bend — CEN 303 Portlock Harbour — A Puce River — CEN 304 Ram Island — CEN 302 Portlock Island — A Puckasaw Depot — A Ramsay Islands — A Port Maitland — CEN 303 Puckasaw River — A Ramsay Point — D Port McNicoll — A, D Pudding Island — D Randle Point — A Port Metcalf — CEN 301 Puff Island — A Randle Reef — CEN 302 Port Perry — C Pugsley Island — A Range Island — A, D Port Robinson — CEN 303 Pukaskwa (Puckasaw) Depot — A Rankin Creek — CEN 304 Port Rowan — CEN 303 Pukaskwa (Puckasaw) River — A Ranney Falls locks — C Port Royal — CEN 303 Pullman Shoal — CEN 301 Raper Island — A Port Ryerse — CEN 303 Pull Point — CEN 302 Rapide Plat Point — CEN 301 Port Severn — C Pulpwood Harbour — A Rapides de Sainte-Anne — B Port Severn lock — C Pulpwood Point — A Rapides-des-Joachims — B Portsmouth Harbour — B, CEN 301 Pumper Rock — B Rapides du Cheval Blanc — B Port Stanley — CEN 303 Pumpkin Point — A Rapides Lalemant — B GI-22 Rapids, The — A Ridge, The (Clapperton Channel) — A Rose Rocks — A Raquette Point — CEN 301 Ridge, The (Owen Channel) — A Roses Reef — CEN 303 Raquette River — CEN 301 Ridout Islands — D Rosetta Island — A, D Raspberry Island — D Rigaud — B Rosseau Island — A Rathbun Bay — A Rigaud, Rivière — B Rosseau Shoal — A Rathlyn Island — D Rigby Island — A, D Ross Island — A Rat Portage — A, D Rigg Rock — D Ross Point (Cockburn Island) — A Rattlesnake Harbour — A Riley Patch — A Ross Point (Waubuno Channel) — A, D Rattlesnake Island — CEN 303 Ripple Reef — A Rossport — A Rattlesnake Point (Georgian Bay) — A Ripple Rock — D Rossport Harbour — A Rattlesnake Point Ritchie Point — A Rossport Point — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Ritchie Rock — A Ross Shoal (Georgian Bay) — A, D Raven (Rowen) Island — A River Drive Park — C Ross Shoal (Lake Huron, Rawbone Island — D Rive Sud, Canal de la — CEN 301 North Channel) — A Raymond Island — A Roach Point — C Rothwells Island — B Raynolds Point — A Robb Rocks — A Rouge, River — CEN 304 Recollet Point — A Roberts Bay — A Rouge, Rivière — B Red Bay — A Roberts, Cape — A Round Hill — A Redcliff Bight — A Roberts Hill — A Round Island (Bayfield Sound) — A Red Cliff Flat — A, D Roberts Island — A, D Round Island (Fort La Cloche) — A Red Dan Rock — A Robertson Island — A, D Round Island (Lake Huron) — A Reddendale — CEN 301 Robertson Islands — A Round Island Redner Bay — D Robertson Rock — A (Parry Sound approach) — D Rednersville — CEN 302 Robin Island — A Round Island (St. Marys River) — A Red Rock (Collins Inlet) — A, D Robin Landing — C Round Island (Serpent Harbour) — A Red Rock (High Rock Island) — A, D Robinson Bay (Lake Huron, Round Island (Upper Rideau Lake) — B Red Rock (Lake Superior) — A North Channel) — A Round Tail — B Red Rock (Mink Islands) — A, D Robinson Bay (Lake Superior) — A Rousseau Bank — A Red Rock (Norgate Inlet) — A, D Robinson Cove — CEN 302 Rousseau Island — A Red Rock (Whitefish Lake) — B Robinson Point (Lake Huron, Rousson, Pointe — CEN 301 Red Rock Point — A, D North Channel) — A Rowan Reef — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Red Rock River — A Rowe Island — A Robinson Point Redsucker Cove — A Rowen Island — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Red Sucker Cove — A Rowland Bank — A Robinson Point (Sand Lake) — B Reeds Bay — CEN 302 Rowland Rock — A Robitaille Point — A Reedy Bay — A Rownes Island — A Rob Roy Patch — A Refugee Island — CEN 301 Royal Island (Georgian Bay) — D Roche Debout Channel — A Regatta Bay — D Royal Island Roche Debout Point — A Reid, Île — B (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Reid Island — A Roches Point — C Royal Point — A Reid Islands — A Rock Harbor — A Rozels Bay — A Reid Point — A Rock Harbor Lodge — A Rudderhead Point — A Renshaw Island — CEN 301 Rock Island (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Ruddy Island — D Rescue Rock — A Rock Island (Lake George) — A Rudyard Reef — A Restless Bank — A Rock Island Reef — CEN 301 Ruel Shoal — D Rex Island — A Rockland — B Ruisseau du Lac — B Reynolds Point — A Rock of Ages — A Rumbles Island — A, D Rhoddys Point — B Rock Point — CEN 303 Rumsey Shoal — CEN 302 Rice Island — D Rockport — CEN 301 Ruscom River — CEN 304 Rice Lake — C Rock, The — CEN 302 Rush Bar — CEN 302 Richards Island — D Rockway Point — CEN 301 Rush Channel — A Richards Landing — A Rocky Bay — A Rushy Cove — A Richardson Harbour — A Rocky Island — B Russel Island — A Richardson Island — A Rocky Narrows — B Russell Island — CEN 304 Richardson Point — CEN 302 Roe Rock — A Russell Point — A Richards Reef — A, D Rogers Gut — D Russel Reef — A Rich, Cape — A Rogers Island (Henvey Inlet) — D Ryan Point — A Richelieu Island — A Rogers Island (Shawanaga Inlet) — D Ryders Rock — D Richmond Point — A Rolette Shoal — A Richmond Rock — A Rolfton — B Sabine Island — D Ricketts Harbour — A Rolland Rock — A Sabin Lock — A Ricketts Reef — A Rondeau Bay — CEN 303 Sable, Pointe au — B Rickley Harbour — A Ronde, Île — CEN 301 Sables, River aux — A Rickord Rocks — D Rooster Reef — A, D Sackets Harbor, N.Y. — CEN 302 Rideau Canal — B Rosedale — C Sagamok Point — A Rideau Ferry — B Rosedale lock — C Saint-André-Est — B Rideau King Rock — B Rose Island — A, D St. Andrew Island — A Rideau Queen Rock — B Rose Island Channel — A, D St. Ange Island — A Rideau River — B Rose Point — A, D Saint-Anicet — CEN 301 GI-23 Saint-Anicet, Haut-fond — CEN 301 Sand Bay (Lake Huron) — A Schooner Island — A St. Anne Island — CEN 304 Sand Bay (Ottawa River) — B Schreiber — A St. Aubyn Bay — D Sand Bay (Wolfe Island) — CEN 301 Schreiber Beach — A St. Catharines — CEN 303 Sanders Island — B Schreiber Channel — A St. Charles — E Sandfield Point — A Schreiber Island — A St. Clair Cutoff Channel — CEN 304 Sandhurst Shores — CEN 302 Schreiber Point — A St. Clair Flats — CEN 304 Sand Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Schwitzer Shoal — A St. Clair Flats Canal — CEN 304 Sand Island (Lake George) — A Schyan Point — B St. Clair, Lake — CEN 304 Sand Island (Lower Rideau Lake) — B Schyan, Rivière — B St. Clair, Mich. — CEN 304 Sand Islands — A Scimming Island — A St. Clair Middle Ground — CEN 304 Sand Lake — B Scollard Point — C St. Clair River — CEN 304 Sand Point (Lac des Chats) — B Scotch Bonnet Island (Lake Huron) — A St. Clair Shores, Mich. — CEN 304 Sand Point (Lower Allumette Lake) — B Scotch Bonnet Island Sainte-Anne Lock — B, CEN 301 Sand River — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue — B, CEN 301 Sandusk Creek — CEN 303 Scotch Bonnet Shoal — CEN 302 Sainte-Rosalie, Île — B Sandy Bay (Henvey Inlet) — D Scotchie Reef — A Saint-François, Lac — CEN 301 Sandy Bay (Hope Island) — A Scotch Thistle Point — A St. Ignace Harbour — A Sandy Cove — A, D Scotsman Point — C St. Ignace Island — A Sandy Cove Ledge — A, D Scott Island (Parry Sound) — A, D St. Joe Islands — A Sandy Hook — B Scott Island (Whalesback Channel) — A St. Joseph Channel — A Sandy Island (Georgian Bay) — A, D Scott Middle Ground — CEN 304 St. Joseph Island — A Sandy Island (Lake Nipissing) — E Scott Passage — A St. Just Islands — A Sandy Point (John Harbour) — A Scott Point — A Saint-Lambert lock — CEN 301 Sandy Point (Manitowaning Bay) — A, D Scott Point Shoal — CEN 303 St. Lawrence, Lake — CEN 301 Sandy Point (Milford Haven) — A Scotts Bluff — A St. Lawrence Seaway — CEN 301 Sandy Point (Pigeon Lake) — C Scott’s Mills lock — C Saint-Louis, Lac — CEN 301 Sanford Island — A Scougall Bank — A Saint-Louis, Pointe — CEN 301 Sanger Island — D Scout Reef — A Saint-Louis, Pont — CEN 301 Sans Souci — D Scovell Island — D Saint-Louis, Rivière — CEN 301 Sans Souci Island — D Scoville Point — A
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL St. Luke — CEN 304 Santa Island — B Scratch Island — D St. Marys Falls — A Santoy Bay — A Scudder — CEN 303 St. Marys Falls Canal — A Sarah Island (Georgian Bay) — A, D Scugog Island — C St. Marys River — A Sarah Island (Lake Superior) — A Scugog, Lake — C Saint-Nicolas, Île — CEN 301 Sarah Rock — A Scugog River — C St. Patrick Island — A Sarnia — CEN 304 Seagram Rock — A St. Paul Rock — A Sarnia Bay — CEN 304 Seagull Island (Martin Reef) — A Saint-Placide — B Sarnia Harbour — CEN 304 Seaman Bank — A, D Saint-Placide, Baie de — B Sarrat Island — A Seaman Reef — A Saint-Régis — CEN 301 Satchels Bay — E Searle Island — A St-Regis dyke — CEN 301 Saturn Rock — A Seashell Rock — A Saint-Régis, Île — CEN 301 Sauble Beach — A Seaway International Bridge — CEN 301 St. Regis River — CEN 301 Sauble Falls — A Seaway Island — CEN 304 St. Williams — CEN 303 Sauble River — A Sèche, Pointe — B Saint-Zotique — CEN 301 Saugeen River — A Second Island — B Salaberry-de-Valleyfield — CEN 301 Sault Ste. Marie — A Second Marsh — CEN 302 Salisbury Island — A Sault Ste. Marie (Canada) Canal — A Second Rocky Point — E Salmon Bay — A Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. — A Secord Bank — A Salmon Island — CEN 302 Saumons, Rivière aux — CEN 301 Secord Point — A Salmon Point — CEN 302 Saunders Reef — A Secretary Island — A Salmon River — CEN 302 Savage Rocks — D Sedgewick Point — D Salt Cove — A Sawbill Island — E Seeleys Bay — B Salter Island — A Sawer Creek lock — C Seguin Bank — A Salt Island — A Sawlog Bay — A Seguin River — A, D Salt Point (Lake Ontario) — C, CEN 302 Sawlog Point — A Sénécal Point — A Salt Point (Parry Sound) — A, D Sawmill Bay — CEN 302 Senlis Shoal — A Salt Point (Whitefish Bay) — A Sawmill Point — A Serpent Harbour — A Salt Reef — C, CEN 302 Sawyer Bay — A Serpent Island — A Salt River — CEN 304 Scajaquada Creek — CEN 303 Serpent River — A Salubrious, Point — CEN 302 Scammon Cove — A Seven Fathom Bank — A Sampson Islands — A Scammon Point — A Seven Mile Narrows — D Sam Smith Rock — A Scarecrow Island — A Severn Bridge — C Samson Point — B, CEN 301 Scarecrow Island Bank — A Severn Falls — C Sand Bank — B Sceptre Bank — A, D Severn River — C Sandbanks, The — CEN 302 Schafer Bay — A Sewell Point — A Sand Bay (Amherst Island) — CEN 302 Schaffner Rock — A Sextant Point — A Sand Bay (Georgian Bay) — D Schank Rock — A Seymour Rock — D Sand Bay (Kingston Schermerhorns Landing — CEN 301 Shadow Island — B Harbour) — B, CEN 301 School House Island — D Shadow Rock — B GI-24 Shaganash Island — A Siesta Shoal — A Sly Rock (Rideau River) — B Shallow Cove — A Sifton Point — CEN 301 Small Lake Harbour — A Shamrock Bank — A Signboard Island — B Smelter Bay — A Shangoina Island — A Silbow Rock — A, D Smith Bay (Carling Bay) — A, D Shanly Island — A Silent Island — D Smith Bay (Lake Huron, Shannon Bay — C Silver Harbour — A North Channel) — A Shannon Rock — A Silver Islet — A Smith Bay (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Shannonville — CEN 302 Silverwater — A Smith Bay (Wikwemikong) — A, D Shanty Bay (Lake Simcoe) — C Simcoe Bank Smith, Cape — A Shanty Bay (West Arm of (Collingwood Harbour) — A Smith Island (Lake Nipissing) — E Lake Nipissing) — E Simcoe Bank (Providence Bay) — A Smith Island Sharpe Island — D Simcoe Island — CEN 302 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Shasha Island — D Simcoe, Lake — C Smith Point — A Shawanaga Inlet — A, D Simcoe Point (Lake Huron) — A Smith Rock — A Shawanaga Island — A, D Simcoe Point (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Smiths Falls — B Sheaffe Island — CEN 301 Simon Point — A Smith Shoal — A Shearer Point — C Simon Rock — A Smokehouse Island — A Shebeshekong Channel — D Simons Harbour — A Smoke Point — CEN 302 Sheep Head Bay — D Simpson Channel — A Smokey Head — A Sheep Island (Beaverstone Bay) — D Simpson Island — A Smooth Island Sheep Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Simpson Rock — A, D (Minnicog Channel) — A, D Sheep Island (Killarney Bay) — A, D Sims Bay — A Smooth Island (Moose Deer Point) — D Sheep Island Shoal — B Sims Island — A Smooth Rock — A Sheguiandah — A, D Sims Point — A, D Snake Bank — A Sheguiandah Bay — A, D Sinclair Cove — A Snake Island (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Sheguiandah Hill — A, D Sinclair Island — A Snake Island (Great Barrier) — A Shehan Point — A, D Single Rock (Hawk Islands) — A Snake Island (Lake Simcoe) — C Shelldrake River — A Single Rock (Monument Channel) — D Snake Island (Midland approach) — A, D Sir William Island — CEN 301 Shenick Reef — A Snake Island (Parry Sound approach) — A Sir William Shoal — CEN 301 Shepherd Reef — A Snake Island
Siskiwit Bay — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Sheridan Point — CEN 303 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Sister Islands (Cranberry Lake) — B Shermans Point — CEN 302 Snake Island Sister Islands (Georgian Bay) — A, D Sherwood Point — CEN 302 (Strawberry Channel) — A, D Sister Islands (Lake Superior) — A Shesheeb Bay — A Snake Island (Upper Rideau Lake) — B Sister Island Shoal — CEN 301 Shesheeb Point — A Snake Island Bank (Georgian Bay) — A Sister Rock — A, D Sheshegwaning — A Snake Island Bank Sister Rocks — A Shigniconing Bay (Cyril Cove) — A Sisters Islands (Whitefish Lake) — B (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Shingle Bay — C Sisters Islands, The Snap Rock — D Ship Bank — A (Upper Rideau Lake) — B Snider Island — A Ship Island (Georgian Bay) — D Sisters, The (Alexander Passage) — A, D Snider Point — CEN 302 Ship Island (Lake Couchiching) — C Sisters, The (Meaford) — A Snow Island — D Ship Island (Quebec Harbour) — A Sitgreaves Bay — A Snow Shoe Bay — CEN 302 Ship Island (Stony Lake) — C Sitric Rock — A, D Snug Harbour Ship Island (Thunder Cape) — A Six Fathom Patch — A, D (Lansdowne Channel) — A, D Ship Islet — CEN 302 Six Mile Point — A Snug Harbour (Parry Sound) — D Shirley Point — CEN 303 Sixteenmile Creek — CEN 303 Snug Harbour (Scugog River) — C Shirleys Bay — B Six Town Point — CEN 302 Snug Island — A, D Shirt Tails, The — D Skelton Island — CEN 301 Snye, The — CEN 304 Shoal Bight — A, D Skiff Rock — A, D Soeurs Grises, Île des — CEN 301 Shoal Island — A, D Skinaway Island — A Soeurs, Île des — CEN 301 Shoal Islands — A Skin Island (Lake Huron) — A Solitary Rock — A Shoal Island Spit — A, D Skin Island (Lake Superior) — A Solomon Point — A Shoal Narrows — D Skinner’s Bluff — A Solomon Rock — A Shoal Point (Drummond Island) — A Skull Point — A Sombra — CEN 304 Shoal Point (Hope Island) — A Skull Point Reef — A, D Somerset Island — D Shoal Point (Julia Bay) — A Skunk Island — A, D Sophia Rock — A Shoal Point (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Slab Island — B Soulanges, Canal de — CEN 301 Shoepack Bay — A Slate Islands — A Sounding Cove — A Short Cut Canal — CEN 304 Slaters Point — CEN 303 Soup Harbour — CEN 302 Short Turn Island — B Sleeping Giant, The — A Sour Island — A Shrigley (Srigly) Bay — A Slipper Island — A Southampton — A Shute Point — A Sloan Bank — A South Bank — A Shutin Point — A, D Sloane Point — A, D South Basin — A, D Sibald Rock — D Sloan Island — D South Bass Island — CEN 303 Sibbald Point — C Sloop Island — A, D South Bay (Honey Harbour) — D Sibert Point — A Sly Boots — A, D South Bay (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Sibley Cove — A Slyboots Rock — A South Bay (Lake Nipissing) — E Siccorde Point — A Sly Rock (Lake Superior) — A South Bay (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 GI-25 South Bay (Manitoulin Island) — A Sow, The — A, D Stalker Island — A South Baymouth — A Spain Island — A Stanley Crab — CEN 301 South Beach — C Spain Rock — A Stanley Island (Lake Huron, South Benjamin Island — A Spanish — A North Channel) — A South Bluff — A Spanish Marsh — A Stanley Island South Canal — A Spanish River — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 South Channel (Byng Inlet) — D Spar Channel — A Stanley Point — A, D South Channel (Parry Sound) — D Spar Island (Nipigon Strait) — A Stanton Island — A South Channel Spar Island (Spar Channel) — A Star Island — B (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 Sparks Island — D Starke Point — A South Charity Shoal — CEN 302 Spar Reef — A Starkey Point — A, D Southeast Bank Sparrow Lake — C Starr Island — D (Devil Island Channel) — A Sparrow Shoal — A Starvation Bay — D Southeast Bank (Lake Superior) — A Spectacle Island — A, D Starve Island — CEN 303 Southeast Bend — CEN 304 Spectacles Shoal — CEN 301 Starve Island Reef — CEN 303 Southeast Point — A, D Spectacles, The — CEN 301 Station (Smith) Point — A Southeast Rock (Black Bill Islands) — A Speke Bank — A Stave Island — CEN 301 Southeast Rock Spence Island — A Steamboat Channel — A (Northeast Passage) — A, D Spencer Island — CEN 301 Steamboat (Confiance) Island — A Southeast Rock Spencer Point — CEN 302 Steamboat Island (Pie Island) — A (Waubuno Channel) — A Spencer Reef — A Steamboat Island (Whitefish Bay) — A Southeast Rock (Western Islands) — A Spero Point — D Steamer Reef — A, D Southeast Shoal — CEN 303 Spicer Bay — CEN 301 Steele Rock — A Southeast Wooded Pine Island — A Spider Bay — D Steeple Rock — A South Government Island — A Spider Island — A, D Steeple Shoal — CEN 301 South Group — A Spider Reef — A Steers Island — D South Lancaster — CEN 301 Spilsbury Islands — A Steers Rock — A South Ledge — A Spilsby Rock — A Steevens Island — A South Limestone Bank — A Spit Head — CEN 301 Stella — CEN 302 South Limestone Islands — A Splatt Bay — CEN 303 Stella Bay — CEN 302
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL South Lizard Island — A Split Rock (Frazer Bay) — A, D Stella Point — CEN 302 South McKellar Island Split Rock (Monument Channel) — D Stench Rock — A (McKellar Island) — A Splitrock Channel — A, D Stephens Cove — A, D South McNair Shoal — CEN 301 Splitrock Island — D Sterling Bay — A South Nation River — B Spohn Spit — D Stevens Shoal — B South Otter Island — A Spotted Island — A Stewart Island — A South Passage (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Spragge — A South Passage (Lake Huron, Spratt Point — A Stewart, Point — B North Channel) — A Spray Rock — D Stewart Rock — A South Point (Bustard Islands) — A Springer Brook — A, D Still River — A, D South Point (Club Island) — A Sproule Islands — A Stillwater Bay — A South Point (Hay Island) — A Spruce Island — A Stisted Island — A South Point (Hope Island) — A Spruce Island Shoal — A, D Stokes Bay — A South Point (Philip Edward Island) — D Spruce Rocks — A, D Stokes Point — CEN 304 South Point (Squaw Island) — A, D Spur, The (Ayekwadinak Hill) — A Stokes River — A South Point (Strawberry Island) — A, D Spur, The (Devil Island Channel) — A Stoneburg Cove — CEN 302 South Reef (Alexander Passage) — D Square Bay — A Stonecliffe — B South Reef (Mississagi Strait) — A Square Rock — D Stonehouse Island — B South River — E Squaw Bay (Black Bay) — A Stone Island — D South Rock — D Squaw Bay (Thunder Bay) — A Stoney Creek — CEN 303 South Sandy Island — A Squaw Island (Black Bay) — A Stoney Islands — A South Seine Island — A Squaw Island (Canoe Channel) — D Stoney Point (Georgian Bay) — A South Shoal — CEN 303 Squaw Island (Cape Gargantua) — A Stoney Point (Lake St. Clair) — CEN 304 South Sister Rock — A Squaw Island (Cape Smith) — A, D Stony Island (Detroit River) — CEN 304 South Spit (Clapperton Channel) — A Squaw Island Stony Island (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 South Spit (Club Island) — A (Niagara River) — CEN 303 Stony Lake — C South Watcher Island — A Squaw Island (St. Marys River) — A Stony Point (Batchawana Bay) — A Southwest Bank Squaw Island (Thunder Bay) — A Stony Point (Devil Island Channel) — A Squaw Island Harbour — A, D (Great La Cloche Island) — A, D Southwest Bank (Lake Superior) — A Squaw Point — A Stony Point (Lake Huron) — A Southwest Gut — A, D Squaw Point Shoal — A Stony Point (Murray Canal) — CEN 302 Southwest Harbour — A Squirrel Island — A Stony Point, N.Y. Southwest Hawk Island — A Srigly Bay — A (Buffalo Harbor) — CEN 303 Southwest Island — A Stack Island — A Stony Point, N.Y. Southwest Patches — A Stafford Rock — A (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Southwest Rock — A, D Stag Island — CEN 304 Stormy Point — E Southwest Shoal — A Stairs Island — D Stovin Island — CEN 301 Sovereign Rock — A Staley Point — CEN 302 Stowe Point — A Sow and Pigs — A Stalker Bank — A Strange Bay — A GI-26 Strange Point — A Superior Shoal Teed Shoal — A Straubenzee Point — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Tee Harbour — A Straubenzee Reef — A Supply Point (Lake Huron, Tekakwitha, Île — CEN 301 Strawberry Channel — A, D North Channel) — A Telegram Rock — A Strawberry Island (Lake Simcoe) — C Supply Point (Parry Sound) — A, D Telegraph Island — CEN 302 Strawberry Island Surprise Shoal — A Telegraph Narrows — CEN 302 (Niagara River) — CEN 303 Susanne Island — A Telegraph Rock — A Strawberry Island Susan Shoal — A Telephone Point — C (Sheguiandah Bay) — A, D Sutherland Creek — CEN 301 Témiscaming — B Stribling Point — A Sutherland Shoal — A Temple Rock — A Strong Island — A Sutton — C Temple Rocks — D Struthers Island — A Sutton Point — A Tenby Bay — A Sturdivants Point — CEN 301 Swallow River — A Ten-Foot Rock — A Sturgeon Bay (Bay of Islands) — A Swan Bay — CEN 301 Ten Mile Point — A, D Sturgeon Bay (Flatland Island) — A Swan Creek — CEN 304 Ten Mile Shoal — A, D Sturgeon Bay (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Swan Rock (Big Rideau Lake) — B Tennant Point — D Sturgeon Bay (Pointe au Baril) — D Swan Rock (Lake Superior) — A Ten Rib Rock — A Sturgeon Bay (Waubaushene) — D Sweatman Island — D Tenspot Shoal — A Sturgeon Bay (Zeolite Point) — A Swede Island — A Tern Island — A Sturgeon Cove — A Sweetbriar Island — E Terrace Bay — A Sturgeon Creek — CEN 303 Sweetland Island — A Terry Point — A Sturgeon Falls — E Sweet Shoal — D Thames River — CEN 304 Sturgeon Island (Bayfield Sound) — A Sweets Point — A Theano Point — A Sturgeon Island (Flatland Island) — A Swift Rapids lock — C Thebo Cove — A, D Sturgeon Lake — C Swimmers Island — E Thessalon — A Sturgeon Point (Flatland Island) — A Sybil Island — A Thessalon Island — A Sturgeon Point (Methodist Island) — A Sydenham River (Owen Sound) — A Thessalon Point — A Sturgeon Point (Smith Bay) — A, D Sydenham River Thessalon River — A Sturgeon Point (Sturgeon Lake) — C (St. Clair River) — CEN 304 Thibault (Inner Duck) Island — A Sturgeon Point (Waubaushene) — D Sydney Bay — A Thibault Shoal — A
Sydney Bay Bluff — A Thicksons Point — CEN 302 INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Sturgeon River (Lake Nipissing) — E Sydney lock — C Third Brother Island — CEN 301 Sturgeon River (Waubaushene) — D Sylvain Island — A Thistle Island — D Styx, River — B Sylvia Rock — D Thistle Reef — A Sucker Creek Symes Rock — A Thomas Bay — A (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Thomas Island — A Sucker Creek (West Arm of able Rocks — A Thomas Point — A Lake Nipissing) — E T Taché Island — A Thompson Channel — A Sucker Creek Point — A, D Taché Island Reef — A Thompson Island (Isle Royale) — A Sucker Island — A Tadenac Bay — D Thompson Island (Thunder Bay) — A Sugar Bay — D Tahquamenon Bay — A Thompson Point Sugar Island (Georgian Bay) — D Tahquamenon Island — A (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 Sugar Island (Rice Lake) — C Tahquamenon River — A Thompson Point (Cockburn Island) — A Sugar Island (St. Marys River) — A Talbot Island — A Thompson Point Sugar Island Cut — CEN 304 Talbot Islands — A, D (Strawberry Channel) — A, D Sugar Island, Mich. — CEN 304 Talbot lock — C Thompson’s Island — D Sugar Island, Ohio — CEN 303 Talbot River — C Thorah Island — C Sugar John Bay — D Talon Rock — A Thorah lock — C Sugar Loaf — CEN 303 Tamarack Harbour — A Thornbury — A Sugarloaf Hill — A Tamarack Island — A Thorne — B Sugar Loaf Point — CEN 303 Tamarack Point (Georgian Bay) — A Thorne Island — C Sugar Loaf Rock — E Tamarack Point (Lake huron, Thorne Shoal — A Sugarloaf, The — A North Channel) — A Thorn Island — A Sullivan Island — A Tannery Point — A, D Thorofare Canal — CEN 304 Sullivan Patch — A Tar Island (Big Rideau Lake) — B Thorold — CEN 303 Sullivan Point — B Tar Island Thorold South — CEN 303 Sulphur Island — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Thoroughfare Point — CEN 303 Sultan Rock — D Tarpot Island — D Thousand Island Park — CEN 301 Summerland Group — CEN 301 Taschereau Bay — A Thousand Islands — CEN 301 Summerstown — CEN 301 Tay Canal — B Thousand Islands Bridge — CEN 301 Sunday Harbour — A Taylor Island — A, D Three Mile Bay, N.Y. — CEN 302 Sunken Rock Island — CEN 301 Taylor Reef — A Three Mile Gap — D Sunken Rock Shoal — CEN 301 Tay River — B Three Mile Point — A, D Sunset Cove (Callander Bay) — E Tea Lake — C Three Pine Island — E Sunset Cove (South Bay) — E Teat Rocks, The — D Three Sisters — E Sunset Point — A Teat, The — D Three Sisters Islands — CEN 301 Superior, Lake — A Tecumseh — CEN 304 Threestar Shoal — A, D Superior Shoal (Georgian Bay) — D Tecumseh Cove — A Three Tree Island — A, D Superior Shoal (Lake Superior) — A Tecumseh Reef — CEN 303 Thumb Point — D GI-27 Thumb Rock — A Treadwell — B Two Mile Point — A, D Thunder Bay (Georgian Bay) — A Treasure Island — CEN 301 Two Pines Island — D Thunder Bay (Lake Superior) — A Tree Island — A Twyning Islands — A Thunder Beach — A Tremblay Island — A Tyrconnell — CEN 303 Thunder Cape — A Trent lock — C Tyrone Island — D Thunder Point — A Trenton — CEN 302 Tyrwhitt Island — A Thurso — B Trenton Channel — CEN 304 Tyrwhitt Shoals — A Thurso, Îles — B Trenton lock — C Tyson Island — A Thwartway Island — CEN 301 Trenton, Mich. — CEN 304 Tibbetts Point — CEN 301 Trent River — C Umbrella Islands — A Tick Island — C Trent Rock — A, D Umbrella Ledges — A Tie Island — D Trent-Severn Waterway — C Umwah Island — D Tiffin Basin — A, D Triangle Harbour — A Uncle Bobs Bank — A Tiger Island — A Triangle, The — A Underhill Point — A, D Tiger Rock — A Tribune Island — A Unger Island — CEN 302 Tilley Rock — A Trident Point Union Canal — CEN 303 Tilton Reef — A (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 University River — A Timber Bay — A Trident Point Upper Beauharnois lock — CEN 301 Timber Bay Shoal — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Upper Brewers (Brewers Mills) locks — B Timber Island — CEN 302 Triton Rock — A Upper Duck Island — B Tiny Island (Cranberry Lake) — B Trout Island — B Upper Foley Island — C Tiny Island (Georgian Bay) — A Trout Shoal — C Upper Gap — CEN 302 Tip Top Mountain — A Trowbridge Island — A Upper Niagara River — CEN 303 Tisdall Island — A Trow Point — A Upper Rideau Lake — B Tizard Rock — A Trow Point Shoal — A Toad Island — D Trudeau Island — A Vail Rock — A Toanche Hill — A, D Trudeau Point Vail’s Point — A Tobermory — A (Clapperton Channel) — A Vail’s Point Shoal — A Tobermory Harbour — A Trudeau Point (Penetang Harbour) — A Valentine Rocks — D Tobin Harbor — A Trumpour Point — CEN 302 Valleyfield, Pont de— CEN 301
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Todd Harbor — A Tryon Island — A, D Valleyfield, Port de— CEN 301 Todd Point (Amedroz Island) — A Tug Channel Rock — D Valois, Baie de — CEN 301 Todd Point (Georgian Bay) — A Tug Reef — A Vanderdasson Island — D Todd Shoal — A Tully Island — D Van Dousens Point — CEN 302 Todman Reef — A Tunnel Bay (Lake Superior) — A Vanguard Rock — A Togo Rock — C Tunnel Bay Vankoughnet Ground — A Toledo Harbor — CEN 303 (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 Vankoughnet Island — A Toledo, Ohio — CEN 303 Tunnel Island — A Van Wagners Beach — CEN 302 Tolmie Reef — A Tupper Island — A Variation Point — A Tolsma Bay — A Turkey Creek — CEN 304 Vaudreuil — B Tolsmaville — A Turkey Island — CEN 304 Vaudreuil, Baie de — B Tomahawk Island — D Turkey Point — CEN 303 Vaudreuil-sur-le-Lac — B Tomb, The — A Turnaway Rock — D Vaux Island — A Tonawanda Channel — CEN 303 Turnbull Island — A Vein (Salter) Island — A Tonawanda Creek — CEN 303 Turnbull Passage — A Verner — E Tonawanda Harbor — CEN 303 Turner Cove — A Vert Island — A Tonawanda Island — CEN 303 Turning Island (Cove Island) — A Verulam Park — C Tonawanda, N.Y. — CEN 303 Turning Island (Shawanaga Inlet) — D Veuve River — E Tonches Island — D Turning Island (South Channel) — A, D Victor Bank — A Tonty Island — A Turning Rock (Honey Harbour) — A, D Victoria Bay — A Tooth, The — A Turning Rock (Waubaushene) — D Victoria, Cape — A Toronto — CEN 302 Turning Rocks — D Victoria Cove — A Toronto Harbour — CEN 302 Turtle Bay — A Victoria Harbour — A, D Tottenham Shoal — A Turtle Head — A Victoria Island (Lake Nipissing) — E Totten Island — D Turtle Rock (Collins Inlet) — D Victoria Island (Lake Superior) — A Tourtes, Île aux — B Turtle Rock (Giants Tomb Island) — A Victoria, Mount — A Toussaint Island — CEN 301 Turtle Rock (Whalesback Channel) — A Victoria Park — CEN 302 Tower Island — B Twelve Fathom Bank — A Victoria Springs — C Town Point (Gore Bay) — A Twelve Mile Bay — A, D Victory Hill — B Town Point (Manitowaning) — D Twelve Mile, Île — B Vidal Bay — A Townsend Island — A, D Twelve O’Clock Point — CEN 302 Vidal Island — A Track Island (Cranberry Lake) — B Twenty Minute Point — A Vidal Shoals — A Track Island (Georgian Bay) — D Twilight Isle — A Vidal Shoals Channel — A Tracy Shoal — A Twin Islands (Bustard Islands) — D Vigilant Rock — A Tracys Point — B Twin Islands (Killarney Bay) — A, D Villiers Island — A Tranch Rock (Grand Bank) — A Twin Rock — A Vimy Island — A Tranch Rock (Parry Sound) — A, D Twin Sisters Island — A, D Virginia Beach — C Trapper Harbour — A Two Creeks — CEN 303 Virtue Island — A Traverse Shoal — CEN 302 Two Mile Narrows — D Volunteer Spit — A GI-28 Voyageur Channel — A, D Waupoos — CEN 302 West Red Cliff — A, D Vrooman Islands — A Waupoos Island — CEN 302 West Reef (Mississagi Strait) — A Waverly Shoal — CEN 303 West Reef (North Limestone Island) — A Wabassee, Ruisseau — B Wawa — A West Rock (Caradoc Point) — A Wabeck Island — D Wawa Island — A West Rock (McBean Channel) — A Wabeck Rock — D Wawataysee Island — D West Rock (Squaw Island) — A, D Wabena Point — D Way Point — CEN 302 West Rock (Western Islands) — A Wabos Island — A Ways Point — A West Rous Island — A Wabosons Island — A Weaver Shoal — CEN 301 West Sand Bay — A Wabuno Channel — A Webb Bay — C West Sister — A Waddington, N.Y. — CEN 301 Webber Island — A West Sister Island — CEN 303 Wadena Shoal — A Webbwood — A West Sister Reef — CEN 303 Wagosh Bay — A Wedge Island — D West Sister Rock — A Wagosh Reef — A Wegner Point — B Whaleback Shoal — CEN 301 Wahsoune Island — D Welcome Island — A Whalesback (Lake Huron, Wahwashkesh Lake — A, D Welcome Islands — A North Channel) — A Waiska Bay — A Welcome Shoal — A Whalesback Channel Waitabit Point — A, D Weldon Shoal — A (Georgian Bay) — A Wales Rock — D Welland — CEN 303 Whalesback Channel (Lake Huron, Walker Island — A Welland Canal — CEN 303 North Channel) — A Walker Point — A Welland River — CEN 303 Whalesback Islands — A Walkhouse Bay — A Wellers Bay — CEN 302 Whalesback, The (Georgian Bay) — A Walkhouse Point — A Wellesley Island — CEN 301 Wharton Point — A, D Wallaceburg — CEN 304 Wellington — CEN 302 Wheat Bin, The — A Wallace Island — CEN 301 Wellington Bay — CEN 302 Wheatley — CEN 303 Wallace Point — C Wells Island — A Wheatley Harbour — CEN 303 Wallace Rock (Lake Huron, Wells Shoal — A Wheeler Reef — A North Channel) — A Welsh Bank — A Whelan Shoal — A Wallace Rock (Snake Bank) — A Welsh Island — A Whippoorwill Bay — A Wallace Rock (South Baymouth) — A Wemps Bay — CEN 302 Whirlpool Rapids — CEN 302
Wallbank Island — A Wemps Point — CEN 302 Whiskey Bay — A INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Wallbridge Point — CEN 302 Wendover — B Whiskey Island — A Wall Island (Georgian Bay) — A Wesleyville — CEN 302 Whiskey Island Shoal — CEN 301 Wall Island (Parry Sound) — A, D West Anguros Island — A Whiskey Point — A Wall Island Channel — A West Arm of Lake Nipissing — E Whiskey Rock — A Wallis Rocks — A West Banks — A Whisky Island (Fishing Islands) — A Wall, The — A West Bay (Excelsior) — A Whisky Island Walpole Island — CEN 304 West Bay (Lake Huron, (Penetang Harbour) — A, D Walsh Islands — D North Channel) — A Whiskyjack Point — A Waltonian Bay — E West Bay (Lake Nipissing) — E Whitby — CEN 302 Walton Islands — A West Belanger Bay — A Whitby Harbour — CEN 302 Wanderer Shoal — A West Bluff — A Whitchelo Point — A, D Ward Island — D West Branch Rideau River — B Whitcher Island — A Wardrope Island — A, D West Dock — CEN 303 Whiteaves Island — A Warner Bay — A West End Island — A White Bluff — A Warner Point — A Western Duck Island — A White Cloud Island — A Warp Bay — A Western Duck Reef — A Whitefish Bar — CEN 303 Warwick Rocks — D Western Gap — CEN 302 Whitefish Bar Island — CEN 303 Wasaga Beach — A Western Islands — A Whitefish Bay — A Washago — C Western Outlet — D Whitefish Falls — A Washburn — B Western Reef — A Whitefish Island — A Washington Harbor — A West Flat — A Whitefish Lake — B Washington Island — A West Fox Island — A Whitefish Point — A Washington Island — CEN 301 West Grant Island — A Whitefish Point Harbor — A Wasi Falls — E West Hardwood Island — E Whitefish River — A Watcher Reef — A West Island — A Whitefish Shoal — C Watchers, The — A West Lake — CEN 302 Whitehall Island — B Waters Point — A West Ledge — A White Island (Gannon Narrows) — C Watson Point — A, D Westleys Point — CEN 301 White Island (Lake Huron, Watson Reefs — A West Mary Island — A, D North Channel) — A Watts Rock — A, D Westminster Park, N.Y. — CEN 301 White Island (Rice Lake) — C Waubamac Lake — E West Mound — A, D White Rock Waubanoka Island — D West Neebish Channel — A (Devil Island Channnel) — A Waubaushene — D West Onetree Island — A White Rock (French River) — D Waubaushene Channel — D West Patch — A White Rock Ledge — D Waubuno Bank — A West Point (John Island) — A White’s (White) Cove — A, D Waubuno Channel — A, D West Point (Lake Ontario) — CEN 302 Whites Bay (Gloucester Pool) — C Waubuno (Wabuno) Channel — A West Point (Vidal Island) — A Whites Bay, N.Y. — CEN 302 Waubuno Rock — A Westport — B White Shingle — A GI-29 Whites Point — A Wilson Point, N.Y. — CEN 302 Wyandotte, Mich. — CEN 304 Whitly Point — A Wilson’s Landing — B Wyatt Bay — A Whitney Bay — A Windmill Point Wye River — A, D Whyte Reef — A (Detroit River) — CEN 304 Wyllie Point — A Wiarton — A Windmill Point (Lake Erie) — CEN 303 Wicked Bank — CEN 302 Windmill Point ile Island — A, D Wickham Bay — A (St. Lawrence River) — CEN 301 X Wicksteed Point — A Windsor — CEN 304 Wicksteed Rock — D Windsor Harbour — CEN 304 Yankanuck Island — D Wiggins Bank — A Wingfield Basin — A Yarwood Point — A Wigwam Point — E Wingfield Point — A Yellek Point — E Wigwam Point Channel — E Winona Island — D Yeo Channel — A Wigwas Island — A, D Winston Point — A Yeo Island — A Wikwemikong — A, D Wise Point — A Yeo Spit — A Wikwemikongsing — A Witlow Point — CEN 302 Yorkshire Island — CEN 302 Wilde Island — A Wolfe Island — CEN 301 Wildgoose Island — D Wolfe Island Cut — CEN 301 Youell Island — A Wild Goose Point — A Wolford Chapel — B Young Cove — CEN 302 Wiley-Dondero Canal — CEN 301 Wolf River — A Young Rock — A Wilfrid Island — A Wolsey, Lake — A Young’s Creek — CEN 303 Willard Island — A Wolsley Rock — A Youngs Point William Island (Smith Bay) — A Wolstan Point — A (Bay of Quinte) — CEN 302 William Island Wolverine Beach — D Youngs Point (Waubuno Channel) — A, D Woodbine Harbour — A William Shoal — CEN 302 Wood Island — D (Katchewanooka Lake) — C Williscroft Island — A Wood Landing — D Youngs Point lock — C Willow Beach — C Woodman Point — A Young Squaw Island — A, D Willow Point — CEN 302 Woods Island — C Ypres Point — A Wilson Bay — CEN 302 Woods Point — CEN 302 Wilson Channel (Lake Superior) — A Woolsey Narrows — B Zachary Rock — A GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX GEOGRAPHICAL Wilson Channel (St. Joseph Channel) — A Woore Rocks — D Zealand Spit — A Wilson Hill Island — CEN 301 Worthington Bay — A Zeolite Bay — A Wilson Island (Lake Superior) — A Wreck Point — A Wilson Island (St. Joseph Channel) — A Wright Bay — CEN 302 Zeolite Point — A Wilson Island Harbour — A Wright Island (French River) — E Zinkan Island — A Wilson Point (Lake Huron, Wright Island (Isle Royale) — A Zug Island — CEN 304 North Channel) — A Wright Point — A Zwick Island — CEN 302
GI-30 Pictograph legend
Anchorage
Wharf
Marina
Current
Caution
Light
Radio calling-in point
Lifesaving station
Pilotage
Department of Fisheries and Oceans information line 1-613-993-0999
Canadian Coast Guard Search and Rescue
Rescue Co-ordination Centre Trenton (Great Lakes area)
1-800-267-7270 Sailing Directions Booklets
C A N A D A Thunder Bay CEN 305
Q U E B E C O N T A R I O New Liskeard
Sault Ste. Marie 112 ATL CEN 307 B North Bay Mattawa
CEN 308 Killarney
CEN 306 Hull Montréal Tobermory Ottawa
Port Severn 1 CEN 305 CEN 309 30 CEN Kingston Trenton
2 Toronto CEN 30 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Welland Sarnia CEN 304
303 Windsor CEN
CEN 300 General Information, Great Lakes CEN 302 Lake Ontario CEN 306 Georgian Bay
B Small Craft Guide, Lake Nipissing CEN 303 Welland Canal and Lake Erie CEN 307 North Channel of Lake Huron
ATL 112 St. Lawrence River, Cap-Rouge to Montréal CEN 304 Detroit River, Lake St. Clair, St. Clair River CEN 308 Rideau Canal and Ottawa River and Rivière Richelieu CEN 301 St. Lawrence River, Montréal to Kingston CEN 305 Lake Huron, St. Marys River, Lake Superior CEN 309 Trent-Severn Waterway